Method for operating a surgical stapling system

ABSTRACT

A surgical instrument system is disclosed which comprises a distal end and a staple cartridge assembly comprising staples removably stored therein. The instrument system further comprises a firing drive including an electric motor and a firing member operably couplable with the electric motor. The electric motor is operable to advance the firing member toward the distal end during a staple firing stroke to eject the staples from the staple cartridge. The electric motor is operable to retract the firing member away from the distal end during a retraction stroke. The surgical instrument system further comprises a manually-operated bailout mechanism operable to perform the retraction stroke in lieu of the electric motor, a controller, and a display in communication with the controller. The controller is configured to display the progress of the retraction stroke when the firing member is being manually retracted by the bailout mechanism.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation application claiming priority under 35 U.S.C. §120 to U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 17/217,043, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A DISPLAY, filed Mar. 30, 2021, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2021/0282774, which is a continuation application claiming priority under 35 U.S.C. §120 to U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,325, entitled METHOD FOR OPERATING A SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM, filed Apr. 1, 2016, which issued on Jun. 29, 2021 as U.S. Pat. No. 11,045,191, the entire disclosures of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.

BACKGROUND

The present invention relates to surgical instruments and, in various arrangements, to surgical stapling and cutting instruments and staple cartridges for use therewith that are designed to staple and cut tissue.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

Various features of the embodiments described herein, together with advantages thereof, may be understood in accordance with the following description taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings as follows:

FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a surgical instrument including an interchangeable surgical tool assembly in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 2 is another perspective view of a handle assembly of the surgical instrument of FIG. 1 , with a portion of the handle housing omitted to expose components housed therein;

FIG. 3 is an exploded assembly view of portions of the handle assembly of the surgical instrument of FIGS. 1 and 2 ;

FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the handle assembly of FIGS. 2 and 3 ;

FIG. 5 is a partial cross-sectional side view of the handle assembly of FIGS. 2-4 with a grip portion of the handle assembly shown in solid lines in one position relative to a primary housing portion and in phantom lines in another position relative to the primary housing portion of the handle assembly;

FIG. 6 is an end cross-sectional view of the handle assembly of FIGS. 2-5 taken along line 6-6 in FIG. 5 ;

FIG. 7 is another end cross-sectional view of the handle assembly of FIGS. 2-6 taken along line 7-7 in FIG. 5 ;

FIG. 8 is another end cross-sectional view of the handle assembly of FIGS. 2-7 showing a shifter gear in meshing engagement with a drive gear on a rotary drive socket;

FIG. 9 is another end cross-sectional view of the handle assembly of FIGS. 2-8 showing the position of a shifter solenoid when the shifter gear is in meshing engagement with the drive gear on the rotary drive socket;

FIG. 10 is another perspective view of the handle assembly of FIGS. 2-9 with certain portions thereof shown in cross-section and with an access panel portion thereof shown in phantom;

FIG. 11 is a top view of the handle assembly of FIGS. 2-11 with a bailout system shown in an actuatable position;

FIG. 12 is a perspective view of a bailout handle of the bailout system depicted in FIGS. 2-11 ;

FIG. 13 is an exploded assembly view of portions of the bailout handle of FIG. 12 with portions thereof shown in cross-section;

FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional elevation view of the handle assembly of FIG. 11 ;

FIG. 15 is a perspective view of the handle assembly of FIGS. 2-11 and a tool attachment module portion of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 1 ;

FIG. 16 is a partial cross-sectional perspective view of the tool attachment module portion of FIG. 15 ;

FIG. 17 is an exploded assembly view of portions of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 16 ;

FIG. 18 is an exploded assembly view of the tool attachment module of FIG. 16 ;

FIG. 19 is a perspective view of one form of a shaft coupler release assembly;

FIG. 20 is a side cross-sectional view of the tool attachment module of FIGS. 16 and 18 being aligned for installation on a tool mounting portion of the handle assembly of FIG. 1 ;

FIG. 21 is another side cross-sectional view of the tool attachment module of FIG. 20 being initially inserted into tool mounting portion of the handle assembly of FIG. 1 ;

FIG. 22 is another side cross-sectional view of the tool attachment module of FIGS. 20 and 21 attached to the tool mounting portion of the handle assembly of FIG. 1 ;

FIG. 23 is a perspective view of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 1 ;

FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional perspective view the interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 23 ;

FIG. 25 is a perspective view of a surgical end effector portion of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly of FIG. 23 ;

FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the surgical end effector of FIG. 25 ;

FIG. 27 is an exploded assembly view of the surgical end effector of FIG. 25 ;

FIG. 28 is a partial rear cross-sectional view of the surgical end effector of FIG. 25 ;

FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional perspective view of a firing member or cutting member in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional elevational view of an articulation joint in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view of the surgical end effector of FIG. 25 with the firing member of FIG. 29 in a firing position;

FIG. 32 is another cross-sectional view of the surgical end effector of FIG. 25 with the firing member FIG. 29 in an ending position;

FIG. 33 is another cross-sectional view of a portion of the surgical end effector of FIG. 25 with an anvil assembly in an open position;

FIG. 34 is another cross-sectional view of a portion of the surgical end effector of FIG. 25 with the firing member of FIG. 29 in a pre-firing position;

FIG. 35 is another cross-sectional view of a portion of the surgical end effector of FIG. 34 wherein the firing member has been returned to a starting position to thereby urge the internally threaded closure nut into threaded engagement with the closure thread segment on the distal power shaft;

FIG. 36 is a perspective view of a bearing spring in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 37 is an exploded assembly view of the articulation joint of FIG. 30 ;

FIG. 38 is a top view of the articulation joint of FIG. 30 with the surgical end effector of FIG. 25 in an unarticulated orientation;

FIG. 39 is another top view of the articulation joint of FIG. 30 with the surgical end effector in a maximum articulated orientation;

FIG. 40 is a perspective view of a portion of the elongate shaft assembly of FIG. 23 showing the articulation joint of FIG. 30 and portions of a surgical end effector rotary locking system embodiment;

FIG. 40A is a partial exploded perspective view of an articulation joint and end effector illustrating one arrangement for facilitating the supply of electrical signals to the end effector around the articulation joint in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 40B is a side elevational view of the articulation joint and end effector of FIG. 40A with some components thereof shown in cross-section;

FIG. 41 is a partial cross-sectional perspective view of the surgical end effector rotary locking system of FIG. 40 in an unlocked orientation;

FIG. 42 is another partial cross-sectional perspective view of the surgical end effector rotary locking system of FIGS. 40 and 41 in an unlocked orientation;

FIG. 43 is a top view of the surgical end effector rotary locking system of FIGS. 40-42 in a locked orientation;

FIG. 44 is a top view of the surgical end effector rotary locking system of FIGS. 40-43 in an unlocked orientation;

FIG. 45 illustrates an exploded view of an interchangeable tool assembly in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 46 is a perspective view of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 ;

FIG. 47 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 ;

FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional exploded view of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 ;

FIG. 49 is a perspective view of an articulation block of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 ;

FIG. 50 is a cross-sectional perspective view of an articulation joint of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 including the articulation block of FIG. 49 ;

FIG. 51 is another cross-sectional perspective view of the articulation joint of FIG. 50 ;

FIG. 52 is a partial exploded view of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 ;

FIG. 53 is another partial exploded view of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 ;

FIG. 54 is a partial exploded view of the articulation joint of FIG. 50 ;

FIG. 55 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the proximal end of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 ;

FIG. 56 is an end view of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 ;

FIG. 57 is a cross-sectional view of an end effector of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 taken along line 57-57 in FIG. 56 illustrating the end effector in a clamped, but unfired condition;

FIG. 58 is a cross-sectional view of an end effector of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 taken along line 58-58 in FIG. 56 illustrating the end effector in a clamped, but unfired condition;

FIG. 59 is a cross-sectional view of the end effector of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 taken along line 59-59 in FIG. 56 illustrating the end effector in a clamped, but unfired condition;

FIG. 60 is a cross-sectional view of the end effector of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 illustrated in a disassembled condition;

FIG. 61 illustrates the end effector of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 articulated in a first direction;

FIG. 62 illustrates the end effector of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 articulated in a second direction;

FIG. 63 is a perspective view of a cartridge body of the interchangeable tool assembly of FIG. 45 ;

FIG. 64 is a perspective view of a cartridge body in accordance with at least one alternative embodiment;

FIG. 65 is an exploded view of an end effector of an interchangeable tool assembly in accordance with at least one alternative embodiment;

FIG. 66 is a disassembled view of the end effector of FIG. 65 ;

FIG. 67 is a disassembled view of an end effector of an interchangeable tool assembly in accordance with at least one alternative embodiment;

FIG. 68 is a disassembled view of an end effector of an interchangeable tool assembly in accordance with at least one alternative embodiment;

FIG. 69 is a perspective view illustrating a staple cartridge and a shaft of a surgical stapling instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 70 is a partial cross-sectional view of the staple cartridge assembled to the stapling instrument of FIG. 69 ;

FIG. 71 is a partial cross-sectional view of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a closure drive, an anvil, and a lockout configured to prevent the anvil from being assembled to the closure drive if the closure drive is not in a fully-extended position;

FIG. 72 is a partial cross-sectional view of the surgical stapling instrument of FIG. 71 illustrating the anvil attached to the closure drive;

FIG. 73 is a partial perspective view of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a staple cartridge and a closure drive configured to move an anvil relative to the staple cartridge;

FIG. 74 is a partial cross-sectional view of the stapling instrument of FIG. 73 illustrating a lockout configured to prevent the closure drive from being retracted without the anvil being attached to the closure drive;

FIG. 75 is a partial cross-sectional view of the stapling instrument of FIG. 74 illustrating the anvil attached to the closure drive and the lockout disengaged from the closure drive;

FIG. 76 is a partial cross-sectional view of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a staple cartridge including staples removable stored therein, an anvil, a closure drive configured to move the anvil relative to the staple cartridge, and a firing drive configured to eject the staples from the staple cartridge;

FIG. 77 is a detail view of a lockout configured to prevent the firing drive from being actuated prior to the anvil being moved into a closed position;

FIG. 78 is a detail view of the lockout of FIG. 77 disengaged from the firing drive;

FIG. 79 is a partial perspective view of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a staple cartridge including staples removable stored therein, an anvil, a closure drive configured to move the anvil relative to the staple cartridge, and a firing drive configured to eject the staples from the staple cartridge;

FIG. 80 is a detail view of a lockout of the surgical stapling instrument of FIG. 79 configured to prevent the firing drive from being actuated prior to the anvil applying a sufficient pressure to tissue captured between the anvil and the staple cartridge;

FIG. 81 is a detail view of the lockout of FIG. 80 disengaged from the firing drive;

FIG. 82 is a partial perspective view of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a staple cartridge including staples removable stored therein, an anvil, a closure drive configured to move the anvil relative to the staple cartridge, and a firing drive configured to eject the staples from the staple cartridge;

FIG. 83 is a detail view of a lockout of the surgical stapling instrument of FIG. 82 configured to prevent the anvil from being detached from the closure drive while a cutting member of the firing drive is exposed above the staple cartridge;

FIG. 84 is a detail view of the lockout of FIG. 83 disengaged from the anvil after the firing drive has been sufficiently retracted after a firing stroke;

FIG. 85 is a partial cross-sectional view of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a staple cartridge including staples removable stored therein, an anvil, a closure drive configured to move the anvil relative to the staple cartridge, and a firing drive configured to eject the staples from the staple cartridge;

FIG. 86 is a partial cross-sectional view of the surgical stapling instrument of FIG. 85 illustrating the closure drive in a clamped configuration and the firing drive in an unfired configuration, wherein the firing drive is holding a lockout in an unreleased configuration;

FIG. 87 is a partial cross-sectional view of the surgical stapling instrument of FIG. 85 illustrating the firing drive in an at least partially-fired configuration and the lockout of FIG. 86 in a released configuration;

FIG. 88 is a partial cross-sectional view of the surgical stapling instrument of FIG. 85 illustrating the closure drive in an extended, or open, configuration and the lockout of FIG. 86 engaged with the closure drive to prevent the closure drive from being re-clamped;

FIG. 89 is a cross-sectional view of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a staple cartridge including staples removable stored therein, an anvil, a closure drive configured to move the anvil relative to the staple cartridge, and a firing drive configured to eject the staples from the staple cartridge which is illustrated in a disabled, or locked out, configuration;

FIG. 89A is a cross-sectional end view of the surgical stapling instrument of FIG. 89 taken along line 89A-89A in FIG. 89 ;

FIG. 90 is a cross-sectional view of the surgical stapling instrument of FIG. 89 illustrated in a clamped configuration in which the firing drive has been enabled;

FIG. 90A is a cross-sectional end view of the surgical stapling instrument of FIG. 89 taken along line 90A-90A in FIG. 90 ;

FIG. 91 is a partial cross-sectional view of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a staple cartridge including staples removable stored therein, an anvil, a closure drive configured to move the anvil relative to the staple cartridge, and a firing drive configured to eject the staples from the staple cartridge, wherein the closure drive is illustrated in an unclamped configuration and the firing drive is illustrated in an inoperable configuration;

FIG. 92 is a partial cross-sectional view of the surgical stapling instrument of FIG. 91 with the closure drive illustrated in a clamped configuration and the firing drive is illustrated in an operable configuration;

FIG. 93 is a perspective view of a rotatable intermediate drive member of the firing drive of the surgical instrument of FIG. 91 ;

FIG. 94 is a partial perspective view of a rotatable firing shaft of the firing drive of the surgical instrument of FIG. 91 ;

FIG. 95 is an elevational view of a spring system configured to bias the firing shaft of FIG. 94 out of engagement with the intermediate drive member of FIG. 93 ;

FIG. 96 is an exploded view of an end effector of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a staple cartridge in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 97 is a partial cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 96 illustrating a lockout configured to prevent the end effector from being operated if the staple cartridge is not fully assembled to the stapling instrument;

FIG. 98 is a partial cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 96 illustrating the lockout in an unlocked configuration;

FIG. 99 is an exploded view of an end effector of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a staple cartridge in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 100 is a partial cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 99 illustrating a lock configured to releasably hold the staple cartridge to the stapling instrument;

FIG. 101 is a partial cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 99 illustrating the lock in an unlocked configuration;

FIG. 102 illustrates a shaft of a surgical stapling instrument configured to be used with a staple cartridge selected from a plurality of circular staple cartridges;

FIG. 103 is a cross-sectional view of a distal end of the stapling instrument of FIG. 102 ;

FIG. 104 is a partial cross-sectional view of a surgical stapling instrument comprising an unfired staple cartridge and a lockout system configured to prevent the staple cartridge from being re-fired after it has been previously fired by a firing drive of the surgical instrument;

FIG. 105 is a partial cross-sectional view of the stapling instrument of FIG. 104 illustrated in a clamped configuration and the firing drive in a fired configuration;

FIG. 106 is a partial cross-sectional view of the stapling instrument of FIG. 104 illustrated in an unclamped configuration and the firing drive in a retracted configuration;

FIG. 107 is an end view of the firing drive and a frame of the stapling instrument of FIG. 104 illustrating the firing drive in an unfired configuration;

FIG. 108 is an end view of the firing drive and the frame of the stapling instrument of FIG. 104 illustrating the firing drive in a retracted configuration;

FIG. 109 is an end view of an alternative staple cartridge design that is usable with the stapling instrument of FIG. 104 ;

FIG. 110 is an end view of an alternative staple cartridge design that is usable with the stapling instrument of FIG. 104 ;

FIG. 111 is a perspective view of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a flexible shaft in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 112 is a schematic of a surgical instrument kit comprising a plurality of end effectors in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 112A is a schematic of a robotic surgical instrument system comprising a plurality of attachable end effectors in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 113 is a perspective view of several end effectors depicted in FIG. 112 ;

FIG. 114 is a perspective view of a surgical stapling attachment comprising an attachment portion, a shaft assembly, an articulation joint, and an end effector assembly;

FIG. 115 is a partial perspective view of a staple cartridge assembly, the end effector assembly, and the articulation joint of the surgical stapling attachment of FIG. 114 ;

FIG. 116 is a partial exploded view of the end effector assembly, the articulation joint, and the shaft assembly of the surgical stapling attachment of FIG. 114 ;

FIG. 117 is a partial perspective view of the attachment portion and the shaft assembly of the surgical stapling attachment of FIG. 114 ;

FIG. 118 is a partial perspective view of the end effector assembly, the articulation joint, and the shaft assembly of the surgical stapling attachment of FIG. 114 , wherein the shaft assembly comprises a shifting assembly configured to shift between the drivability of a closure drive and a firing drive, and wherein the shifting assembly is illustrated in a position to drive the firing drive;

FIG. 119 is a partial perspective view of the end effector assembly, the articulation joint, and the shaft assembly of the surgical stapling attachment of FIG. 114 , wherein the shifting assembly is illustrated in a position to drive the closure drive;

FIG. 120 is a perspective view of a closure frame of the end effector assembly of the surgical stapling attachment of FIG. 114 , wherein the closure frame comprises corresponding slots to engage a tissue-retention pin mechanism of the end effector assembly and corresponding driving tabs to engage the staple cartridge assembly;

FIG. 121 is a bottom view of the closure frame shown in FIG. 120 ;

FIG. 122 is a side view of the closure frame shown in FIG. 120 ;

FIG. 123 is a partial perspective view of the end effector assembly, the articulation joint, and the shaft assembly of the surgical stapling attachment of FIG. 114 , wherein the shifting assembly is illustrated in a position to drive the closure drive;

FIG. 124 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the end effector assembly, the articulation joint, and the shaft assembly of the surgical stapling attachment of FIG. 114 , wherein the shifting assembly is in a first position to drive the closure drive and the end effector assembly is in an open configuration;

FIG. 125 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the end effector assembly, the articulation joint, and the shaft assembly of the surgical stapling attachment of FIG. 114 , wherein the shifting assembly is in the first position and the end effector assembly is in a partially closed configuration;

FIG. 126 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the end effector assembly, the articulation joint, and the shaft assembly of the surgical stapling attachment of FIG. 114 , wherein the shifting assembly is in the first position and the end effector assembly is in a fully clamped configuration;

FIG. 127 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the end effector assembly, the articulation joint, and the shaft assembly of the surgical stapling attachment of FIG. 114 , wherein the shifting assembly has shifted from the first position to a second position to drive the firing drive and the end effector assembly is in the fully clamped configuration;

FIG. 128 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the end effector assembly, the articulation joint, and the shaft assembly of the surgical stapling attachment of FIG. 114 , wherein the shifting assembly is in the second position and the surgical stapling attachment is in a fully fired configuration;

FIG. 129 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the end effector assembly, the articulation joint, and the shaft assembly of the surgical stapling attachment of FIG. 114 , wherein the shifting assembly has shifted from the second position to a third position to drive the firing drive and the closure drive simultaneously, and wherein the surgical stapling attachment is in the fully fired configuration;

FIG. 129A is a perspective view of a shaft assembly comprising a staple cartridge in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 129B is a partial perspective view of the shaft assembly of FIG. 129A illustrating the staple cartridge detached from the shaft assembly;

FIG. 129C is a partial exploded view of the shaft assembly of FIG. 129A;

FIG. 129D is a partial cross-sectional view of the shaft assembly of FIG. 129A illustrated in an open, unclamped configuration;

FIG. 129E is a partial cross-sectional view of the shaft assembly of FIG. 129A illustrated in a closed, clamped configuration;

FIG. 129F is a partial cross-sectional view of the shaft assembly of FIG. 129A illustrated in a fired configuration;

FIG. 129G is a partial cross-sectional view of the shaft assembly of FIG. 129A illustrating a power harvesting system in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 130 is a perspective view of a surgical stapling attachment, or instrument, comprising an attachment portion, a shaft assembly, an articulation joint, and an end effector assembly;

FIG. 131 is a partial perspective view of the articulation joint and the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 , wherein the end effector assembly comprises an end effector frame, a closure frame, and a staple cartridge assembly;

FIG. 132 is a partial perspective view of the shaft assembly, the articulation joint, and the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 illustrating the staple cartridge assembly installed within the end effector assembly;

FIG. 133 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the attachment portion and the shaft assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 , wherein the attachment portion comprises an attachment interface and a transmission configured to transmit rotary control motions received by an instrument interface to a main drive shaft of the shaft assembly;

FIG. 134 is an exploded view of the end effector assembly and the shaft assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 ;

FIG. 135 is a partial perspective view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 ;

FIG. 136 is a partial perspective view of the end effector assembly and the shaft assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 , wherein portions of the end effector assembly are fully or partially removed to expose a drive system, multiple lock arrangements, and a tissue-retention pin mechanism of the end effector assembly;

FIG. 137 is a partial perspective view of portions of the closure frame and the end effector frame, wherein portions have been removed to expose the drive system, a lock arrangement, and the tissue-retention pin mechanism of the instrument of FIG. 130 ;

FIG. 138 is a partial, cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 illustrated in an uncaptured, unclamped, unfired, unlocked configuration;

FIG. 139 is a partial, cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 illustrated in the uncaptured, unclamped, unfired, unlocked configuration of FIG. 138 ;

FIG. 140 is a cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 illustrated in the uncaptured, unclamped, unfired, unlocked configuration of FIG. 138 taken along line 140-140 in FIG. 139 ;

FIG. 141 is a partial, cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 illustrated in a captured, partially-clamped, unfired configuration;

FIG. 142 is a partial, cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 illustrated in the captured, partially-clamped, unfired configuration of FIG. 141 ;

FIG. 143 is a partial, cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 illustrated in a fully-clamped, unfired configuration;

FIG. 144 is a partial, cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 illustrated in a fully-clamped, fired configuration;

FIG. 145 is a partial, cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 illustrated in a partially-retracted, fired configuration;

FIG. 146 is a partial, cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 illustrated in a fully-retracted, locked configuration, wherein the spent staple cartridge assembly has been removed from the end effector assembly;

FIG. 147 is a partial, cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 illustrated in the fully-retracted, locked configuration of FIG. 46 , wherein an unspent staple cartridge assembly is ready to be installed within the end effector assembly;

FIG. 148 is a partial, cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 illustrated in a fully-clamped, partially-fired configuration, wherein the staple cartridge assembly comprises a firing status indicator system and the firing status indicator system indicates that the instrument is in the fully-clamped, partially-fired configuration;

FIG. 149 is a partial, cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 130 illustrated in a fully-clamped, fully-fired configuration, wherein the firing status indicator system indicates that the instrument is in the fully-clamped, fully-fired configuration;

FIG. 150 is a perspective view of a surgical stapling attachment, or instrument, comprising an attachment portion, a shaft assembly, an articulation joint, and an end effector assembly;

FIG. 151 is a partial perspective view of an articulation transmission of the attachment portion of the instrument of FIG. 150 ;

FIG. 152 is a perspective cross-sectioned view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 150 , wherein some portions of the instrument are removed to expose inner portions of the instrument;

FIG. 153 is a partial exploded view of the instrument of FIG. 150 ;

FIG. 154 is a partial perspective view of a cartridge support jaw of the instrument of FIG. 150 comprising a pivot pin defining a pivot axis about which the cartridge support jaw is rotatable;

FIG. 155 is a partial exploded view of the attachment portion, the shaft assembly, and the articulation joint of the instrument of FIG. 150 ;

FIG. 156 is a partial cross-sectioned perspective view of the articulation joint of the instrument of FIG. 150 ;

FIG. 157 is a perspective view of the articulation joint and the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 150 , wherein the end effector assembly comprises a pair of moveable jaws, a staple cartridge, and a drive system;

FIG. 158 is a cross-sectional elevational view of the instrument of FIG. 150 illustrated in a clamped, unfired configuration;

FIG. 159 is a cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 150 illustrated in a clamped, fully stapled configuration;

FIG. 160 is a cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 150 illustrated in a retracted configuration;

FIG. 161 is a cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 150 taken along line 161-161 in FIG. 160 ;

FIG. 162 is a cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 150 illustrated in a clamped, fully stapled, partially cut configuration;

FIG. 163 is a partial, cross-sectional elevational view of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 150 illustrated in an unclamped, or open, configuration;

FIG. 164 is a partial, top view of the end effector assembly, the articulation joint, and the shaft assembly of the instrument of FIG. 150 illustrated in a clamped, unarticulated configuration;

FIG. 165 is a partial, top view of the end effector assembly, the articulation joint, and the shaft assembly of the instrument of FIG. 150 illustrated in an unclamped, articulated configuration;

FIG. 166 is a partial, top view of the end effector assembly, the articulation joint, and the shaft assembly of the instrument of FIG. 150 illustrated in a clamped, articulated configuration;

FIG. 167 is a cross-sectional elevational view of a closure frame of the end effector assembly of the instrument of FIG. 150 ;

FIG. 168 is a cross-sectional elevational view of an end effector frame of the instrument of FIG. 150 ;

FIG. 169 is a perspective view of an anvil in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 170 is a cross-sectional view of the anvil of FIG. 169 ;

FIG. 171 is a partial cross-sectional view of an end effector including the anvil of FIG. 169 illustrated in a fired configuration;

FIG. 172 is a perspective view of an anvil in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 173 is a plan view of the anvil of FIG. 172 ;

FIG. 174 is a cross-sectional view of an end effector in accordance with at least one embodiment illustrated in a clamped, unfired configuration;

FIG. 175 is a cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 174 illustrated in a fired configuration;

FIG. 176 is a cross-sectional view of an end effector in accordance with at least one alternative embodiment illustrated in a clamped, unfired configuration;

FIG. 177 is a cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 176 illustrated in a fired configuration;

FIG. 178 is a cross-sectional view of an end effector in accordance with at least one alternative embodiment illustrated in a clamped, unfired configuration;

FIG. 179 is a cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 176 illustrated in a fired configuration;

FIG. 180 is a perspective view of a staple forming pocket in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 181 is a cross-sectional view of the staple forming pocket of FIG. 180 ;

FIG. 182 is an exploded view of an end effector in accordance with at least one embodiment configured to sequentially deploy a first annular row of staples and a second annular row of staples;

FIG. 183 is a partial cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 182 illustrating a firing driver deploying a staple in the first row of staples;

FIG. 184 is a partial cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 182 illustrating the firing driver of FIG. 183 deploying a staple in the second row of staples;

FIG. 185 is a partial perspective view of a firing drive configured to sequentially drive a first driver for firing a first row of staples, a second driver for firing a second row of staples, and then a third driver for driving a cutting member;

FIG. 186 is a partial perspective view of the firing drive of FIG. 185 illustrating the first driver in a fired position;

FIG. 187 is a partial perspective view of the firing drive of FIG. 185 illustrating the second driver in a fired position;

FIG. 188 is a partial perspective view of the firing drive of FIG. 185 illustrating the third driver in a fired position;

FIG. 189 is an exploded view of the firing drive of FIG. 185 ;

FIG. 190 is a partial perspective view of the firing drive of FIG. 185 in the configuration of FIG. 188 ;

FIG. 191 is an exploded view of a firing drive in accordance with at least one alternative embodiment;

FIG. 192 is a perspective view of a portion of a surgical staple cartridge for use with a circular surgical stapling instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 193 depicts a pair of staples in accordance with at least one embodiment in unformed and formed configurations;

FIG. 194 is a cross-sectional view of a portion of an anvil in relation to a portion of the surgical staple cartridge of FIG. 192 prior to actuation of the staple forming process;

FIG. 195 is another cross-sectional view of the anvil of FIG. 194 and the staple cartridge of FIG. 192 after the staples have been formed;

FIG. 196 is a perspective view of a portion of a surgical staple cartridge for use with a circular surgical stapling instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 197 is a cross-sectional view of a portion of an anvil in relation to a portion of the surgical staple cartridge of FIG. 196 prior to actuation of the staple forming process;

FIG. 198 is another cross-sectional view of the anvil and staple cartridge of FIG. 197 after the staples have been formed;

FIG. 199 is a top view of a staple cartridge in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 200 is a bottom view of an anvil in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 201 is a cross-sectional view of a portion of an anvil in relation to a portion of a surgical staple cartridge;

FIG. 202 depicts three unformed surgical staples;

FIG. 203 is a perspective view of a portion of a surgical stapling device according to at least one embodiment;

FIG. 204 is a top view of a surgical staple cartridge of the stapling device of FIG. 203 ;

FIG. 205 is a perspective view of a portion of the surgical stapling device of FIG. 203 ;

FIG. 206 is a side elevational view of a staple driver assembly according to at least one embodiment;

FIG. 207 is a bottom view of an anvil according to at least one embodiment;

FIG. 208 is a side elevational cross-sectional view of a portion of a surgical stapling device employing the anvil of FIG. 207 ;

FIG. 209 is an enlarged view of staple forming pockets of the anvil of FIG. 207 with a corresponding formed staple;

FIG. 210 depicts staples in accordance with at least one embodiment in unformed and formed configurations;

FIG. 211 is a side elevational cross-sectional view of a portion of a surgical stapling device according to at least one embodiment;

FIG. 212 depicts staples in accordance with at least one embodiment in unformed and formed configurations;

FIG. 213 is a side elevational cross-sectional view of a portion of a surgical stapling device according to at least one embodiment;

FIG. 214 is a top view of a portion of a surgical stapling device according to at least one embodiment;

FIG. 215 is a bottom view of an anvil in accordance with at least one embodiment that may be used in connection with the surgical stapling device of FIG. 214 ;

FIG. 216 is a top view of a staple cavity according to at least one embodiment and a corresponding staple;

FIG. 217 depicts unformed staples according to at least one embodiment;

FIG. 218 is a top view of a surgical stapling device according to at least one embodiment;

FIG. 219 is a top view of a staple cavity according to at least one embodiment and a corresponding staple;

FIG. 220 is a bottom view of an anvil according to at least one embodiment that may be employed in connection with the surgical stapling device of FIG. 218 ;

FIG. 221 is an enlarged view of staple forming pockets of the anvil of FIG. 220 with a corresponding formed staple;

FIG. 222 is a partial cross-sectional view of a surgical stapling device according to at least one embodiment;

FIG. 223 depicts unformed staples according to at least one embodiment;

FIG. 224 is a top plan view of a staple cartridge according to at least one embodiment;

FIG. 225 is a top view of a staple cavity according to at least one embodiment and a corresponding staple;

FIG. 226 is a bottom view of a surgical stapling device anvil according to at least one embodiment;

FIG. 227 is a top view of a pair of staple cavities according to at least one embodiment and a corresponding staple;

FIG. 228 is a cross-sectional view of an anvil assembly of a surgical stapler in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 229 is a cross-sectional view of an anvil modification member of the anvil assembly of FIG. 228 ;

FIG. 230 is a top view of an anvil modification member of the anvil assembly of FIG. 228 ;

FIG. 231 is a top view of an anvil assembly of a surgical stapler in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 232 is a top view of a staple cartridge of the surgical stapler of FIG. 231 ;

FIG. 233 illustrates a forming pocket of an anvil modification member and a staple formed by the forming pocket;

FIG. 234 illustrates a staple cavity of the surgical stapler of FIG. 231 and an unformed staple;

FIG. 235 is a perspective of a staple driver supporting three staples of the surgical stapler of FIG. 231 ;

FIG. 236 is a top view of the staple driver of FIG. 235 ;

FIG. 237 illustrates a cross-sectional view of an end effector including a staple cartridge, an anvil, and an anvil modification member in accordance with at least one alternative embodiment;

FIG. 238 illustrates three staples in unformed configurations and formed configurations in accordance with at least one embodiment;

FIG. 239 illustrates a partial cross-sectional view of a staple cartridge of a circular stapler in accordance with at least one embodiment; and

FIG. 240 illustrates a partial perspective view of a staple cartridge of a circular stapler in accordance with at least one embodiment.

Corresponding reference characters indicate corresponding parts throughout the several views. The exemplifications set out herein illustrate various embodiments of the invention, in one form, and such exemplifications are not to be construed as limiting the scope of the invention in any manner.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Applicant of the present application owns the following patent applications that were filed on Apr. 1, 2016 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,321, entitled MODULAR     SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A DISPLAY, now U.S. Pat. No.     10,271,851; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,326, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A DISPLAY INCLUDING A RE-ORIENTABLE     DISPLAY FIELD, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,433,849; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,263, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT HANDLE ASSEMBLY WITH RECONFIGURABLE GRIP PORTION, now     U.S. Pat. No. 10,307,159; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,262, entitled ROTARY POWERED     SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MANUALLY ACTUATABLE BAILOUT SYSTEM, now     U.S. Pat. No. 10,357,246; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,277, entitled SURGICAL     CUTTING AND STAPLING END EFFECTOR WITH ANVIL CONCENTRIC DRIVE     MEMBER, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,531,874; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,283, entitled CLOSURE SYSTEM     ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING DEVICES WITH SEPARATE     AND DISTINCT FIRING SHAFTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,617,413; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,296, entitled     INTERCHANGEABLE SURGICAL TOOL ASSEMBLY WITH A SURGICAL END EFFECTOR     THAT IS SELECTIVELY ROTATABLE ABOUT A SHAFT AXIS, now U.S. Pat. No.     10,413,293; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,258, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A SHIFTABLE TRANSMISSION, now U.S. Pat.     No. 10,342,543; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,278, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING SYSTEM CONFIGURED TO PROVIDE SELECTIVE CUTTING OF TISSUE,     now U.S. Pat. No. 10,420,552; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,284, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A CONTOURABLE SHAFT, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2017/0281186; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,295, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A TISSUE COMPRESSION LOCKOUT now U.S.     Pat. No. 10,856,867; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,300, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING AN UNCLAMPING LOCKOUT, now U.S. Pat. No.     10,456,140; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,196, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A JAW CLOSURE LOCKOUT, now U.S. Pat. No.     10,568,632; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,203, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A JAW ATTACHMENT LOCKOUT, now U.S. Pat.     No. 10,542,991; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,210, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A SPENT CARTRIDGE LOCKOUT, now U.S. Pat.     No. 10,478,190; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,324, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A SHIFTING MECHANISM, now U.S. Pat. No.     10,314,582; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,335, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING INSTRUMENT COMPRISING MULTIPLE LOCKOUTS, now U.S. Pat. No.     10,485,542; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,339, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No.     2017/0281173; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,253, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING SYSTEM CONFIGURED TO APPLY ANNULAR ROWS OF STAPLES HAVING     DIFFERENT HEIGHTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,413,297; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,304, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A GROOVED FORMING POCKET, now U.S. Pat.     No. 10,285,705; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,331, entitled ANVIL     MODIFICATION MEMBERS FOR SURGICAL STAPLERS, now U.S. Pat. No.     10,376,263; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,336, entitled STAPLE     CARTRIDGES WITH ATRAUMATIC FEATURES, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,709,446; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,312, entitled CIRCULAR     STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING AN INCISABLE TISSUE SUPPORT, now U.S.     Pat. Application Publication No. 2017/0281189; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089, 309, entitled CIRCULAR     STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING ROTARY FIRING SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. No.     10,675,021; and -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/089,349, entitled CIRCULAR     STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING LOAD CONTROL, now U.S. Pat. No.     10,682,136.

The Applicant of the present application also owns the U.S. Pat. Applications identified below which were filed on Dec. 31, 2015 which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/984,488, entitled MECHANISMS FOR     COMPENSATING FOR BATTERY PACK FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL     INSTRUMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/984,525, entitled MECHANISMS FOR     COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS;     and -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/984,552, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENTS WITH SEPARABLE MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUITS.

The Applicant of the present application also owns the U.S. Pat. Applications identified below which were filed on Feb. 9, 2016 which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/019,220, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT WITH ARTICULATING AND AXIALLY TRANSLATABLE END EFFECTOR; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/019,228, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENTS WITH MULTIPLE LINK ARTICULATION ARRANGEMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/019,196, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT ARTICULATION MECHANISM WITH SLOTTED SECONDARY CONSTRAINT; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/019,206, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENTS WITH AN END EFFECTOR THAT IS HIGHLY ARTICULATABLE     RELATIVE TO AN ELONGATE SHAFT ASSEMBLY; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/019,215, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENTS WITH NON-SYMMETRICAL ARTICULATION ARRANGEMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/019,227, entitled ARTICULATABLE     SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH SINGLE ARTICULATION LINK ARRANGEMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/019,235, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENTS WITH TENSIONING ARRANGEMENTS FOR CABLE DRIVEN     ARTICULATION SYSTEMS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/019,230, entitled ARTICULATABLE     SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-AXIS FIRING BEAM ARRANGEMENTS; and -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/019,245, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENTS WITH CLOSURE STROKE REDUCTION ARRANGEMENTS.

The Applicant of the present application also owns the U.S. Pat. Applications identified below which were filed on Feb. 12, 2016 which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/043,254, entitled MECHANISMS FOR     COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/043,259, entitled MECHANISMS FOR     COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/043,275, entitled MECHANISMS FOR     COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS;     and -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 15/043,289, entitled MECHANISMS FOR     COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS.

Applicant of the present application owns the following patent applications that were filed on Jun. 18, 2015 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/742,925, entitled SURGICAL END     EFFECTORS WITH POSITIVE JAW OPENING ARRANGEMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/742,941, entitled SURGICAL END     EFFECTORS WITH DUAL CAM ACTUATED JAW CLOSING FEATURES; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/742,914, entitled MOVABLE FIRING     BEAM SUPPORT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/742,900, entitled ARTICULATABLE     SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH COMPOSITE FIRING BEAM STRUCTURES WITH     CENTER FIRING SUPPORT MEMBER FOR ARTICULATION SUPPORT; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/742,885, entitled DUAL     ARTICULATION DRIVE SYSTEM ARRANGEMENTS FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL     INSTRUMENTS; and -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/742,876, entitled PUSH/PULL     ARTICULATION DRIVE SYSTEMS FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS.

Applicant of the present application owns the following patent applications that were filed on Mar. 6, 2015 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/640,746, entitled POWERED     SURGICAL INSTRUMENT; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/640,795, entitled MULTIPLE LEVEL     THRESHOLDS TO MODIFY OPERATION OF POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/640,832, entitled ADAPTIVE     TISSUE COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES TO ADJUST CLOSURE RATES FOR MULTIPLE     TISSUE TYPES; Attorney Docket No. END7557USNP/140482; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/640,935, entitled OVERLAID MULTI     SENSOR RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) ELECTRODE SYSTEM TO MEASURE TISSUE     COMPRESSION; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/640,831, entitled MONITORING     SPEED CONTROL AND PRECISION INCREMENTING OF MOTOR FOR POWERED     SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/640,859, entitled TIME DEPENDENT     EVALUATION OF SENSOR DATA TO DETERMINE STABILITY, CREEP, AND     VISCOELASTIC ELEMENTS OF MEASURES; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/640,817, entitled INTERACTIVE     FEEDBACK SYSTEM FOR POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/640,844, entitled CONTROL     TECHNIQUES AND SUB-PROCESSOR CONTAINED WITHIN MODULAR SHAFT WITH     SELECT CONTROL PROCESSING FROM HANDLE; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/640,837, entitled SMART SENSORS     WITH LOCAL SIGNAL PROCESSING; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/640,765, entitled SYSTEM FOR     DETECTING THE MIS-INSERTION OF A STAPLE CARTRIDGE INTO A SURGICAL     STAPLER; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/640,799, entitled SIGNAL AND     POWER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM POSITIONED ON A ROTATABLE SHAFT; and -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/640,780, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A LOCKABLE BATTERY HOUSING.

Applicant of the present application owns the following patent applications that were filed on Feb. 27, 2015, and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/633,576, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT SYSTEM COMPRISING AN INSPECTION STATION; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/633,546, entitled SURGICAL     APPARATUS CONFIGURED TO ASSESS WHETHER A PERFORMANCE PARAMETER OF     THE SURGICAL APPARATUS IS WITHIN AN ACCEPTABLE PERFORMANCE BAND; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/633,560, entitled SURGICAL     CHARGING SYSTEM THAT CHARGES AND/OR CONDITIONS ONE OR MORE     BATTERIES; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/633,566, entitled CHARGING     SYSTEM THAT ENABLES EMERGENCY RESOLUTIONS FOR CHARGING A BATTERY; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/633,555, entitled SYSTEM FOR     MONITORING WHETHER A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT NEEDS TO BE SERVICED; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/633,542, entitled REINFORCED     BATTERY FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/633,548, entitled POWER ADAPTER     FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/633,526, entitled ADAPTABLE     SURGICAL INSTRUMENT HANDLE; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/633,541, entitled MODULAR     STAPLING ASSEMBLY; and -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/633,562, entitled SURGICAL     APPARATUS CONFIGURED TO TRACK AN END-OF-LIFE PARAMETER.

Applicant of the present application owns the following patent applications that were filed on Dec. 18, 2014 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/574,478, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS COMPRISING AN ARTICULATABLE END EFFECTOR AND     MEANS FOR ADJUSTING THE FIRING STROKE OF A FIRING; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/574,483, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT ASSEMBLY COMPRISING LOCKABLE SYSTEMS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/575,139, entitled DRIVE     ARRANGEMENTS FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/575,148, entitled LOCKING     ARRANGEMENTS FOR DETACHABLE SHAFT ASSEMBLIES WITH ARTICULATABLE     SURGICAL END EFFECTORS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/575,130, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT WITH AN ANVIL THAT IS SELECTIVELY MOVABLE ABOUT A     DISCRETE NON-MOVABLE AXIS RELATIVE TO A STAPLE CARTRIDGE; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/575,143, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENTS WITH IMPROVED CLOSURE ARRANGEMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/575,117, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENTS WITH ARTICULATABLE END EFFECTORS AND MOVABLE FIRING BEAM     SUPPORT ARRANGEMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/575,154, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENTS WITH ARTICULATABLE END EFFECTORS AND IMPROVED FIRING     BEAM SUPPORT ARRANGEMENTS; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/574,493, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT ASSEMBLY COMPRISING A FLEXIBLE ARTICULATION SYSTEM; and -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/574,500, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT ASSEMBLY COMPRISING A LOCKABLE ARTICULATION SYSTEM.

Applicant of the present application owns the following patent applications that were filed on Mar. 1, 2013 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/782,295, entitled ARTICULATABLE     SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH CONDUCTIVE PATHWAYS FOR SIGNAL     COMMUNICATION, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No.     2014/0246471; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/782,323, entitled ROTARY POWERED     ARTICULATION JOINTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2014/0246472; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/782,338, entitled THUMBWHEEL     SWITCH ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2014/0249557; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/782,499, entitled     ELECTROMECHANICAL SURGICAL DEVICE WITH SIGNAL RELAY ARRANGEMENT, now     U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2014/0246474; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/782,460, entitled MULTIPLE     PROCESSOR MOTOR CONTROL FOR MODULAR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S.     Pat. Application Publication No. 2014/0246478; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/782,358, entitled JOYSTICK     SWITCH ASSEMBLIES FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2014/0246477; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/782,481, entitled SENSOR     STRAIGHTENED END EFFECTOR DURING REMOVAL THROUGH TROCAR, now U.S.     Pat. Application Publication No. 2014/0246479; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/782,518, entitled CONTROL     METHODS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH REMOVABLE IMPLEMENT PORTIONS,     now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2014/0246475; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/782,375, entitled ROTARY POWERED     SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH MULTIPLE DEGREES OF FREEDOM, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2014/0246473; and -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/782,536, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT SOFT STOP, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No.     2014/0246476.

Applicant of the present application also owns the following patent applications that were filed on Mar. 14, 2013 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/803,097, entitled ARTICULATABLE     SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A FIRING DRIVE, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2014/0263542; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/803,193, entitled CONTROL     ARRANGEMENTS FOR A DRIVE MEMBER OF A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S.     Pat. Application Publication No. 2014/0263537; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/803,053, entitled     INTERCHANGEABLE SHAFT ASSEMBLIES FOR USE WITH A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT,     now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2014/0263564; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/803,086, entitled ARTICULATABLE     SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING AN ARTICULATION LOCK, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2014/0263541; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/803,210, entitled SENSOR     ARRANGEMENTS FOR ABSOLUTE POSITIONING SYSTEM FOR SURGICAL     INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2014/0263538; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/803,148, entitled MULTI-FUNCTION     MOTOR FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. Application     Publication No. 2014/0263554; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/803,066, entitled DRIVE SYSTEM     LOCKOUT ARRANGEMENTS FOR MODULAR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2014/0263565; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/803,117, entitled ARTICULATION     CONTROL SYSTEM FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2014/0263553; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/803,130, entitled DRIVE TRAIN     CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS FOR MODULAR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2014/0263543; and -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/803,159, entitled METHOD AND     SYSTEM FOR OPERATING A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2014/0277017.

Applicant of the present application also owns the following patent application that was filed on Mar. 7, 2014 and is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/200,111, entitled CONTROL     SYSTEMS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. Application     Publication No. 2014/0263539.

Applicant of the present application also owns the following patent applications that were filed on Mar. 26, 2014 and are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,106, entitled POWER     MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2015/0272582; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,099, entitled STERILIZATION     VERIFICATION CIRCUIT, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No.     2015/0272581; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,094, entitled VERIFICATION     OF NUMBER OF BATTERY EXCHANGES/PROCEDURE COUNT, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2015/0272580; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,117, entitled POWER     MANAGEMENT THROUGH SLEEP OPTIONS OF SEGMENTED CIRCUIT AND WAKE UP     CONTROL, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2015/0272574; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,075, entitled MODULAR     POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH DETACHABLE SHAFT ASSEMBLIES, now     U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2015/0272579; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,093, entitled FEEDBACK     ALGORITHMS FOR MANUAL BAILOUT SYSTEMS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now     U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2015/0272569; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,116, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT UTILIZING SENSOR ADAPTATION, now U.S. Pat. Application     Publication No. 2015/0272571; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,071, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT CONTROL CIRCUIT HAVING A SAFETY PROCESSOR, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2015/0272578; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,097, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT COMPRISING INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS, now U.S. Pat. Application     Publication No. 2015/0272570; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,126, entitled INTERFACE     SYSTEMS FOR USE WITH SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. Application     Publication No. 2015/0272572; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,133, entitled MODULAR     SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication     No. 2015/0272557; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,081, entitled SYSTEMS AND     METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A SEGMENTED CIRCUIT, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2015/0277471; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,076, entitled POWER     MANAGEMENT THROUGH SEGMENTED CIRCUIT AND VARIABLE VOLTAGE     PROTECTION, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2015/0280424; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,111, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING INSTRUMENT SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication     No. 2015/0272583; and -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/226,125, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A ROTATABLE SHAFT, now U.S. Pat. Application     Publication No. 2015/0280384.

Applicant of the present application also owns the following patent applications that were filed on Sep. 5, 2014 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/479,103, entitled CIRCUITRY AND     SENSORS FOR POWERED MEDICAL DEVICE, now U.S. Pat. Application     Publication No. 2016/0066912; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/479,119, entitled ADJUNCT WITH     INTEGRATED SENSORS TO QUANTIFY TISSUE COMPRESSION, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2016/0066914; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/478,908, entitled MONITORING     DEVICE DEGRADATION BASED ON COMPONENT EVALUATION, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2016/0066910; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/478,895, entitled MULTIPLE     SENSORS WITH ONE SENSOR AFFECTING A SECOND SENSOR’S OUTPUT OR     INTERPRETATION, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No.     2016/0066909; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/479,110, entitled USE OF     POLARITY OF HALL MAGNET DETECTION TO DETECT MISLOADED CARTRIDGE, now     U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2016/0066915; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/479,098, entitled SMART     CARTRIDGE WAKE UP OPERATION AND DATA RETENTION, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2016/0066911; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/479,115, entitled MULTIPLE MOTOR     CONTROL FOR POWERED MEDICAL DEVICE, now U.S. Pat. Application     Publication No. 2016/0066916; and -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/479,108, entitled LOCAL DISPLAY     OF TISSUE PARAMETER STABILIZATION, now U.S. Pat. Application     Publication No. 2016/0066913.

Applicant of the present application also owns the following patent applications that were filed on Apr. 9, 2014 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:

-   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/248,590, entitled MOTOR DRIVEN     SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH LOCKABLE DUAL DRIVE SHAFTS, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2014/0305987; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/248,581, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A CLOSING DRIVE AND A FIRING DRIVE OPERATED     FROM THE SAME ROTATABLE OUTPUT, now U.S. Pat. Application     Publication No. 2014/0305989; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/248,595, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT SHAFT INCLUDING SWITCHES FOR CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF     THE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No.     2014/0305988; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/248,588, entitled POWERED LINEAR     SURGICAL STAPLER, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No.     2014/0309666; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/248,591, entitled TRANSMISSION     ARRANGEMENT FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. Application     Publication No. 2014/0305991; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/248,584, entitled MODULAR MOTOR     DRIVEN SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH ALIGNMENT FEATURES FOR ALIGNING     ROTARY DRIVE SHAFTS WITH SURGICAL END EFFECTOR SHAFTS, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2014/0305994; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/248,587, entitled POWERED     SURGICAL STAPLER, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No.     2014/0309665; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/248,586, entitled DRIVE SYSTEM     DECOUPLING ARRANGEMENT FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat.     Application Publication No. 2014/0305990; and -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/248,607, entitled MODULAR MOTOR     DRIVEN SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH STATUS INDICATION ARRANGEMENTS, now     U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2014/0305992.

Applicant of the present application also owns the following patent applications that were filed on Apr. 16, 2013 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:

-   U.S. Provisional Pat. Application Serial No. 61/812,365, entitled     SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MULTIPLE FUNCTIONS PERFORMED BY A SINGLE     MOTOR; -   U.S. Provisional Pat. Application Serial No. 61/812,376, entitled     LINEAR CUTTER WITH POWER; -   U.S. Provisional Pat. Application Serial No. 61/812,382, entitled     LINEAR CUTTER WITH MOTOR AND PISTOL GRIP; -   U.S. Provisional Pat. Application Serial No. 61/812,385, entitled     SURGICAL INSTRUMENT HANDLE WITH MULTIPLE ACTUATION MOTORS AND MOTOR     CONTROL; and -   U.S. Provisional Pat. Application Serial No. 61/812,372, entitled     SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MULTIPLE FUNCTIONS PERFORMED BY A SINGLE     MOTOR.

Numerous specific details are set forth to provide a thorough understanding of the overall structure, function, manufacture, and use of the embodiments as described in the specification and illustrated in the accompanying drawings. Well-known operations, components, and elements have not been described in detail so as not to obscure the embodiments described in the specification. The reader will understand that the embodiments described and illustrated herein are nonlimiting examples, and thus it can be appreciated that the specific structural and functional details disclosed herein may be representative and illustrative. Variations and changes thereto may be made without departing from the scope of the claims.

The terms “comprise” (and any form of comprise, such as “comprises” and “comprising”), “have” (and any form of have, such as “has” and “having”), “include” (and any form of include, such as “includes” and “including”) and “contain” (and any form of contain, such as “contains” and “containing”) are open-ended linking verbs. As a result, a surgical system, device, or apparatus that “comprises,” “has,” “includes” or “contains” one or more elements possesses those one or more elements, but is not limited to possessing only those one or more elements. Likewise, an element of a system, device, or apparatus that “comprises,” “has,” “includes” or “contains” one or more features possesses those one or more features, but is not limited to possessing only those one or more features.

The terms “proximal” and “distal” are used herein with reference to a clinician manipulating the handle portion of the surgical instrument. The term “proximal” refers to the portion closest to the clinician and the term “distal” refers to the portion located away from the clinician. It will be further appreciated that, for convenience and clarity, spatial terms such as “vertical”, “horizontal”, “up”, and “down” may be used herein with respect to the drawings. However, surgical instruments are used in many orientations and positions, and these terms are not intended to be limiting and/or absolute.

Various exemplary devices and methods are provided for performing laparoscopic and minimally invasive surgical procedures. However, the reader will readily appreciate that the various methods and devices disclosed herein can be used in numerous surgical procedures and applications including, for example, in connection with open surgical procedures. As the present Detailed Description proceeds, the reader will further appreciate that the various instruments disclosed herein can be inserted into a body in any way, such as through a natural orifice, through an incision or puncture hole formed in tissue, etc. The working portions or end effector portions of the instruments can be inserted directly into a patient’s body or can be inserted through an access device that has a working channel through which the end effector and elongate shaft of a surgical instrument can be advanced.

A surgical stapling system can comprise a shaft and an end effector extending from the shaft. The end effector comprises a first jaw and a second jaw. The first jaw comprises a staple cartridge. The staple cartridge is insertable into and removable from the first jaw; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which a staple cartridge is not removable from, or at least readily replaceable from, the first jaw. The second jaw comprises an anvil configured to deform staples ejected from the staple cartridge. The second jaw is pivotable relative to the first jaw about a closure axis; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which first jaw is pivotable relative to the second jaw. The surgical stapling system further comprises an articulation joint configured to permit the end effector to be rotated, or articulated, relative to the shaft. The end effector is rotatable about an articulation axis extending through the articulation joint. Other embodiments are envisioned which do not include an articulation joint.

The staple cartridge comprises a cartridge body. The cartridge body includes a proximal end, a distal end, and a deck extending between the proximal end and the distal end. In use, the staple cartridge is positioned on a first side of the tissue to be stapled and the anvil is positioned on a second side of the tissue. The anvil is moved toward the staple cartridge to compress and clamp the tissue against the deck. Thereafter, staples removably stored in the cartridge body can be deployed into the tissue. The cartridge body includes staple cavities defined therein wherein staples are removably stored in the staple cavities. The staple cavities are arranged in six longitudinal rows. Three rows of staple cavities are positioned on a first side of a longitudinal slot and three rows of staple cavities are positioned on a second side of the longitudinal slot. Other arrangements of staple cavities and staples may be possible.

The staples are supported by staple drivers in the cartridge body. The drivers are movable between a first, or unfired position, and a second, or fired, position to eject the staples from the staple cavities. The drivers are retained in the cartridge body by a retainer which extends around the bottom of the cartridge body and includes resilient members configured to grip the cartridge body and hold the retainer to the cartridge body. The drivers are movable between their unfired positions and their fired positions by a sled. The sled is movable between a proximal position adjacent the proximal end and a distal position adjacent the distal end. The sled comprises a plurality of ramped surfaces configured to slide under the drivers and lift the drivers, and the staples supported thereon, toward the anvil.

Further to the above, the sled is moved distally by a firing member. The firing member is configured to contact the sled and push the sled toward the distal end. The longitudinal slot defined in the cartridge body is configured to receive the firing member. The anvil also includes a slot configured to receive the firing member. The firing member further comprises a first cam which engages the first jaw and a second cam which engages the second jaw. As the firing member is advanced distally, the first cam and the second cam can control the distance, or tissue gap, between the deck of the staple cartridge and the anvil. The firing member also comprises a knife configured to incise the tissue captured intermediate the staple cartridge and the anvil. It is desirable for the knife to be positioned at least partially proximal to the ramped surfaces such that the staples are ejected ahead of the knife.

Handle Assembly

FIG. 1 depicts a motor-driven surgical system 10 that may be used to perform a variety of different surgical procedures. In the illustrated embodiment, the motor driven surgical system 10 comprises a selectively reconfigurable housing or handle assembly 20 that is attached to one form of an interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000. For example, the system 10 that is depicted in FIG. 1 includes an interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 that comprises a surgical cutting and fastening instrument which may be referred to as an endocutter. As will be discussed in further detail below, the interchangeable surgical tool assemblies may include end effectors that are adapted to support different sizes and types of staple cartridges and, have different shaft lengths, sizes, and types, etc. Such arrangements, for example, may utilize any suitable fastener, or fasteners, to fasten tissue. For instance, a fastener cartridge comprising a plurality of fasteners removably stored therein can be removably inserted into and/or attached to the end effector of a surgical tool assembly. Other surgical tool assemblies may be interchangeably employed with the handle assembly 20. For example, the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 may be detached from the handle assembly 20 and replaced with a different surgical tool assembly that is configured to perform other surgical procedures. In other arrangements, the surgical tool assembly may not be interchangeable with other surgical tool assemblies and essentially comprise a dedicated shaft that is non-removably affixed or coupled to the handle assembly 20, for example. The surgical tool assemblies may also be referred to as elongate shaft assemblies. The surgical tool assemblies may be reusable or, in other configurations, the surgical tool assemblies may be designed to be disposed of after a single use.

As the present Detailed Description proceeds, it will be understood that the various forms of interchangeable surgical tool assemblies disclosed herein may also be effectively employed in connection with robotically-controlled surgical systems. Thus, the terms “housing” and “housing assembly” may also encompass a housing or similar portion of a robotic system that houses or otherwise operably supports at least one drive system that is configured to generate and apply at least one control motion which could be used to actuate the elongate shaft assemblies disclosed herein and their respective equivalents. The term “frame” may refer to a portion of a handheld surgical instrument. The term “frame” may also represent a portion of a robotically controlled surgical instrument and/or a portion of the robotic system that may be used to operably control a surgical instrument. For example, the surgical tool assemblies disclosed herein may be employed with various robotic systems, instruments, components and methods such as, but not limited to, those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/118,241, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE STAPLE DEPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2012/0298719 which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.

Referring now to FIGS. 1 and 2 , the housing assembly or handle assembly 20 comprises a primary housing portion 30 that may be formed from a pair of housing segments 40, 70 that may be fabricated from plastic, polymer materials, metal, etc. and be joined together by an appropriate fastener arrangement such as, for example, adhesive, screws, press-fit features, snap-fit features, latches, etc. As will be discussed in further detail below, the primary housing portion 30 operably supports a plurality of drive systems therein that are configured to generate and apply various control motions to corresponding portions of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly that is operably attached thereto. The handle assembly 20 further comprises a grip portion 100 that is movably coupled to the primary housing portion 30 and is configured to be gripped and manipulated by the clinician in various positions relative to the primary housing portion 30. The grip portion 100 may be fabricated from a pair of grip segments 110, 120 that may be fabricated from plastic, polymer materials, metal, etc. and are joined together by an appropriate fastener arrangement such as, for example, adhesive, screws, press-fit features, snap-fit features, latches, etc. for assembly and maintenance purposes.

As can be seen in FIG. 2 , the grip portion 100 comprises a grip housing 130 that defines a hollow cavity 132 that is configured to operably support a drive motor and gearbox which will be discussed in further detail below. The upper portion 134 of the grip housing 130 is configured to extend through an opening 80 in the primary housing portion 30 and be pivotally journaled on a pivot shaft 180. The pivot shaft 180 defines a pivot axis designated as “PA”. See FIG. 3 . For reference purposes, the handle assembly 20 defines a handle axis designated as “HA” that may be parallel to the shaft axis “SA” of the elongate shaft assembly of the interchangeable surgical tool that is operably attached to the handle assembly 20. The pivot axis PA is transverse to the handle axis HA. See FIG. 1 . Such arrangement enables the grip portion 100 to be pivoted relative to the primary housing portion 30 about the pivot axis PA to a position that is best suited for the type of interchangeable surgical tool assembly that is coupled to the handle assembly 20. The grip housing 130 defines a grip axis, generally designated as “GA”. See FIG. 2 . When the interchangeable surgical tool assembly that is coupled to the handle assembly 20 comprises an endocutter for example, the clinician might want to position the grip portion 100 relative to the primary housing portion 30 such that the grip axis GA is perpendicular or approximately perpendicular (angle “H1”) to the handle axis HA (referred to herein as a “first grip position”). See FIG. 5 . However, if the handle assembly 20 is being used to control an interchangeable surgical tool assembly that comprises a circular stapler for example, the clinician may wish to pivot the grip portion 100 relative to the primary housing portion 30 to a position wherein the grip axis GA is at a forty-five degree or approximately forty-five degree angle or other suitable acute angle (angle “H2”) relative to the handle axis HA. This position is referred to herein as a “second grip position”. FIG. 5 illustrates the grip portion 100 in phantom lines in the second grip position.

Referring now to FIGS. 3-5 , the handle assembly 20 also includes a grip locking system, generally designated as 150, for selectively locking the grip portion 100 in the desired orientation relative to the primary housing portion 30. In one arrangement, the grip locking system 150 comprises an arcuate series 152 of pointed teeth 154. The teeth 154 are spaced from each other and form a locking groove 156 therebetween. Each locking groove 156 corresponds to a particular angular locking position for the grip portion 100. For example, in at least one arrangement, the teeth 154 and locking grooves or “locking locations” 156 are arranged to permit the grip portion 100 to be locked at 10-15 degree intervals between the first grip position and the second grip position. The arrangement may employ two stop positions which are tailored to the type of instrument (shaft arrangement) employed. For example, for an endocutter shaft arrangement, it may be approximately around ninety degrees to the shaft and for a circular stapler arrangement, the angle may be approximately forty-five degrees to the shaft while being swept forward towards the surgeon. The grip locking system 150 further includes a locking button 160 that has a locking portion that is configured to lockingly engage the locking grooves 156. For example, the locking button 160 is pivotally mounted in the primary handle portion 30 on a pivot pin 131 to permit the locking button 160 to pivot into engagement with a corresponding locking groove 156. A locking spring 164 serves to bias the locking button 160 into an engaged or locked position with the corresponding locking groove 156. The locking portion and the teeth configurations serve to enable the teeth 154 to slide past the locking portion when the clinician depresses the locking button 160. Thus, to adjust the angular position of the grip portion 100 relative to the primary housing portion 30, the clinician depresses the locking button 160 and then pivots the grip portion 100 to the desired angular position. Once the grip portion 100 has been moved to the desired position, the clinician releases the locking button 160. The locking spring 164 will then bias the locking button 160 toward the series of teeth 154 so that the locking portion enters the corresponding locking groove 156 to retain the grip portion 100 in that position during use.

Drive Systems

The handle assembly 20 operably supports a first rotary drive system 300, a second rotary drive system 320 and a third axial drive system 400. The rotary drive systems 300, 320 are each powered by a motor 200 that is operably supported in the grip portion 100. As can be seen in FIG. 2 , for example, the motor 200 is supported within the cavity 132 in the grip portion 100 and has a gear box assembly 202 that has an output drive shaft 204 protruding therefrom. In various forms, the motor 200 may be a DC brushed driving motor having a maximum rotation of, approximately, 25,000 RPM, for example. In other arrangements, the motor may include a brushless motor, a cordless motor, a synchronous motor, a stepper motor, or any other suitable electric motor. The motor 200 may be powered by a power source 210 that, in one form, may comprise a removable power pack 212. The power source 210 may comprise, for example, anyone of the various power source arrangements disclosed in further detail in U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2015/0272575 and entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A SENSOR SYSTEM, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein. In the illustrated arrangement, for example, the power pack 212 may comprise a proximal housing portion 214 that is configured for attachment to a distal housing portion 216. The proximal housing portion 214 and the distal housing portion 216 are configured to operably support a plurality of batteries 218 therein. Batteries 218 may each comprise, for example, a Lithium Ion (“LI”) or other suitable battery. The distal housing portion 216 is configured for removable operable attachment to a handle circuit board assembly 220 which is also operably coupled to the motor 200. The handle circuit board assembly 220 may also be generally referred to herein as the “control system or CPU 224”. A number of batteries 218 may be connected in series may be used as the power source for the handle assembly 20. In addition, the power source 210 may be replaceable and/or rechargeable. In other embodiments, the surgical instrument 10 may be powered by alternating current (AC) for example. The motor 200 may be controlled by a rocker switch 206 that is mounted to the grip portion 100.

As outlined above, the motor 200 is operably coupled to a gear box assembly 202 that includes an output drive shaft 204. Attached to the output drive shaft 204 is a driver bevel gear 230. The motor 200, the gear box assembly 202, the output drive shaft 204 and the driver bevel gear 230 may also be collectively referred to herein as a “motor assembly 231”. The driver bevel gear 230 interfaces with a driven bevel gear 234 that is attached to a system drive shaft 232 as well as a pivot bevel gear 238 that is journaled on the pivot shaft 180. The driven bevel gear 234 is axially movable on the system drive shaft 232 between an engaged position wherein the driven bevel gear 234 is in meshing engagement with the driver bevel gear 230 (FIG. 5 ) and a disengaged position wherein the driven bevel gear 234 is out of meshing engagement with the drive bevel gear 230 (FIG. 14 ). A drive system spring 235 is journaled between the driven bevel gear 234 and a proximal end flange 236 that is formed on a proximal portion of the system drive shaft 232. See FIGS. 4 and 14 . The drive system spring 235 serves to bias the driven bevel gear 234 out of meshing engagement with the driver bevel gear 230 as will be discussed in further detail below. The pivot bevel gear 238 facilitates pivotal travel of the output drive shaft 204 and driver bevel gear 230 with the grip portion 100 relative to the primary handle portion 30.

In the illustrated example, the system drive shaft 232 interfaces with a rotary drive selector system, generally designated as 240. In at least one form, for example, the rotary drive selector system 240 comprises a shifter gear 250 that is selectively movable between the first rotary drive system 300 and the second rotary drive system 320. As can be seen in FIGS. 6-9 , for example, the drive selector system 240 comprises a shifter mounting plate 242 that is non-movably mounted within primary handle portion 30. For example, the shifter mounting plate 242 may be frictionally retained between mounting lugs (not shown) formed in the housing segments 40, 70 or be otherwise retained therein by screws, adhesive, etc. Still referring to FIGS. 6-9 , the system drive shaft 232 extends through a hole in the shifter mounting plate 242 and has the central, or system, drive gear 237 non-rotatably attached thereto. For example the central drive gear 237 may be attached to the system drive shaft 232 by a keyway arrangement 233. See FIGS. 6-9 . In other arrangements, the system drive shaft 232 may be rotatably supported in the shifter mounting plate 242 by a corresponding bearing (not shown) that is mounted thereto. In any event, rotation of the system drive shaft 232 will result in rotation of the central drive gear 234.

As can be seen in FIG. 3 , the first drive system 300 includes a first drive socket 302 that is rotatably supported in a distal wall 32 formed in the primary handle portion 30. The first drive socket 302 may comprise a first body portion 304 that has a splined socket formed therein. A first driven gear 306 is formed on or is non-movably attached to the first body portion 304. The first body portion 304 may be rotatably supported in a corresponding hole or passage provided the distal wall 32 or it may be rotatably supported in a corresponding bearing (not shown) that is mounted in the distal wall 32. Similarly, the second rotary drive system 320 includes a second drive socket 322 that is also rotatably supported in the distal wall 32 of the primary handle portion 30. The second drive socket 322 may comprise a second body portion 324 that has a splined socket formed therein. A second driven gear 326 is formed on or is non-rotatably mounted to the second body portion 324. The second body portion 324 may be rotatably supported in a corresponding hole or passage provided the distal wall 32 or it may be rotatably supported in a corresponding bearing (not shown) that is mounted in the distal wall 32. The first and second drive sockets 302, 322 are spaced from each other on each lateral side of the handle axis HA. See FIG. 4 , for example.

As indicated above, in the illustrated example, the rotary drive selector system 240 includes a shifter gear 250. As can be seen in FIGS. 6-9 , the shifter gear 250 is rotatably mounted on an idler shaft 252 that is movably supported in an arcuate slot 244 in the shifter mounting plate 242. The shifter gear 250 is mounted so as to freely rotate on the idler shaft 252 and remain in meshing engagement with the central drive gear 234. The idler shaft 252 is coupled to an end of a shaft 262 of a shifter solenoid 260. The shifter solenoid 260 is pinned or otherwise mounted with the primary handle housing 30 such that when the shifter solenoid 260 is actuated, the shifter gear 250 is moved into meshing engagement with one of the first driven gear 306 or the second driven gear 326. For example, in one arrangement, when the solenoid shaft is 262 is retracted (FIGS. 6 and 7 ), the shifter gear 250 is in meshing engagement with the central drive gear 234 and the first driven gear 306 such that actuation of the motor 200 will result in rotation of the first drive socket 302. As can be seen in FIGS. 6 and 7 , a shifter spring 266 may be employed to bias the shifter gear 250 into that first actuation position. Thus, should power be lost to the surgical instrument 10, the shifter spring 266 will automatically bias the shifter gear 250 into the first position. When the shifter gear 250 is in that position, subsequent actuation of the motor 200 will result in rotation of the first drive socket 302 of the first rotary drive system 300. When the shifter solenoid is actuated, the shifter gear 250 is moved into meshing engagement with the second driven gear 326 on the second drive socket 322. Thereafter, actuation of the motor 200 will result in actuation or rotation of the second drive socket 322 of the second rotary drive system 320.

Bailout System

As will be discussed in further detail below, the first and second rotary drive systems 300, 320 may be used to power various component portions of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly that is coupled thereto. As indicated above, in at least one arrangement, if during the actuation of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly, power was lost to the motor, the shifter spring 266 will bias the shifter gear 250 to the first position. Depending upon which component portion of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly was being operated, it may be necessary to reverse the application of the rotary drive motion to the first drive system 300 to enable the interchangeable surgical tool assembly to be removed from the patient. The handle assembly 20 of the illustrated example employs a manually actuatable “bailout” system, generally designated as 330, for manually applying a rotary drive motion to the first rotary drive system 300 in the above described scenario, for example.

Referring now to FIGS. 3, 10 and 11 , the illustrated bailout system 330 comprises a bailout drive train 332 that includes a planetary gear assembly 334. In at least one form, the planetary gear assembly 334 includes a planetary gear housing 336 that houses a planetary gear arrangement (not shown) that includes a planetary bevel gear 338. The planetary gear assembly 334 includes a bailout drive shaft 340 that is operably coupled to the planetary gear arrangement within the planetary gear housing 336. Rotation of the planetary bevel gear 338 rotates the planetary gear arrangement which ultimately rotates the bailout drive shaft 340. A bailout drive gear 342 is journaled on the bailout drive shaft 340 so that the bailout drive gear 342 can move axially on the bailout drive shaft 340, yet rotate therewith. The bailout drive gear 342 is movable between a spring stop flange 344 that is formed on the bailout drive shaft 340 and a shaft end stop 346 that is formed on the distal end of the bailout drive shaft 340. A bailout shaft spring 348 is journaled on the bailout drive shaft 340 between the bailout drive gear 342 and the spring stop flange 344. The bailout shaft spring 348 biases the bailout drive gear 342 distally on the bailout drive shaft 340. When the bailout drive gear 342 is in its distal-most position on the bail out drive shaft 340, it is in meshing engagement with a bailout driven gear 350 that is non-rotatably mounted to the system drive shaft 232. See FIG. 14 .

Referring now to FIGS. 12 and 13 , the bailout system 330 includes a bailout actuator assembly or bailout handle assembly 360 that facilitates the manual application of a bailout drive motion to the bailout drive train 332. As can be seen in those Figures, the bailout handle assembly 360 includes a bailout bevel gear assembly 362 that comprises a bailout bevel gear 364 and a ratchet gear 366. The bailout handle assembly 360 further includes a bailout handle 370 that is movably coupled to the bailout bevel gear assembly 362 by a pivot yoke 372 that is pivotally mounted on the ratchet gear 366. The bailout handle 370 is pivotally coupled to the pivot yoke 372 by a pin 374 for selective pivotal travel between a stored position “SP” and an actuation position “AP”. See FIG. 12 . A handle spring 376 is employed to bias the bailout handle 370 into the actuation position AP. In at least one arrangement, the angle between the axis SP representing the stored position and the axis AP representing the actuation position may be approximately thirty degrees, for example. See FIG. 13 . As can also be seen in FIG. 13 , the bailout handle assembly 360 further includes a ratchet pawl 378 that is rotatably mounted in a cavity or hole 377 in the pivot yoke 372. The ratchet pawl 378 is configured to meshingly engage the ratchet gear 366 when rotated in an actuation direction “AD” and then rotate out of meshing engagement when rotated in the opposite direction. A ratchet spring 384 and ball member 386 are movably supported in a cavity 379 in the pivot yoke 372 and serve to lockingly engage detents 380, 382 in the ratchet pawl 378 as the bailout handle 370 is actuated (ratcheted).

Referring now to FIGS. 3 and 10 , the bailout system 330 further includes a bailout access panel 390 that is maneuverable between an open position and a closed position. In the illustrated arrangement, the bailout access panel 390 is configured to be removably coupled to the housing segment 70 of the primary housing portion 30. Thus, in at least that embodiment, when the bailout access panel 390 is removed or detached from the primary housing portion 30, it is said to be in an “open” position and when the bailout access panel 390 is attached to the primary housing portion 30 as illustrated, it is said to be in a “closed” position. Other embodiments are contemplated, however, wherein the access panel is movably coupled to the primary housing portion such that when the access panel is in the open position, it remains attached thereto. For example, in such embodiments, the access panel may be pivotally attached to the primary housing portion or slidably attached to the primary housing portion and be maneuverable between an open position and a closed position. In the illustrated example, the bailout access panel 390 is configured to snappingly engage corresponding portions of the housing segment 70 to removably retain it in a “closed” position. Other forms of mechanical fasteners such as screws, pins, etc. could also be used.

Regardless of whether the bailout access panel 390 is detachable from the primary housing portion 30 or it remains movably attached to the primary housing portion 30, the bailout access panel 390 includes a drive system locking member or yoke 392 and a bailout locking member or yoke 396 that each protrudes out from the backside thereof or are otherwise formed thereon. The drive system locking yoke 392 includes a drive shaft notch 394 that is configured to receive a portion of the system drive shaft 232 therein when the bailout access panel 390 is installed in the primary housing portion 30 (i.e., the bailout access panel is in the “closed” position). When the bailout access panel 390 is positioned or installed in the closed position, the drive system locking yoke 392 serves to bias the driven bevel gear 234 into meshing engagement with the driver bevel gear 230 (against the bias of the drive system spring 235). In addition, the bailout locking yoke 396 includes a bailout drive shaft notch 397 that is configured to receive a portion of the bailout drive shaft 340 therein when the bailout access panel 390 is installed or positioned in the closed position. As can be seen in FIGS. 5 and 10 , the bailout locking yoke 396 also serves to bias the bailout drive gear 342 out of meshing engagement with the bailout driven gear 350 (against the bias of the bailout shaft spring 348). Thus, the bailout locking yoke 396 prevents the bailout drive gear 342 from interfering with rotation of the system drive shaft 232 when the bailout access panel 390 is installed or in the closed position. In addition, the bailout locking yoke 396 includes a handle notch 398 for engaging the bailout handle 370 and retaining it in the stored position SP.

FIGS. 4, 5 and 10 illustrate the configurations of the drive system components and the bailout system components when the bailout access panel 390 is installed or is in the closed position. As can be seen in those Figures, the drive system locking member 392 biases the driven bevel gear 234 into meshing engagement with the driver bevel gear 230. Thus, when the bailout access panel 390 is installed or is in the closed position, actuation of the motor 200 will result in the rotation of the driver bevel gear 230 and ultimately the system drive shaft 232. Also, when in that position, the bailout locking yoke 396 serves to bias the bailout drive gear 342 out of meshing engagement with the bailout driven gear 350 on the system drive shaft 232. Thus, when the bailout access panel 390 is installed or is in the closed position, the drive system is actuatable by the motor 200 and the bailout system 330 is disconnected or prevented from applying any actuation motion to the system drive shaft 232. To activate the bailout system 330, the clinician first removes the bailout access panel 390 or otherwise moves the bailout access panel 390 to the open position. This action removes the drive system locking member 392 from engagement with the driven bevel gear 234 which thereby permits the drive system spring 235 to bias the driven bevel gear 234 out of meshing engagement with the driver bevel gear 230. In addition, removal of the bailout access panel 390 or movement of the bailout access panel to an open position also results in the disengagement of the bailout locking yoke 396 with the bailout drive gear 342 which thereby permits the bailout shaft spring 348 to bias the bailout drive gear 342 into meshing engagement with the bailout driven gear 350 on the system drive shaft 232. Thus, rotation of the bailout drive gear 342 will result in rotation of the bailout driven gear 350 and the system drive shaft 232. Removal of the bailout access panel 390 or otherwise movement of the bailout access panel 390 to an open position also permits the handle spring 376 to bias the bailout handle 370 into the actuation position shown in FIGS. 11 and 14 . When in that position, the clinician can manually ratchet the bailout handle 370 in the ratchet directions RD which results in the rotation of the ratchet bevel gear 364 (in a clockwise direction in FIG. 14 , for example) which ultimately results in the application of a retraction rotary motion to the system drive shaft 232 through the bailout drive train 332. The clinician may ratchet the bailout handle 370 a number of times until the system drive shaft 232 has been sufficiently rotated a number of times to retract a component of the surgical end effector portion of the surgical tool assembly that is attached to the handle assembly 20. Once the bailout system 330 has been sufficiently manually actuated, the clinician may then replace the bailout access panel 390 (i.e., return the bailout access panel 390 to the closed position) to thereby cause the drive system locking member 392 to bias the driven bevel gear 234 into meshing engagement with the driver bevel gear 230 and the bailout locking yoke 396 to bias the bailout drive gear 342 out of meshing engagement with the bailout driven gear 350. As was discussed above, should power be lost or interrupted, the shifter spring 266 will bias the shifter solenoid 260 into the first actuation position. As such, actuation of the bailout system 330 will result in the application of reversing or retraction motions to the first rotary drive system 300.

As discussed above, a surgical stapling instrument can comprise a manually-actuated bailout system configured to retract a staple firing drive, for example. In many instances, the bailout system may need to be operated and/or cranked more than one time to fully retract the staple firing drive. In such instances, the user of the stapling instrument may lose track of how many times they have cranked the bailout and/or otherwise become confused as to how much further the firing drive needs to be retracted. Various embodiments are envisioned in which the stapling instrument comprises a system configured to detect the position of a firing member of the firing drive, determine the distance in which the firing member needs to be retracted, and display that distance to the user of the surgical instrument.

In at least one embodiment, a surgical stapling instrument comprises one or more sensors configured to detect the position of the firing member. In at least one instance, the sensors comprise Hall Effect sensors, for example, and can be positioned in a shaft and/or end effector of the stapling instrument. The sensors are in signal communication with a controller of the surgical stapling instrument which is, in turn, in signal communication with a display on the surgical stapling instrument. The controller comprises a microprocessor configured to compare the actual position of the firing member to a datum, or reference, position - which comprises a fully retracted position of the firing member - and calculate the distance, i.e., the remaining distance, between the actual position of the firing member and the reference position.

Further to the above, the display comprises an electronic display, for example, and the controller is configured to display the remaining distance on the electronic display in any suitable manner. In at least one instance, the controller displays a progress bar on the display. In such instances, an empty progress bar can represent that the firing member is at the end of its firing stroke and a full progress bar can represent that the firing member has been fully retracted, for example. In at least one instance, 0% can represent that the firing member is at the end of its firing stroke and 100% can represent that the firing member has been fully retracted, for example. In certain instances, the controller is configured to display how many actuations of the bailout mechanism are required to retract the firing member to its fully retracted position on the display.

Further to the above, the actuation of the bailout mechanism can operably disconnect a battery, or power source, of the surgical stapling instrument from an electric motor of the firing drive. In at least one embodiment, the actuation of the bailout mechanism flips a switch which electrically decouples the battery from the electric motor. Such a system would prevent the electric motor from resisting the manual retraction of the firing member.

The illustrated handle assembly 20 also supports a third axial drive system that is generally designated as 400. As can be seen in FIGS. 3 and 4 , the third axial drive system 400, in at least one form, comprises a solenoid 402 that has a third drive actuator member or rod 410 protruding therefrom. The distal end 412 of the third drive actuator member 410 has a third drive cradle or socket 414 formed therein for receiving a corresponding portion of a drive system component of an interchangeable surgical tool assembly that is operably attached thereto. The solenoid 402 is wired to or otherwise communicates with the handle circuit board assembly 220 and the control system or CPU 224. In at least one arrangement, the solenoid 402 is “spring loaded” such that when the solenoid 402 is unactuated, the spring component thereof biases the third drive actuator 410 back to an unactuated starting position.

As indicated above, the reconfigurable handle assembly 20 may be advantageously employed to actuate a variety of different interchangeable surgical tool assemblies. To that end, the handle assembly 20 includes a tool mounting portion that is generally designated as 500 for operably coupling an interchangeable surgical tool assembly thereto. In the illustrated example, the tool mounting portion 500 includes two inwardly facing dovetail receiving slots 502 that are configured to engage corresponding portions of a tool attachment module portion of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly. Each dovetail receiving slot 502 may be tapered or, stated another way, be somewhat V-shaped. The dovetail receiving slots 502 are configured to releasably receive corresponding tapered attachment or lug portions that are formed on a portion of the tool attachment nozzle portion of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly. Each interchangeable surgical tool assembly may also be equipped with a latching system that is configured to releasable engage corresponding retention pockets 504 that are formed in the tool mounting portion 500 of the handle assembly 20.

The various interchangeable surgical tool assemblies may have a “primary” rotary drive system that is configured to be operably coupled to or interface with the first rotary drive system 310 as well as a “secondary” rotary drive system that is configured to be operably coupled to or interface with the second rotary drive system 320. The primary and secondary rotary drive systems may be configured to provide various rotary motions to portions of the particular type of surgical end effector that comprises a portion of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly. To facilitate operable coupling of the primary rotary drive system to the first rotary drive system and the secondary drive system to the second rotary drive system 320, the tool mounting portion 500 of the handle assembly 20 also includes a pair of insertion ramps 506 that are configured to bias portions of the primary and secondary rotary drive systems of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly distally during the coupling process so as to facilitate alignment and operable coupling of the primary rotary drive system to the first rotary drive system 300 on the handle assembly 20 and the secondary rotary drive system to the second rotary drive system 320 on the handle assembly 20.

The interchangeable surgical tool assembly may also include a “tertiary” axial drive system for applying axial motion(s) to corresponding portions of the surgical end effector of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly. To facilitate operable coupling of the tertiary axial drive system to the third axial drive system 400 on the handle assembly 20, the third drive actuator member 410 is provided with a socket 414 that is configured to operably receive a lug or other portion of the tertiary axial drive system therein.

Interchangeable Surgical Tool Assembly

FIG. 15 illustrates use of an interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 that may be used in connection with the handle assembly 20. As can be seen in that Figure, for example, the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 includes a tool attachment module 1010 that is configured for operable and removable attachment to the tool mounting portion 500 of the handle assembly 20. The tool attachment module 1010 in the illustrated arrangement includes a nozzle frame 1020. In the illustrated arrangement, the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 includes a primary rotary drive system 1100 and a secondary rotary drive system 1200. The primary rotary drive system 1100 is configured to operably interface with the first rotary drive system 300 on the handle assembly 20 and apply rotary firing motions to the surgical end effector 1500 attached thereto as will be discussed in further detail below. The secondary rotary drive system 1200 is configured to operably interface with the second rotary drive system 320 on the handle assembly 20 and apply articulation control motions to an articulation system 1700. The articulation system 1700 couples the surgical end effector 1500 to an elongate shaft assembly 1400 that is coupled to the nozzle frame 1020. The interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 further includes a tertiary drive system 1300 that is configured to operably interface with the third axial drive system 400 in the handle assembly 20. The tertiary axial drive system 1300 of the surgical tool assembly comprises a tertiary actuation shaft 1302 that has a shaft attachment lug 1306 formed on the proximal end 1304 thereof. As will be discussed in further detail below, when the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 is coupled to the handle assembly 20, the shaft attachment lug 1306 is received in the shaft attachment socket 414 on the distal end 412 of the third drive actuator member 410.

Still referring to FIG. 15 , the reader will observe that the tool mounting portion 500 of the handle assembly 20 includes two inwardly facing dovetail receiving slots 502. Each dovetail receiving slot 502 may be tapered or, stated another way, be somewhat V-shaped. The dovetail receiving slots 502 are configured to releasably receive corresponding tapered attachment or lug portions 1022 formed on the nozzle frame 1020. Turning next to FIG. 18 , in at least one form, the tool attachment module 1010 is removably latched to the tool mounting portion 500 of the handle assembly 20 by a latching system generally designated as 1030. In the illustrated embodiment, the latching system 1030 comprises a lock yoke 1032 that includes a pair of inwardly extending pivot pins 1034 (only one is shown in FIG. 18 ) that are received in corresponding pivot holes (not shown) in the nozzle frame 1020. Such arrangement serves to pivotally or movably couple the lock yoke 1032 to the nozzle frame 1020. The lock yoke 1032 further includes a pair of retention lugs or hook formations 1036 (only one can be seen in FIG. 18 ) that are configured to be hookingly or otherwise retainingly received in corresponding retention pockets 504 that are formed in the tool mounting portion 500 of the handle assembly 20. The lock yoke 1032 may be pivoted out of retaining engagement by applying an unlocking motion (represented by arrow 1041 in FIGS. 18, 20 and 21 ) to a release button 1038 that is attached to the lock yoke 1032. A lock yoke spring 1040 is received on a spring lug 1039 that is formed on the lock yoke 1032 and a spring mounting lug 1021 that is formed on the nozzle frame 1020. The lock yoke spring 1040 serves to bias the lock yoke 1032 into the locked position.

The latching system 1030 of the illustrated example further comprises a shaft coupler release assembly 1031 for releasably engaging the primary rotary drive system 1100 to the first rotary drive system 300 as well as the secondary rotary drive system 1200 to the second rotary drive system 320 on the handle assembly 20. Referring now to FIGS. 18 and 19 , the primary rotary drive system 1100 includes a primary drive key 1102 that is configured to be axially received within the first drive socket 302 of the first rotary drive system 300. The primary drive key 1102 is slidably received on a primary transfer shaft 1104 that is rotatably supported by a bulkhead 1023 that is formed in the nozzle frame 1020. The primary drive key 1102 also movably extends through a hole 1025 in another bulkhead 1024 that is formed in the nozzle frame 1020. See FIG. 18 . The primary transfer shaft 1104 is splined so that the primary drive key 1102 is free to axially move on the primary transfer shaft 1104 but not rotate relative thereto such that rotation of the primary drive key 1102 results in rotation of the primary transfer shaft 1104. As can be further seen in FIG. 18 , the primary drive key 1102 includes an attachment flange 1106 that is received within a cavity 1044 in a coupler release tab 1042. Thus, the primary drive key 1102 and the coupler release tab 1042 move as a unit. A primary transfer spring 1108 is journaled on the primary transfer shaft 1104 and extends between the bulkhead 1023 and the coupler release tab 1042 to bias the coupler release tab 1042 and the primary drive key 1102 in the proximal direction “PD” on the primary transfer shaft 1104.

Still referring to FIGS. 18 and 19 , the secondary rotary drive system 1200 includes a secondary drive key 1202 that is configured to be axially received within the second drive socket 322 of the second rotary drive system 320. The secondary drive key 1202 is slidably received on a secondary transfer shaft 1204 that is rotatably supported by the bulkhead 1023. The secondary drive key 1202 also movably extends through a hole 1026 in bulkhead 1024. The secondary transfer shaft 1204 is splined so that the secondary drive key 1202 is free to axially move on the secondary transfer shaft 1204 but not rotate relative thereto such that rotation of the secondary drive key 1202 results in rotation of the secondary transfer shaft 1204. The secondary drive key 1202 includes an attachment flange (not shown) that is received within a cavity (not shown) in the coupler release tab 1042. Thus, the secondary drive key 1202 and the coupler release tab 1042 move as a unit. A secondary transfer spring 1208 is journaled on the secondary transfer shaft 1204 and extends between the bulkhead 1023 and the coupler release tab 1042 to bias the coupler release tab 1042 and the secondary drive key 1202 in the proximal direction PD on the secondary transfer shaft 1204. As can be seen in FIG. 18 , the coupler release tab 1042 is formed with two upstanding actuator portions 1046 that correspond to inwardly extending coupler release tabs 1048 formed on the lock yoke 1032.

Operation of the latching system 1030 may be understood from reference to FIGS. 20-22 . FIG. 20 illustrates the beginning of the coupling process wherein the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 is moved in the installation direction “ID” relative to the handle assembly 20. To commence the installation process, the clinician aligns the tapered attachment lugs 1022 on the nozzle frame 1020 with their corresponding dovetail slot 502 on the tool mounting portion 500 of the handle assembly 20 and moves the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 in the insertion direction ID relative to the handle assembly 20. Insertion and movement of the tapered attachment lugs 1022 in their respective dovetail slot 502 serves to align the shaft attachment lug 1306 on the tertiary actuation shaft 1302 with the shaft attachment socket 414 on the distal end 412 of the third drive actuator member 410. Likewise, the primary drive key 1102 and the secondary drive key 1202 are each aligned for contact with corresponding insertion ramps 506 that are formed on the tool mounting portion 500 of the handle assembly 20.

FIG. 21 illustrates contact between the primary drive key 1102 and the corresponding insertion ramp 506 with it being understood that the secondary drive key 1202 would be in a similar position with its corresponding insertion ramp 506. As can be seen in that Figure, the primary drive key 1102 has contacted the insertion ramp 506 and continued advancement of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 in the installation direction ID causes the insertion ramp 506 to bias the primary drive key 1102 in the distal direction DD on the primary transfer shaft 1104. The secondary drive key 1202 would similarly move in the distal direction DD on the secondary transfer shaft 1204. This movement may be further achieved by pushing the release button 1038 in the direction represented by arrow 1041 which causes the lock yoke 1032 to contact the coupler release tab 1042 and move it in the distal direction DD against the biasing force of the first and second transfer springs 1108, 1208. The clinician may maintain the pressure on the release button 1038 so that once the primary drive key 1102 and secondary drive key 1202 clear their corresponding insertion ramps 506, the primary drive key 1102 and secondary drive key 1202 can move into alignment with the corresponding first and second drive sockets 302, 322, respectively. When the tapered attachment lugs 1022 are seated in their respective dovetail slots 502, the primary drive key 1102 is axially aligned with the first drive socket 302 and the secondary drive key 1202 is axially aligned with the second drive socket 322, such that when the clinician releases the release button 1038, the primary drive key 1102 enters the first drive socket 302 and the secondary drive key 1202 enters the second drive socket 322. See FIG. 22 . Thus, rotation of the first drive socket 302 will result in rotation of the primary drive key 1102 and the primary transfer shaft 1104 and rotation of the second drive socket 322 will result in rotation of the secondary drive key 1202 and the secondary transfer shaft 1204. In addition, the shaft attachment lug 1306 is received within the shaft attachment socket 414 on the distal end 412 of the third drive actuator member 410. Thus, axial movement of the third drive actuator member 410 will result in the axial movement of the tertiary actuation shaft 1302. As can also be seen in FIGS. 20-22 , the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 further includes an onboard “tool” circuit board 1060 that has a connector portion 1062 that is configured to mate with a corresponding connector 222 on the handle circuit board 220. When the tool circuit board 1060 is coupled to the handle circuit board 220, the tool circuit board provides an identification signal to the control system or CPU 224 so that the control system or CPU 224 can select the appropriate control actions for the type of interchangeable surgical tool assembly that is being employed.

End Effectors

The interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 includes a surgical end effector 1500 that is configured to cut and fasten tissue. As can be seen in FIGS. 23 and 24 , the surgical end effector 1500 is operably coupled to an elongate shaft assembly 1400 by an articulation joint 1702. As will be discussed in further detail below, the elongate shaft assembly 1400 is operably coupled to the tool attachment module 1010 and comprises portions of the primary rotary drive system 1100, the secondary rotary drive system 1200 and the tertiary axial drive system 1300. Referring now to FIGS. 25-28 , the surgical end effector 1500 includes an elongate channel 1520 that is configured to operably support a surgical staple cartridge 1550 therein. The surgical staple cartridge 1550 may comprise a compressible or implantable staple cartridge that has a body portion 1552 that consists of a compressible hemostat material such as, for example, oxidized regenerated cellulose (“ORC”) or a bioabsorbable foam in which lines of unformed metal staples or other forms of fasteners are supported. In at least some embodiments, in order to prevent the staple from being affected and the hemostat material from being activated during the introduction and positioning process, the entire cartridge may be coated and/or wrapped in a biodegradable film such as a polydioxanon film, sold under the trademark PDS®, a polyglycerol sebacate (PGS) film, and/or other biodegradable films formed from PGA (polyglycolic acid), PCL (polycaprolactone), PLA or PLLA (polylactic acid), PHA (polyhydroxyalkanoate), PGCL (poliglecaprone 25) and/or a composite of PGA, PCL, PLA, PDS, for example, that would be impermeable until ruptured. Varieties of different implantable cartridge arrangements are known and may be employed. For example, various implantable/compressible cartridge arrangements are disclosed in further detail in many of the patent applications and patents that have been incorporated by reference herein in their respective entireties. In the illustrated example, the cartridge body portion 1552 of surgical staple cartridge 1550 is sized to be removably supported within the elongate channel 1520.

The elongate channel 1520 and surgical staple cartridge 1550 installed therein may also be referred to herein a “first jaw” 1502. The surgical end effector 1500 also includes a second jaw 1504 in the form of an anvil assembly 1560 that is supported for movable travel relative to the first jaw. Stated another way, the first and second jaws 1502 and 1504 may be configured for movable travel relative to each other between open positions and closed positions. In the illustrated arrangement, the anvil assembly 1560 comprises an anvil body portion or anvil frame 1562. The anvil frame 1562 includes a proximal anvil portion 1570 that has a pair of trunnion pins 1572 extending laterally therefrom. The trunnion pins 1572 are movably received in pivot slots 1526 that are formed in corresponding upstanding walls 1524 of a channel mounting portion 1522 of the elongate channel 1520. See FIGS. 27 and 28 . The anvil frame 1562, in at least one form, includes a pair of downwardly extending tissue stops 1564 that serve to limit the distance in which the target tissue may extend proximally between the first and second jaws 1502, 1504 so that when the target tissue is severed, the fasteners are properly positioned to fasten the cut tissue. When the first and second jaws 1502, 1504 are in the closed position, the tissue stops 1564 are outside of the upstanding walls 1524 of the channel mounting portion 1522 and the proximal anvil portion 1570 is located between the upstanding walls 1524. See FIG. 28 .

Anvil Concentric Drive Member

The anvil assembly 1560 operably supports an anvil concentric drive member 1600 for operably driving a firing member 1620 through the end effector 1500. The anvil concentric drive member 1600 may, for example, be centrally disposed within the anvil frame 1562 and substantially extend the length thereof. The anvil concentric drive member 1600 in the illustrated embodiment comprises an anvil drive shaft 1610 that includes a distal bearing lug 1611 and a proximal bearing lug 1612. The distal bearing lug 1611 is rotatably housed in a distal bearing housing 1580 that is supported in a bearing pocket in the anvil frame 1562. The proximal bearing lug 1612 is rotatably supported in the anvil assembly 1560 by a floating bearing housing 1582 that is movably supported in a bearing pocket 1574 that is formed in the proximal anvil portion 1570. See FIG. 27 . The proximal and distal bearing housing arrangements may serve to prevent or at least minimize an occurrence of compressive forces on the anvil drive shaft 1610 which might otherwise cause the anvil drive shaft 1610 to buckle under high force conditions. The anvil drive shaft 1610 further includes a driven firing gear 1614, a proximal threaded or helix section 1616 and a distal threaded or helix section 1618. In the illustrated arrangement, the proximal threaded section 1616 has a first length “FL” and the distal threaded section 1618 has a distal length “DL” that is greater than the first length FL. In at least one arrangement, for example, the first length FL may be approximately 3-5 threads per inch using only one acme thread lead and the distal length DL may be approximately 9-15 threads per inch with 2-4 acme thread leads for more power. However, the proximal threaded section 1616 and the distal threaded section 1618 may have other lengths. See FIG. 31 . As can be seen in FIG. 26 , the pitch of the distal threaded section 1618 is greater than the pitch of the proximal threaded section 1616. Stated another way, the lead of the distal threaded section 1618 is greater than the lead of the proximal threaded section 1616. In one arrangement, the lead of the distal threaded section 1618 may be approximately twice as large as the lead of the proximal threaded section 1616. As can also be seen in FIG. 31 , a dead space 1617 may be provided between the proximal threaded section 1616 and the distal threaded section 1618. In at least one example, the anvil drive shaft 1610 may be fabricated in one piece from extruded gear stock.

To facilitate assembly of the various anvil components, the anvil assembly 1560 includes an anvil cap 1563 that may be attached to the anvil frame 1562 by welding, snap features, etc. In addition, the anvil assembly 1560 includes a pair of anvil plates or staple forming plates 1568 that may contain various patterns of staple forming pockets or forming pockets on the bottom surfaces thereof that correspond to the staple arrangements in the surgical staple cartridge 1550 that is supported in the elongate channel 1520. The staple forming plates 1568 may be made of a metal or similar material and be welded to or otherwise attached to the anvil frame 1562. In other arrangements, a single anvil plate that has a slot therein to accommodate a firing member may also be employed. Such anvil plate or combination of plates may serve to improve the overall stiffness of the anvil assembly. The anvil plate(s) may be flat and have the staple forming pockets or forming pockets “coined” therein, for example.

FIG. 29 illustrates one form of a firing member 1620 that includes a body portion 1622 that has a knife nut portion 1624 formed thereon or otherwise attached thereto. The knife nut portion 1624 is configured to be received on the anvil drive shaft 1610. A distal thread nodule 1626 and a proximal thread nodule 1628 that are configured to engage the proximal threaded section 1616 and the distal threaded section 1618 are formed in the knife nut portion 1624. The distal thread nodule 1626 is spaced from the proximal thread nodule 1628 relative to the length of the dead space 1617 such that when the knife nut portion 1624 spans across the dead space 1617, the distal thread nodule 1626 is in threaded engagement with the distal threaded section 1618 and the proximal thread nodule 1628 is in threaded engagement with the proximal threaded section 1616. In addition, an anvil engaging tab 1630 protrudes laterally from opposite lateral portions of the knife nut 1624 and is oriented to engage the corresponding staple forming plate 1568 that are attached to the anvil frame 1562. The firing member 1620 further includes a channel engaging tab 1632 that protrudes from each lateral side of the body portion 1622 to engage portions of the elongate channel 1520 as will be discussed in further detail below. The firing member 1620 also includes a tissue cutting surface 1634.

Rotation of the anvil drive shaft 1610 in a first rotary direction will result in the axial movement of the firing member 1620 from a starting position (FIG. 35 ) to an ending position (FIG. 32 ). Similarly, rotation of the anvil drive shaft 1610 in a second rotary direction will result in the axial retraction of the firing member 1620 from the ending position back to the starting position. The anvil drive shaft 1610 ultimately obtains rotary motion from a proximal drive shaft 1120 that operably interfaces with the primary transfer shaft 1104. Referring again to FIGS. 16-18 , a proximal drive gear 1110 is mounted to the primary transfer shaft 1104 and is supported in meshing engagement with a power driven gear 1122 that is mounted to a proximal end of the proximal drive shaft 1120. The proximal drive shaft 1120 is rotatably supported within a power shaft support tube 1124 and has a power bevel gear 1126 attached to its distal end. See FIG. 30 . As indicated above, the illustrated interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 includes an articulation joint 1702 that facilitates articulation of the surgical end effector 1500. In at least one embodiment as illustrated in FIG. 30 , the articulation joint 1702 comprises an articulation shaft 1704 that is mounted to a distal end of an outer spine tube 1402 of the elongate shaft assembly. In particular, the outer spine tube 1402 includes a pair of distally protruding pivot tabs 1404, 1406 that are attached to the corresponding ends of the articulation shaft 1704 such that the articulation shaft 1704 defines an articulation axis “A-A” that is transverse to a shaft axis “SA-SA” defined by the elongate shaft assembly 1400.

Still referring to FIG. 30 , the power bevel gear 1126 is in meshing engagement with a centrally disposed power transfer gear 1128 that is rotatably journaled on the articulation shaft 1704. The primary rotary drive system 1100 of the illustrated embodiment further includes a distal power shaft 1130 that has a distal driven gear 1132 attached to the proximal end thereof by a screw or other fastener 1133. The distal power shaft 1130 may also be referred to herein as a rotary output drive shaft. The distal driven gear 1132 is in meshing engagement with the centrally disposed power transfer gear 1128. Turning next to FIGS. 31 and 32 , a distal drive gear 1134 is attached to the distal end of the distal power shaft 1130. The distal drive gear 1134 is configured for meshing engagement with the driven firing gear 1614 on the anvil drive shaft 1610 when the anvil assembly 1560 is in the closed position as shown in FIGS. 31 and 32 . The anvil drive shaft 1610 is said to be “separate and distinct” from the distal power shaft 1130. That is, at least in the illustrated arrangement for example, the anvil drive shaft 1610 is not coaxially aligned with the distal power shaft 1130 and does not form a part of the distal power shaft 1130. In addition, the anvil drive shaft 1610 is movable relative to the distal power shaft 1130, for example, when the anvil assembly 1560 is moved between open and closed positions. FIG. 31 illustrates the anvil assembly 1560 in a closed position and the firing member 1620 in a pre-firing position. As can be seen in that Figure, the distal thread nodule 1626 in the knife nut 1624 of the firing member 1620 is engaged with the distal threaded portion 1618 such that rotation of the anvil drive shaft 1610 drives (fires) the firing member 1620 to the end position illustrated in FIG. 32 . Further details regarding the operation of the firing member 1620 are provided below.

Opening and Closing Systems

In the illustrated arrangement, the anvil assembly 1560 is closed by distally advancing a closure tube 1410 that is a portion of the elongate shaft assembly 1400. As can be seen in FIGS. 27 and 31-35 , the closure tube 1410 includes an internally threaded closure nut 1412 that is configured for threaded engagement with a closure thread segment 1136 that is formed on the distal power shaft 1130. FIG. 33 illustrates the anvil assembly 1560 in an open position. As was discussed above, the proximal bearing lug 1612 is rotatably supported in the anvil assembly 1560 by a floating bearing housing 1582 that is movably supported in a bearing pocket 1574 in the proximal anvil portion 1570. A bearing spring 1584 is journaled on the distal power shaft 1130 and is configured to apply a biasing force to the bearing housing 1582 during opening and closing of the anvil assembly 1560. Such biasing force serves to urge the anvil assembly 1560 into the open position. In at least one arrangement, the bearing spring 1584 comprises an assembly of plates 1586 fabricated from, for example, 17-4, 416 or 304 stainless steel that are laminated together by a more annealed stainless steel material and which have a hole 1588 for receiving the distal power shaft 1130 therethrough. See FIG. 36 .

As indicated above, the anvil trunnion pins 1572 are received in vertically oriented pivot slots 1526 that are formed in the upstanding walls 1524 of the elongate channel 1520 to afford the anvil assembly 1560 with the ability to move vertically relative to the elongate channel 1520 as well as relative to the surgical staple cartridge 1550 supported therein. Such movement of the anvil assembly 1560 relative to the elongate channel 1520 may serve to accommodate different thicknesses of tissue that is clamped therebetween. To that end, in the illustrated example, the surgical end effector 1500 also includes an anvil spring assembly 1590 for managing the magnitude of the tissue gap between the staple forming plates 1568 and the upper surface of the surgical staple cartridge 1550. As can be most particularly seen in FIG. 27 , the anvil spring assembly 1590 in the illustrated example includes a bearing mount 1592 that is mounted between the upstanding walls 1524 of the elongate channel 1520. As can be seen in FIGS. 27 and 33 , the bearing mount 1592 has a somewhat U-shaped bearing cavity 1594 therein that is configured to operably receive therein a shaft bearing 1138 as well as a bearing stop flange 1140 that is formed on or otherwise attached to the distal power shaft 1130. Such arrangement serves to rotatably support the distal power shaft 1130 within the proximal end portion or channel mounting portion 1522 of the elongate channel 1520. Two spring tabs 1596 extend from the bearing mount 1592 and are oriented to apply a downward biasing force to the proximal anvil portion 1570. See FIG. 32 . Such biasing force serves to bias the proximal anvil portion 1570 downward such that the anvil trunnion pins 1572 are biased downward within their corresponding vertical pivot slots 1526 and enable the anvil assembly 1560 to vertically move to accommodate different thicknesses of tissue. As the anvil assembly 1560 is closed, the target tissue that is captured between the anvil assembly 1560 and the surgical staple cartridge 1550 will result in the compression of the cartridge body 1552 and the staples or fasteners supported therein will be pressed through the tissue into forming contact with the staple forming plates 1568 on the underside of anvil assembly 1560. Depending upon the arrangement of staples of fasteners in the staple cartridge 1550, the staples may be formed in several discreet lines through the staple cartridge body and the clamped tissue. For example, there may be a total of six lines of staples (three lines of staple on each side of a central area through which the firing member 1620 may pass). In at least one arrangement, for example, the staples in one line may be offset or staggered from the staples in adjacent lines.

As can be seen in FIG. 33 when the anvil assembly 1560 is in the open position, the closure thread segment 1136 on the distal power shaft 1130 remains in threaded engagement with the closure nut 1412. When in the open position, the firing member 1620 is located in its proximal-most or starting position on the proximal threaded portion 1616 of the anvil drive shaft 1610. As can be seen in FIG. 33 , when in that proximal starting position, the channel engagement tabs 1632 on the firing member are able to clear the channel ledges 1528 formed in the elongate channel 1520 to enable the firing member 1620 to pivot with the anvil assembly 1560 to the open position. When in that position (which may also be referred to as a “fully open position”), the driver firing gear 1614 may remain in contact with the distal drive gear 1134, but it is not in meshing engagement therewith. Thus, rotation of the distal power shaft 1130 will not result in rotation of the anvil drive shaft 1610.

To commence the closing process, the distal power shaft 1130 is rotated in a first rotary direction. This initial rotation of the distal power shaft 1130 causes the closure tube 1410 to move in the distal direction DD by virtue of the threaded engagement between the closure thread segment 1136 on the distal power shaft 1130 and the internally threaded closure nut 1412. As the closure tube 1410 moves distally, a closure tab 1414 that is formed on the distal end of the closure tube 1410 contacts the proximal anvil portion 1570 and moves into camming contact therewith to cause the anvil assembly 1560 to pivot to an initial closed position. Further rotation of the distal power shaft 1130 will result in the distal movement of the closure tube 1410 until the closure tube reaches a “fully closed” position wherein the internally threaded closure nut 1412 has threadably disengaged from the closure thread segment 1136. When in that position, for example, the internally threaded closure nut 1412 is distal to the closure thread segment 1136 and further rotation of the distal power shaft 1130 in the first rotary direction will not affect movement of the closure tube 1410. A closure spring 1416 serves to bias the closure tube 1410 distally to retain the internally threaded closure nut 1412 out of threaded engagement with the closure thread segment 1136.

Once the anvil assembly 1560 has been moved to the closed position, the driven firing gear 1614 on the anvil drive shaft 1610 will now be in meshing engagement with the distal drive gear 1134 on the distal power shaft 1130. Further rotation of the distal power shaft 1130 in the first rotary direction will thereby result in the rotation of the anvil drive shaft 1610 and cause the firing member 1620 to move distally on the proximal threaded portion 1616. Continued rotation of the anvil drive shaft 1610 in the first rotary direction will result in the distal movement of the firing member 1620. FIG. 34 illustrates the position of the firing member 1620 just prior to engagement between the distal thread nodule 1626 and the distal threaded portion 1618 of the firing drive shaft. FIG. 31 illustrates the position of the firing member 1620 after the distal thread nodule 1626 has initially threadably engaged the distal threaded portion 1618 of the anvil drive shaft 1610. When in that position, the anvil engaging tabs 1630 on the firing member 1620 have engaged the corresponding staple forming plates 1568 that are attached to the anvil frame 1562 and the channel engaging tabs 1632 have engaged the corresponding ledges 1528 on the elongate channel 1520 to maintain a desired spacing between the anvil assembly 1560 and the elongate channel 1520.

Continued rotation of the distal power shaft 1130 in the first rotary direction causes the anvil drive shaft 1610 to also rotate. Now that the distal thread nodule 1626 has engaged the distal threaded portion 1618 of the anvil drive shaft 1610, the firing member 1620 will move at a “firing speed” that is faster than a “pre-firing speed” that the firing member 1620 moves when threadably engaged with the proximal threaded portion 1616 of the anvil drive shaft 1610. This speed difference is due to the differences in the thread leads of the proximal and distal threaded portions 1616, 1618. As the firing member 1620 moves distally through the end effector 1500, the tissue cutting surface 1634 passes between the staple forming plates 1568 and cuts through the tissue that has been clamped between the anvil assembly 1560 and the surgical staple cartridge 1550. Thus, the tissue is first stapled when the anvil assembly 1560 is moved to the fully closed position. The tissue is thereafter cut when the firing member is distally advanced through the end effector 1500. Thus, the staple forming process may “separate and distinct” from the tissue cutting process.

FIG. 32 illustrates the position of the firing member 1620 at the end firing position or near the end firing position. Once the firing member 1620 has reached the end firing position which may, for example, be determined by sensors, encoders, etc. - not shown, the distal power shaft 1130 may be rotated in a second rotary direction or “retraction direction” which also causes the anvil drive shaft 1610 to rotate in the opposite direction. Rotation of the anvil drive shaft 1610 in the second rotary direction will cause the firing member 1620 to move proximally to the position shown in FIG. 35 . As can be seen in FIG. 35 , the closure tube 1410 is fitted with a closure tube reset spring 1418 that extends distally from a lug 1413 on the closure nut 1412. The firing member 1620 is formed with a proximally extending reset tab 1636 that is configured to contact and apply a proximal compression force to the closure tube reset spring 1418 when the firing member 1620 returns to the starting position. Such proximal compression force serves to urge the closure tube 1410 and, more particularly, the internally threaded closure nut 1412 against the closure thread segment 1136 on the distal power shaft 1130 so that the closure nut threads threadably re-engage the closure thread segment 1136 on the distal power shaft 1130. As the distal power shaft 1130 continues to rotate in the second rotary direction, the interaction between the closure thread segment 1136 and the closure nut 1412 causes the closure tube 1410 to move proximally so that the closure tab 1414 moves out of camming contact with the proximal anvil portion 1570 to thereby permit the bearing spring 1584 to urge the anvil assembly 1560 to the open position (FIG. 33 ). The tissue contained between the anvil assembly 1560 and the elongate channel 1520 may also serve to urge the anvil assembly 1560 to the open position wherein the tissue may be removed therefrom.

Articulation System

As indicated above, the illustrated example includes an articulation system 1700 that facilitates articulation of the surgical end effector 1500 about the articulation axis AA that is transverse to the shaft axis SA. In the illustrated example, the surgical end effector 1500 is also capable of being selectively rotated about the shaft axis SA distal to the articulation joint 1702 as represented by arrow 1703 in FIG. 24 . In the illustrated example, the articulation system 1700 is actuated by the second rotary drive system 320 in the handle assembly 20. As was discussed above, the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 includes a secondary rotary drive system 1220 that is configured to operably interface with a second rotary drive system 320 on the handle assembly. In the illustrated arrangement, the secondary rotary drive 1220 comprises a portion of the articulation system 1700. In the illustrated example, the articulation system 1700 comprises an articulation drive shaft 1706 that is rotatably supported on the power shaft support tube 1124. As indicated above, the proximal drive shaft 1120 rotatably extends through the power shaft support tube 1124. In the illustrated arrangement, the proximal drive shaft 1120 is coaxially aligned on the shaft axis SA. The power shaft support tube 1124 is configured such that the articulation drive shaft1706 is not coaxially aligned on the shaft axis SA. Stated another way, the articulation drive shaft 1706 has an articulation drive shaft axis “ADA” that is offset from the shaft axis SA when the articulation drive shaft 1706 is mounted on the power shaft support tube 1124. See FIG. 30 . Such arrangement facilitates the formation of a relatively compact nested gear arrangement in the vicinity of the articulation joint 1702 as can be seen in FIGS. 38-42 . In the illustrated arrangement for example, a proximal articulation driven gear 1708 is mounted to the proximal end of the articulation drive shaft 1706. See FIG. 19 . The proximal articulation driven gear 1708 is arranged in meshing engagement with a secondary drive gear 1206 that is mounted to a distal end of the secondary transfer shaft 1204. Rotation of the secondary transfer shaft 1204 and the secondary drive gear 1206 will result in the rotation of the proximal articulation driven gear 1708 as well as of the articulation drive shaft 1706. A distal articulation drive gear 1710 is attached to the distal end of the articulation drive shaft 1706. The distal articulation drive gear 1710 is supported in meshing engagement with a channel articulation gear 1538 that is formed on a channel mounting fixture 1530.

More specifically and with reference to FIGS. 30 and 37 , in the illustrated example, the channel mounting fixture 1530 comprises a disc-like body portion 1532 that has a lower shaft attachment tab 1534 and an upper shaft attachment tab 1536 formed thereon. The articulation shaft 1704 extends through corresponding holes in the lower and upper shaft attachment tabs 1536, 1534 to be attached to the pivot tabs 1404, 1406 in the outer spine tube 1402. Such arrangement serves to permit the channel mounting fixture 1530 to rotate about the articulation axis AA relative to the outer shaft spine tube 1402. The channel articulation gear 1538 is formed on the lower shaft attachment tab 1534 and is retained in meshing engagement with distal articulation drive gear 1710. Referring now to FIG. 27 , in the illustrated example, the channel mounting portion 1522 of the elongate channel 1520 includes an upstanding proximal wall 1523 that has a mounting hub 1525 proximally protruding therefrom. A shaft hole 1527 extends through the mounting hub 1525 and upstanding proximal wall 1523 that is configured to permit the distal power shaft 1130 to extend therethrough. In the illustrated example, the channel mounting fixture 1530 is frictionally mounted on the mounting hub 1525 to complete the coupling of the end effector 1500 to the articulation joint 1702. See FIG. 30 .

FIGS. 30, 38 and 39 best illustrate operation of the articulation joint 1702. Rotation of the articulation drive shaft 1704 in a first rotary direction by the second rotary drive system 320 will result in rotation or articulation of the surgical end effector 1500 in an articulation angle 1711 (FIG. 39 ) relative to the shaft axis SA. In at least one example, the articulation angle 1711 may be between 0° - 90°, for example. Rotation of the articulation drive shaft 1704 in an opposite rotary direction will result in the articulation of the surgical end effector 1500 in an opposite articulation direction. Once the surgical end effector 1500 has been articulated to the desired orientation, power to the second rotary drive system 320 (and ultimately to the secondary rotary drive system 1200) is discontinued. The friction between the components (i.e., gears) of the secondary rotary drive system 1200, as well as the components (i.e., gears) of the articulation system 1700, serves to retain the surgical end effector 1500 in the articulated orientation. In alternative arrangements, however, gears 306 and 326 may be locked in place. For example, when gear 252 engages these gears, the shifting mechanism that engages gear 252 with gear 306 can disengage the lock. This can be accomplished with a simple cam surface that disengages the locking means when the gear 252 moves to engage.

End Effector Rotation

The illustrated interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 is configured to employ the primary rotary drive system 1100 to selectively rotate the surgical end effector 1500 about the shaft axis SA. In addition, in the illustrated example, the tertiary axial drive system 1300 is configured to selectively lock the surgical end effector 1500 in the desired rotary orientation. As can be seen in FIGS. 37 and 42 , for example, the elongate shaft assembly 1400 includes an elongate shaft support tube 1420 that extends from the tool mounting portion 1010 to just proximal of the articulation joint 1702. The elongate shaft support tube 1420 includes an “off-axis” passageway 1422 for rotatably supporting the articulation drive shaft 1706 therethrough. The elongate shaft support tube 1420 further includes a distal end 1424 that has a gear cavity 1426 and a gear axle 1428 formed therein for accommodating a locking gear assembly 1430 therein. See FIG. 37 . The locking gear assembly 1430 includes drive gear 1432 that is received within the gear cavity 1426 in the elongate shaft support tube 1420. In addition, the locking gear assembly 1430 has a smaller driven gear 1434 attached thereto. As was briefly discussed above, the tertiary axial drive system 1300 includes a tertiary actuation shaft 1302 that is also referred to herein as a locking control rod 1302. The locking control rod 1302 has a shaft attachment lug 1306 formed on the proximal end 1304 thereof. When the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 is coupled to the handle assembly 20, the shaft attachment lug 1306 is received in the shaft attachment socket 414 on the distal end 412 of the third drive actuator member 410. Thus, actuation of the third axial drive 400 will result in the axial movement of the locking control rod 1302. In the illustrated arrangement, the axially movable locking control rod 1302 has a gear rack 1308 formed in its distal end that is configured for meshing engagement with the driven gear 1434. Axial movement of the locking control rod 1302 will result in rotation of the locking gear assembly 1430 in a first rotary direction about the gear axle 1428 and axial movement of the locking control rod 1302 in the proximal direction will result in rotation of the locking gear assembly 1430 in a second rotary direction.

In the illustrated example, the tertiary drive system 1300 is configured to operably interface with an end effector rotary locking system 1310. In at least one embodiment, the end effector rotary locking system 1310 comprises a rotation locking disc 1320 that includes a disc-like body 1322 that has a hollow mounting stem 1324 protruding therefrom. As can be seen in FIG. 30 , the mounting stem 1324 extends through the shaft hole 1527 in the mounting hub 1525. The distal end of the mounting stem 1324 includes an annular groove 1326 that is configured to receive an inwardly extending fastener flange 1598 that is formed on the bearing housing 1592 of the anvil spring assembly 1590. The proximal-facing surface of the disc-like body 1322 of the rotation locking disc 1320 has a plurality of lock detents 1328 radially arranged thereon. The lock detents 1328 are arranged to be frictionally engaged by a lock member that, in at least one form comprises a lock lug 1332 that is formed on a lock gear 1330 that is journaled on the articulation shaft 1704. See FIGS. 43 and 44 . As can be seen in those Figures, the lock gear 1330 is supported in meshing engagement with drive gear 1432 of the locking gear assembly 1430. Actuation of the tertiary actuation shaft 1302 by the tertiary drive system 1300 will result in rotation of the locking gear assembly 1430. Actuation of the locking gear assembly 1430 will result in the rotation of the lock gear 1330 about the articulation shaft 1704. When the lock lug 1332 on the lock gear 1330 is in engagement with a lock detent 1328, the rotation locking disc 1320, as well as the end effector 1500, is prevented from rotating about the shaft axis SA. For example, the lock lug 1332 frictionally engages the corresponding lock detent 1328 and serves to urge the rotation locking disc 1320 into further frictional engagement with the body portion 1532 of the channel mounting fixture 1530. Such frictional engagement between those two components serves to prevent the locking disc 1320 as well as the elongate channel 1520 from rotating about the shaft axis SA. FIG. 43 illustrates the lock lug 1332 in locking engagement with one of the lock detents 1328 and FIG. 44 illustrates the lock lug 1332 in an unlocked orientation whereby the locking disc 1320 is free to rotate about the shaft axis SA.

In the illustrated embodiment of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000, rotation of the end effector 1500 about the shaft axis SA is controlled by a remote rotation dial 1340 that is rotatably supported on the nozzle frame 1020. The remote rotation dial 1340 operably interfaces with a rheostat mounting assembly 1350 that is mounted within the nozzle frame 1020. As can be seen in FIG. 23 , for example, the remote rotation dial 1340 includes a plurality of scallops 1341 around its perimeter and is accessible on both sides of the nozzle frame 1020. Such arrangement may enable the user to engage and rotate the remote rotation dial 1340 with a finger of the same hand that is gripping the handle assembly 20 or the remote rotation dial may be engaged with the user’s other hand as well. Referring to FIGS. 18, 20 and 21 , the rheostat mounting assembly 1350 includes a hollow mounting hub 1352 that has an annular groove 1354 for receiving a corresponding mounting bulkhead 1028 that is formed in the nozzle frame 1020. In at least one arrangement, the mounting hub 1352 includes an annular retention detent 1356 that is configured to retain the remote rotation dial 1340 on the hollow mounting hub 1352 while permitting the remote rotation dial 1340 to rotate relative thereto. The rheostat mounting assembly 1350 includes a radially extending flange portion 1358 that supports a collection of stationary contacts 1360 thereon. See FIG. 18 . The flange portion 1358 is received within a rheostat cavity 1342 in the remote rotation dial 1340. A rotary contact assembly 1344 is mounted within the rheostat cavity 1342 and is configured to interface with the stationary contacts 1360 as the remote rotation dial 1340 is rotated on the rheostat mounting assembly 1350. The rheostat mounting assembly is wired to or is otherwise in communication with the tool circuit board 1060.

In at least one arrangement, rotation of the surgical end effector 1500 about the shaft axis SA is commenced by rotating the remote rotation dial 1340. In at least one arrangement, the control system or CPU 224 is configured to rotate the surgical end effector 1500 in the same rotary direction as the remote rotation dial 1340 is rotated. Initial rotation of the remote rotation dial 1340 will cause the control system or CPU 224 in the handle assembly 20 to activate the third axial drive system 400 in the handle assembly 20. In particular, the control system or CPU 224 actuates the solenoid 402 which results in the axial movement of the third actuator member 410. Axial movement of the third actuator member 410 results in the axial movement of the tertiary actuation shaft or locking control rod 1302 which is operably coupled thereto. Axial movement of the locking control rod 1302 results in the rotation of the locking gear assembly 1430. Rotation of the locking gear assembly 1430 will cause the lock gear 1330 to rotate to the unlocked position (FIG. 44 ). The control system or CPU 224 will then activate the first rotary drive system 300. The reader will appreciate that because the lock lug 1332 has rotated out of engagement with the corresponding lock detent 1328 on the rotation locking disc 1320 that the rotation locking disc 1320 is now capable of rotating about the shaft axis SA. However, friction between the rotation locking disc 1320 and the mounting hub 1525 on the channel mounting portion 1522 may temporarily prevent the surgical end effector 1500 from rotating.

Actuation of the first rotary drive system 300 will result in the application of rotary drive motion to the first drive socket 302 because the shifter solenoid 260 has not been actuated and shifter spring 166 has biased the shifter gear 250 into meshing engagement with the first driven gear 306 on the first drive socket 302. See FIGS. 6 and 7 . Rotation of the first drive socket 302 will result in rotation of the primary transfer shaft 1104 which is in operable engagement with the first drive socket 302. Rotation of the primary transfer shaft 1104 will result in the rotation of the proximal drive gear 1110 that is attached to the primary transfer shaft 1104. Because the proximal drive gear 1110 is in meshing engagement with the power driven gear 1122 that is attached to the proximal drive shaft 1120, the proximal drive shaft 1120 is also rotated. See FIG. 19 .

Referring now to FIG. 30 , rotation of the proximal drive shaft 1120 will ultimately result in the rotation of the distal driven gear 1132 that is attached to the distal power shaft 1130. Rotation of the distal driven gear 1132 will result in rotation of the distal power shaft 1130. The friction between the distal power shaft 1130 and the rotation locking disc 1320, as well as the friction between the bearing housing 1592 and the distal power shaft 1130 and the rotation locking disc 1320, as well as the friction between the closure nut 1412 of the closure tube 1410 and the closure thread segment 1136 on the distal power shaft 1130 in total (“second amount of friction”) is greater than the friction between the mounting hub portion 1525 of the elongate channel 1520 and the channel mounting fixture 1530, as well as the friction between the rotation locking disc 1320 and the channel mounting fixture 1530 in total (“first amount of friction”) so as to permit the elongate channel 1520 and closure tube 1410 to rotate with the distal power shaft 1130 relative to the channel mounting fixture 1530 about the shaft axis SA. In one arrangement, for example, the rotary position of the remote rotation dial 1340 will, through the control system or CPU 224, determine the rotary position of the distal power shaft 1130 and ultimately the surgical end effector 1500. Once the user has positioned the surgical end effector 1500 in the desired rotary position about the shaft axis SA and has discontinued rotation of the remote rotation dial 1340, the control system or CPU 224 will discontinue power to the first rotary drive system 300 as well as to the third axial drive system 400. In at least one embodiment, the solenoid 402 is “spring loaded” such that upon deactivation, the spring component thereof will bias the third drive actuator member 410 distally which will result in the proximal movement of the locking control rod 1302. Such axial movement of the locking control rod 1302 will result in the rotation of the lock gear 1330 to thereby bring the lock lug 1332 into retaining engagement with the corresponding lock detent 1328 on the rotation locking disc 1320 and thereby lock the surgical end effector 1500 into that rotary orientation. Thus, should power be lost to the handle assembly 20 and, more particularly to the third drive system 400, the solenoid spring will cause the end effector rotary locking system 1310 to move to the locked orientation to thereby prevent rotation of the surgical end effector 1500 relative to the elongate shaft assembly 1400. As can be appreciated from the foregoing discussion, when the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 is operably coupled to the handle assembly 20, the third axial drive system 400 is employed to unlock the end effector locking system 1310 and the first rotary drive system 300 is employed to rotate the surgical end effector 1500 relative to the elongate shaft assembly 1400. The reader will appreciate that such rotation of the surgical end effector 1500 is completely distal to the articulation joint 1702. Thus, the outer spine tube 1402, as well as the articulation joint 1702, remain stationary during the rotation process.

One general method of operating and controlling the surgical instrument 10 will now be described. FIG. 1 illustrates the surgical instrument 10 after the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 has been operably attached to the handle assembly 20. As indicated above, coupling the tool attachment module portion 1010 of the interchangeable surgical tool assembly 1000 to the tool attachment portion 500 of the handle assembly 20 causes the tool circuit board 1060 to be coupled to or otherwise communicate with the handle circuit board 220 that comprises the control system or CPU 224. Once connected or in communication with the control system or CPU 224, the tool circuit board 1060 may provide specific software to the control system or CPU 224 that is unique to that particular interchangeable surgical tool assembly. The clinician may also position the grip portion 100 of the handle assembly 20 in the desired position relative to the primary housing portion 30 that may be best suited for the type of interchangeable surgical tool assembly being used.

As can be seen in FIG. 3 , the illustrated handle assembly 20 includes right and left control button assemblies 270R, 270L that interface with the control system or CPU 224. In one exemplary arrangement, each control button assembly 270R, 270L includes a first button 272, a second button 274 and a third button 276 that each interface with the control system or CPU 224. It will be understood that in at least one embodiment, the control button 272 on the right control button assembly 270R may perform the same control function as the control button 272 on the left control button assembly 270L. Similarly, the control button 274 on the right control button assembly 270R may perform the same control function as the control button 274 on the left control button assembly 270L. Likewise, the control button 276 on the right control button assembly 270R may perform the same control function as the control button 276 on the left control button assembly 270L. Such arrangements enable the clinician to control the surgical instrument from both sides of the handle assembly 20. In at least one arrangement, the control buttons 272, 274, 276 comprise “Hall Effect” sensors or linear sensors so actuation of the buttons can indicate the intensity of the user’s request as well as the speed desired, for example.

In one arrangement, the first and second control buttons 272, 274 may be used to control operation of the articulation system 1700. For example, the control button 272 may be used to initiate articulation of the surgical end effector 1500 about the articulation axis AA to the right (arrow “R” in FIG. 1 ). Upon actuation of the first control button 272, the control system or CPU 224 activates the shifter solenoid 260 of the rotary drive selector system 240 to move the shifter gear 250 into meshing engagement with the second driven gear 326 on the second drive socket 322. Thereafter, the control system 224 or CPU actuates the motor 200 to apply rotary motion to the second rotary drive system 320 in the rotary direction necessary to cause the articulation system 1700 to articulate the surgical end effector to the right (arrow R). In one arrangement, the amount of depression or actuation force applied to the control button, may dictate the speed at which the motor rotates. In addition, or in the alterative, the clinician may also depress the rocker switch 206 to affect the motor rotation speed. Once the surgical end effector 1500 has been articulated to the desired position, the user discontinues actuation of the first control button 270 (and the rocker switch 206). Once the control button 270 has been deactivated, the control system or CPU 224 deactivates the shifter solenoid 260. The spring component of the shifter solenoid 260 moves the shifter gear 250 into meshing engagement with the first driven gear 306 on the first drive socket 302. Thus, further actuation of the motor 200 will result in actuation of the first rotary drive 300. Actuation of the second control button 274 will operate in the same manner, but will result in rotation of the motor 200 so as to cause the articulation system 1700 to articulate the surgical end effector 1500 to the left (arrow L in FIG. 1 ).

As was discussed above, the surgical end effector 1500 may also be rotated about the shaft axis relative to the articulation joint 1702. To commence rotation of the surgical end effector 1500, the clinician rotates the remote rotational dial 1340 in the rotary direction in which he or she intends the surgical end effector 1500 to rotate. Rotation of the remote rotation dial 1340 causes the control system or CPU 224 to actuate the third axial drive system 400. In particular, the solenoid 402 is actuated to axially move the third drive actuator member 410 and the locking control rod 1302 in the proximal direction. As the locking control rod 1302 moves proximally, the gear rack 1308 causes the locking gear assembly 1430 to rotate the lock gear 1330 so as to disengage the lock lug 1332 from the corresponding lock detent 1328 in the rotation locking disc 1320. See FIGS. 41 and 42 . The control system or CPU retains the solenoid 402 in that actuated orientation and then activates the motor 200 to apply rotary motion to the first rotary drive system 300 in the direction necessary to rotate the surgical end effector 1500 in the desired rotary direction. Actuation of the first rotary drive system 300 will result in rotation of the distal drive shaft 1130 which will result in rotation of the surgical end effector 1500 about the shaft axis SA. Once the surgical end effector 1500 has been rotated to the desired position, rotation of the remote rotation dial 1340 by the clinician is discontinued. Thereafter, the control system or CPU 224 will deactivate the motor 200 as well as the solenoid 402. The spring component of the solenoid 402 will then bias the third drive actuator member 410 and the locking control rod 1302 in the distal position to thereby cause the lock gear 1330 to rotate in an opposite direction so as to cause the lock lug 1332 to engage the corresponding lock detent 1328 in the rotation locking disc 1320. The surgical end effector 1500 is locked in that rotary position.

In at least one arrangement, the third buttons 276 may comprise a “home state” button that communicates with the control system or CPU 224 to return the surgical end effector 1500 to a home state wherein the surgical end effector is unarticulated and also rotated back to an in initial rotary orientation. For example, when the third button 276 is actuated, the CPU may unlock the end effector rotary locking system 1310 by actuating the solenoid 402 to cause the lock lug 1332 to disengage from the rotation locking disc 1320 and then actuate the first rotary drive system 300 to cause the surgical end effector to rotate back to a starting rotary position. Thereafter, the solenoid 402 is de-actuated to cause the lock lug 1332 to re-engage the rotation locking disc to lock the surgical end effector 1500 in that rotary orientation. The control system or CPU 224 may then actuate the shifter solenoid 260 to bring the shifter gear 250 into meshing engagement with the second driven gear 326 on the second drive socket 322. After the second rotary drive system 320 is ready for actuation, the control system or CPU 224 may then actuate the motor 200 to return the surgical end effector 1500 to the unarticulated position.

Once the surgical end effector 1500 has been rotated and/or articulated into a desired configuration, discontinuing actuation of the articulation system 1700 as well discontinuing rotation of the remote rotation dial 1340 will result in the motor 200 being operably engaged with the first rotary drive system 300 in the manner discussed herein. The clinician may then manipulate the surgical end effector 1500 so as to position the target tissue between the anvil assembly 1560 and the surgical staple cartridge 1550. The clinician may commence the closing and firing processes by actuating the rocker switch 206. Actuation of the rocker switch 206 will cause the control system or CPU 224 to actuate the motor 200 to cause the motor to apply a rotary control motion in a first rotary direction to the first rotary drive system 300. Rotation of the first rotary drive system 300 will cause the distal power shaft 1130 to rotate and commence the closing process in the manner described above. Once the anvil assembly 1560 is fully closed, the control system or CPU 224 may stop the motor 200 and provide the clinician with an indication (sound, vibration, notice on a display screen, etc.) that the anvil is fully closed. This may happen regardless of whether the rocker switch 206 remains actuated or not. Then, when the clinician desires for the firing member to cut the target tissue which was stapled during the closing process, the clinician may then re-actuate the rocker switch 206 to start the motor and cause the firing member to be distally driven through the end effector in the above-described manner. The rocker switch 206 may be configured such that the speed in which the motor rotates is proportional to the distance that the rocker switch is depressed or otherwise actuated. In other arrangements, the control system or CPU 224 may not stop the motor between the closure and firing sequences. Various forms of sensors and/or encoders may be employed to monitor the position of the firing member during the firing process. Once the firing member has reach the ending position, the rotary direction of the motor is reversed by the control system or CPU 224 until the firing member as returned to the starting position wherein the anvil assembly 1560 is biased to the open position in the above described manner.

FIGS. 40A and 40B illustrate one example arrangement for supplying electrical signals from the circuit board 1060 in the tool attachment module portion 1010 to the end effector attached thereto while enabling the end effector to be selectively articulated and rotated in the various manners described herein. As can be seen in those Figures, conductors (wires) 1401A, 1401B extend along the exterior of the outer spine tube 1402 of the elongate shaft assembly. The conductors 1401A, 1401B extend from the tool attachment module 1010 along the spine tube 1402 and enter a hole 1531 in the channel mounting fixture 1530. To accommodate articulation of the end effector about the articulation joint 1702, a loop 1403 may be provided in the conductors 1401A, 1401B to provide a sufficient amount of slack therein. Conductor 1401A extends into the channel mounting fixture 1530 and has a proximally-facing contact 1405A attached thereto. Similarly, conductor 1401B extends into the channel mounting fixture 1530 and has a proximally-facing contact 1405B attached thereto. These contacts 1405A, 1405B correspond to conductive tracks 1325A, 1325B, respectively that are mounted on the distal surface 1323 of the disc-like body 1322 of the rotation locking disc 1320. When assembled together, contact 1405A is in rotational electrical contact with track 1325A and contact 1405B is in rotational electrical contact with track 1325B. Such arrangement permits relative rotation of the channel mounting fixture 1530 and the rotation locking disc1320 while facilitating electrical contact between the conductors 1401A, 1401B and the tracks 1325A, 1325B. End effector wires 1327A, 1327B are attached to the tracks 1325A, 1325B, respectively and extend through the hollow mounting stem 1324 of the rotation locking disc 1320. The end effector wires 1327A, 1327B may then be attached to sensors, lights, etc. in the end effector. Such arrangement serves to supply electrical power to the end effector from the tool attachment module 1010 while facilitating articulation and rotation of the end effector.

Circular Stapling Assemblies

An interchangeable tool assembly 2000 is illustrated in FIG. 45 . The interchangeable tool assembly 2000 is similar to the interchangeable tool assembly 1000 in many respects, but is different than the interchangeable tool assembly 1000 in certain other respects. For instance, the interchangeable assembly 2000 is a circular stapling assembly. Referring primarily to FIGS. 45 and 46 , the circular stapling assembly 2000 comprises a shaft portion 2100 and an end effector 2200. The shaft portion 2100 comprises a proximal portion which is releasably attachable to the handle assembly 20, for example. The end effector 2200 comprises a first portion 2210 rotatably attached to the shaft portion 2100 about an articulation joint 2300. The end effector 2200 further comprises a second portion 2220 releasably attached to the first portion 2210. The second portion 2220 comprises a cartridge portion 2222 including an annular array of staple cavities 2224 defined therein and a staple stored in each staple cavity 2224. The second portion 2220 further comprises an anvil 2230 including a tissue compression surface 2232 and an annular array of forming pockets or forming pockets 2234 (FIG. 57 ) registered with the staple cavities 2224 which are configured to deform the staples when the staples are ejected from the staple cavities 2224.

Further to the above, referring again to FIGS. 45 and 46 , the second portion 2220 of the end effector 2200 is selectively attachable to and selectively detachable from the first portion 2210 of the end effector 2200. The second portion 2220 comprises an outer housing 2227 including a proximal connector 2229 which is configured to be received within an aperture, or chamber, 2218 defined in a housing 2217 of the first portion 2210. The fit between the connector 2229 of the housing 2227 and the housing 2217 of the first portion 2210 is snug. A compression fit between the connector 2229 and the housing 2217 can prevent the second portion 2220 from being accidentally displaced longitudinally and/or rotationally relative to the first portion 2210. In various instances, a detent member can be utilized to releasably secure the second portion 2220 to the first portion 2210 of the end effector 2200.

Referring to FIGS. 45 and 65-68 , the second portion 2220 of the end effector 2200 is interchangeable with other second portions such as a second portion 2220′, a second portion 2220″, a second portion 2220‴, and/or another second portion 2220, for example. The second portions 2220′, 2220″, and 2220‴ are similar to the second portion 2220 in many respects. For instance, each second portion 2220, 2220′, 2220″, and 2220‴ includes a central aperture 2226 defined therein. That said, the second portions 2220′, 2220″, and 2220‴ are different than the second portion 2220 in other respects. For instance, the second portion 2220′ has a larger diameter than the second portion 2220. Moreover, the annular array of staple cavities 2224 defined in the second portion 2220′ has a larger circumference than the annular array of staple cavities 2224 defined in the second portion 2220. Similarly, the second portion 2220″ has a larger diameter than the second portion 2220′ and the annular array of staple cavities 2224 defined in the second portion 2220″ has a larger circumference than the annular array of staple cavities 2224 defined in the second portion 2220′. Also, similarly, the second portion 2220‴ has a larger diameter than the second portion 2220″ and the annular array of staple cavities 2224 defined in the second portion 2220‴ has a larger circumference than the annular array of staple cavities 2224 defined in the second portion 2220″.

Further to the above, the anvil 2230 is interchangeable with other anvils such as an anvil 2230′, an anvil 2230″, an anvil 2230‴, and/or another anvil 2230, for example. The anvils 2230′, 2230″, and 2230‴ are similar to the anvil 2230 in many respects. For instance, each anvil 2230, 2230′, 2230″, and 2230‴ comprises a longitudinal shaft 2236 including connecting flanges 2238. That said, the anvils 2230′, 2230″, and 2230‴ are different than the anvil 2230 in other respects. For instance, the anvil 2230′ has a larger diameter than the anvil 2230. Moreover, the annular array of the forming pockets 2234 defined in the anvil 2230′ has a larger circumference than the annular array of forming pockets 2234 defined in the anvil 2230 such that the forming pockets 2234 remain registered with the staple cavities 2224 defined in the second portion 2220′. Similarly, the anvil 2230″ has a larger diameter than the anvil 2230′ and the annular array of forming pockets 2234 defined in the anvil 2230″ has a larger circumference than the annular array of forming pockets 2234 defined in the anvil 2230′ such that the forming pockets 2234 remain registered with the staple cavities 2224 defined in the second portion 2220″. Also, similarly, the anvil 2230‴ has a larger diameter than the anvil 2230″ and the annular array of forming pockets 2234 defined in the second portion 2220‴ has a larger circumference than the annular array of forming pockets 2234 defined in the anvil 2230″ such that the forming pockets 2234 remain registered with the staple cavities 2224 defined in the second portion 2220‴.

Referring primarily to FIG. 47 , the shaft portion 2100 comprises a proximal connector 2120 and an elongate shaft portion 2110 extending distally from the proximal connector 2120. The proximal connector 2120 comprises a first input 2318 and a second input 2418. The first input 2318 is operably connected to an end effector articulation system and the second input 2418 is operably connected to an end effector clamping and staple firing system. The first input 2318 and the second input 2418 can be operated in any suitable order. For instance, the first input 2318 can be rotated in a first direction to articulate the end effector 2200 in a first direction and, correspondingly, rotated in a second direction to articulate the end effector 2200 in a second direction. Once the end effector 2200 has been suitably articulated, the second input 2428 can then be rotated to close the anvil 2230 and clamp tissue against the cartridge portion 2222 of the end effector 2200. As discussed in greater detail further below, the second input 2428 can then be operated to fire the staples from the staple cavities 2224 and incise tissue captured within the end effector 2200. In various alternative embodiments, the first input 2318 and the second input 2328 can be operated in any suitable order and/or at the same time.

The first input 2318 is mounted to a proximal end of an articulation shaft 2310 which is rotatably mounted in the shaft portion 2010. Referring primarily to FIGS. 50 and 51 , the rotatable articulation shaft 2310 comprises a distal end and a worm gear 2312 mounted to the distal end. The worm gear 2312 is threadably engaged with an articulation slide 2320. More specifically, the articulation slide 2320 comprises a threaded aperture 2322 defined therein and the worm gear 2312 is threadably mated with the threaded aperture 2322. When the articulation shaft 2310 is rotated in a first direction, the worm gear 2312 pushes the articulation slide 2320 distally (FIG. 62 ). When the articulation shaft 2310 is rotated in a second, or opposite, direction, the worm gear 2312 pulls the articulation slide 2320 proximally (FIG. 61 ). The articulation slide 2320 is slidably supported by an articulation block 2112 fixedly mounted in the distal end of the elongate shaft portion 2110. The movement of the articulation slide 2320 is limited to proximal and distal movement by the articulation block 2112 by a guide slot 2315 defined in the articulation block 2112. The articulation slide 2320 further comprises a longitudinal key 2326 extending therefrom which is closely received in a longitudinal keyway 2116 defined in the bottom of the guide slot 2315 which limits the relative movement between the articulation slide 2320 and the articulation block 2112 to a longitudinal path.

Referring again to FIGS. 50, 51, and 54 , the articulation slide 2320 is coupled to an articulation link 2330. The articulation slide 2320 comprises a drive pin 2324 extending therefrom which is positioned within a proximal aperture 2334 defined in the articulation link 2330. The drive pin 2324 is closely received within the aperture 2334 such that the drive pin 2324 and the sidewalls of the aperture 2334 co-operate to define an axis of rotation between the articulation slide 2320 and the articulation link 2330. The articulation link 2330 is also coupled to the housing 2217 of the end effector 2200. More specifically, the articulation link 2330 further comprises a distal aperture 2335 defined therein and the housing 2217 comprises a pin 2215 positioned in the distal aperture 2335. The pin 2215 is closely received within the aperture 2335 such that the pin 2215 and the sidewalls of the aperture 2335 co-operate to define an axis of rotation between the articulation link 2330 and the housing 2217.

Further to the above, referring to FIGS. 48-51 and 54 , the end effector 2200 is rotatably coupled to the articulation block 2112 of the shaft 2100 about the articulation joint 2300. The housing 2217 of the end effector 2200 comprises apertures 2213 defined in opposite sides thereof and the articulation block 2112 comprises projections 2113 extending from opposite sides thereof which are positioned in the apertures 2213. The projections 2113 are closely received within the apertures 2213 such that the projections 2113 and the sidewalls of the apertures 2213 co-operate to define an articulation axis about which the end effector 2200 can be articulated. When the articulation shaft 2310 is rotated to drive the articulation slide 2320 distally, the articulation slide 2320 drives the proximal end of the articulation link 2330 distally. In response to the distal movement of the proximal end of the articulation link 2330, the articulation link 2330 rotates about the drive pin 2324 which rotates the end effector 2200 about the articulation joint 2300. When the articulation input 2310 is rotated to drive the articulation slide 2320 proximally, similar to the above, the articulation slide 2320 pulls the proximal end of the articulation link 2330 proximally. In response to the proximal movement of the proximal end of the articulation link 2330, the articulation link 2330 rotates about the drive pin 2324 which rotates the end effector 2200 about the articulation joint 2300. The articulation link 2330 provides at least one degree of freedom between the articulation slide 2320 and the housing 2217. As a result, the articulation link 2330 permits the end effector 2200 to be articulated through a wide range of articulation angles.

As discussed above, referring to FIGS. 47 and 55 , the proximal connector 2120 of the interchangeable tool assembly 2000 comprises a second input 2418. The second input 2418 comprises a drive gear 2417 which is meshingly engaged with a drive gear 2416 mounted on a proximal end of a drive shaft 2410. The drive shaft 2410 extends through the shaft portion 2110 and an aperture 2114 defined in the articulation block 2112, as illustrated in FIG. 49 . The aperture 2114 comprises a bearing and rotatably supports the drive shaft 2410. Alternatively, the aperture 2114 can comprise a clearance aperture. In either event, referring primarily to FIG. 52 , the drive shaft 2410 extends through the articulation joint 2300 and into the chamber 2218 defined in the end effector housing 2217. The drive shaft 2410 is rotatably supported by a bearing 2414 mounted to the drive shaft 2410 which is captured within a recess 2214 defined in the housing 2217 of the end effector 2200. The drive shaft 2410 further comprises an output gear 2412 mounted to the distal end thereof such that the rotation of the drive shaft 2410 is transmitted to the output gear 2412.

Referring primarily to FIGS. 48, 52, and 53 , the output gear 2412 of the drive shaft 2410 is operably engaged with a transmission 2420. As discussed in greater detail below, the transmission 2420 is configured to shift the end effector 2200 between a first operating mode in which the drive shaft 2410 moves the anvil 2230 relative to the cartridge body 2222 and a second operating mode in which the drive shaft 2410 fires the staples from the staple cavities 2224 and incises the tissue captured between the anvil 2230 and the cartridge body 2222. The transmission 2420 comprises an orbit drive comprising a planetary plate 2421 and four planetary gears 2424 rotatably mounted to the planetary plate 2421. The planetary plate 2421 comprises a clearance aperture extending through the center thereof and the drive shaft 2410 extends through the clearance aperture. The planetary plate 2421 and the planetary gears 2424 are positioned in a chamber 2219 defined in the end effector housing 2217. Each planetary gear 2424 is rotatable about a gear pin 2423 extending from the planetary plate 2421. The gear pins 2423 are positioned along a circumference surrounding the clearance aperture. The output gear 2412 is meshingly engaged with the planetary gears 2424 and, as described in greater detail below, the drive shaft 2410 drives the planetary gears 2424.

Further to the above, the drive shaft 2410 extends trough the articulation joint 2300. In order for the output gear 2412 to remain properly engaged with the planetary gears 2424 when the end effector 2200 is articulated, the drive shaft 2410 is flexible. In at least one instance, the drive shaft 2410 is comprised of plastic, for example.

As discussed above, the transmission 2420 comprises a first operating mode and a second operating mode. Referring primarily to FIGS. 53 and 58 , the interchangeable tool assembly 2000 further comprises a shifter 2600 movable between a first position and a second position to switch the transmission 2420 between its first operating mode and its second operating mode. When the shifter 2600 is in its first position, as illustrated in FIGS. 58-60 , the shifter 2600 is not engaged with the planetary plate 2421 of the transmission 2420 and, as a result, the planetary plate 2421 and the planetary gears 2424 are rotated by the drive shaft 2410. More specifically, the drive shaft 2410 rotates the planetary gears 2424 about their respective gear pins 2423 and the planetary gears 2424 rotate the planetary plate 2421 owing to reactionary forces between the planetary gears 2424 and an annular ring of teeth 2534 which extends around the planetary gears 2424, as described in greater detail further below. The planetary plate 2421 is operably coupled with an output coupling 2430 such that the rotation of the planetary plate 2421 is transmitted to the output coupling 2430. Referring primarily to FIG. 53 , the output coupling 2430 comprises an array of apertures 2433 extending around the outer perimeter thereof wherein the gear pins 2423 extending from the planetary plate 2421extend into, and are closely received by, the apertures 2433 defined in the output coupling 2430 such that there is little, if any, relative movement between the planetary plate 2421 and the output coupling 2430.

Referring primarily to FIGS. 48 and 53 , the output coupling 2430 comprises a drive socket 2432. The drive socket 2432 comprises a substantially hexagonal aperture, for example; however, any suitable configuration could be utilized. The drive socket 2432 is configured to receive a closure shaft 2440 extending through the second portion 2220 of the end effector 2200. The closure shaft 2440 comprises a proximal drive end 2442 which has a substantially-hexagonal shape that is closely received within the drive socket 2432 such that the rotation of the drive shaft 2410 is transferrable to the closure shaft 2440. The closure shaft 2440 is rotatably supported within the housing 2227 of the second portion 2220 by a bearing 2444. The bearing 2444 comprises a thrust bearing, for example; however, the bearing 2444 may comprise any suitable bearing.

Referring primarily to FIGS. 53 and 58-60 , the closure shaft 2440 comprises a threaded portion 2446 that is threadably engaged with a threaded aperture 2456 defined in a trocar 2450. As discussed in greater detail further below, the anvil 2230 is attachable to the trocar 2450 which can be translated to move the anvil 2230 toward and/or away from the cartridge body 2222. Referring again to FIG. 48 , the trocar 2450 comprises at least one longitudinal key slot 2459 defined therein which is configured to co-operate with at least one longitudinal key extending from an inner surface 2546 of the drive sleeve 2540. The drive sleeve 2540 is part of the staple firing system, discussed further below, and the reader should understand that the trocar 2450 and the drive sleeve 2540, one, slide relative to one another, and, two, co-operatively inhibit relative rotational movement therebetween. Owing to the threaded engagement between the closure shaft 2440 and the trocar 2450, the closure shaft 2440 can displace, or translate, the trocar 2450 distally when the closure shaft 2440 is rotated in a first direction and, correspondingly, displace, or translate, the trocar 2450 proximally when the closure shaft 2440 is rotated in a second, or opposite, direction.

As discussed above, the anvil 2230 is attachable to the trocar 2450. The anvil 2230 comprises connecting flanges 2238 which are configured to engage and grip the trocar 2450. The connecting flanges 2238 comprise cantilever beams which are connected to the shaft portion 2236 of the anvil 2230. Referring primarily to FIG. 53 , the trocar 2450 comprises retention notches, or recesses, 2458 which are configured to releasably receive the connecting flanges 2238 when the anvil 2230 is assembled to the trocar 2450. The retention notches 2458 and the connecting flanges 2238 are configured to resist the inadvertent detachment of the anvil 2230 from the trocar 2450. The connecting flanges 2238 are separated by longitudinal slots 2237. The longitudinal slots 2237 are configured to receive longitudinal ribs 2457 extending from the trocar 2450 when the anvil 2230 is assembled to the trocar 2450. The ribs 2457 are closely received within the slots 2237 and, as a result, the anvil 2230 is inhibited from rotating relative to the trocar 2450.

Once the anvil 2230 has been suitably positioned relative to the cartridge portion 2222, as discussed above, the tool assembly 2000 can be shifted into its second operating mode. The shifter 2600 comprises an electrically-actuated motor, for example, which is utilized to shift the transmission 2420 of the end effector 2200. In various other embodiments, the shifter 2600 can comprise any suitable device which is electrically and/or manually actuated. The shifter 2600 is in signal communication with a processor of the surgical stapling instrument and in power communication with a battery of the surgical stapling instrument. In various instances, insulated electrical wires, for example, extend between the shifter 2600 and a handle of the surgical instrument such that the processor can communicate with the shifter 2600 and the battery can supply power to the shifter 2600. In various other instances, the shifter 2600 can comprise a wireless signal receiver and the processor can communicate wirelessly with the shifter 2600. In certain instances, power can be supplied wirelessly to the shifter 2600, such as through an inductive circuit, for example. In various instances, the shifter 2600 can comprise its own power source.

The shifter 2600 comprises a housing mounted in the chamber 2218 defined in the proximal end of the end effector 2200. The shifter 2600 comprises a clutch key, or toggle, 2602 and an output shaft 2604 movable between a first position and a second position relative to the shifter housing. The clutch key 2602 comprises a first lock tooth 2608 and a second lock tooth 2609 and, when the clutch key 2602 is in its first position, the first lock tooth 2608 is engaged with a firing tube 2530 of the staple firing system and, concurrently, the second lock tooth 2609 is disengaged from the planetary plate 2421 of the transmission 2420. More specifically, the first lock tooth 2608 is positioned in an aperture 2538, which is part of an annular array of apertures 2538 defined around the firing tube 2530, and the second lock tooth 2609 is not positioned in an aperture 2429, which is part of an annular array of apertures 2429 defined around the planetary plate 2421. As a result of the above, the shifter 2600 prevents the firing tube 2530 from rotating and, accordingly, locks out the staple firing system when the clutch key 2602 is in its first position. Although the staple firing system has been locked out by the shifter 2600 when the clutch key 2602 is in its first position, the drive shaft 2410 can rotate the planetary plate 2421 and operate the anvil closure system, as discussed above.

As illustrated primarily in FIG. 53 , the firing tube 2530 comprises an inner annular rack of teeth 2534 defined in an inner sidewall 2532 thereof. The planetary gears 2424 are operably intermeshed with the rack of teeth 2534. When the shifter 2600 is in its first position, as illustrated in FIG. 58 , the firing tube 2530 is held in position by the shifter 2600 and the planetary gears 2424 are rotatable relative to the firing tube 2530 and the rack of teeth 2534 by the drive shaft 2410. In such instances, the planetary gears 2424 are rotated about a longitudinal drive axis defined by the drive shaft 2410 and, at the same time, rotated about axes defined by their respective gear pins 2423. The reader should appreciate that the planetary gears 2424 are directly driven by the drive shaft 2410 and, owing to reactionary forces created between the planetary gears 2424 and the firing tube 2530, the planetary gears 2424 drive and rotate the planetary plate 2421. When the shifter 2600 is actuated to move the clutch key 2602 into its second position, the first lock tooth 2608 is disengaged from the firing tube 2530 and, concurrently, the second lock tooth 2609 is engaged with the planetary plate 2421. The planetary plate 2421 is held in position by the shifter 2600 when the clutch key 2602 is in its second position and, as a result, the closure drive has been locked out and cannot be operated to move the anvil 2230. When the drive shaft 2410 is rotated in such instances, the output gear 2412 drives and rotates the planetary gears 2424 relative to the planetary plate 2421 about their respective gear pins 2423. The planetary gears 2424 drive the firing tube 2530 via the rack of teeth 2534 and rotate the firing tube 2530 about its longitudinal axis.

Further to the above, and referring again to FIG. 53 , the firing tube 2530 is operably coupled with the drive sleeve 2540 of the staple firing system. More specifically, the inner sidewall 2532 of the firing tube 2530 comprises longitudinal slots 2535 defined therein which are configured to closely receive longitudinal ribs 2545 defined on the drive sleeve 2540 such that the drive sleeve 2540 rotates with the firing tube 2530. The drive sleeve 2540 further comprises a threaded distal end 2542 which is threadably engaged with a drive collar 2550. More specifically, the drive collar 2550 comprises a threaded aperture 2552 which is threadably engaged with the threaded distal end 2542. The drive collar 2550 is positioned in an aperture 2228 defined in the housing of the end effector 2200 and is prevented from rotating within the aperture 2228 by a longitudinal rib and groove arrangement, for example. As a result of the above, the rotation of the drive sleeve 2540 translates the drive collar 2550 longitudinally. For instance, the drive collar 2550 is advanced distally if the drive sleeve 2540 is rotated in a first direction and retracted proximally if the drive sleeve 2540 is rotated in a second, or opposite, direction.

When the drive collar 2550 is pushed distally, as discussed above, the drive collar 2550 pushes a staple driver block 2560 and a cutting member 2570, such as a knife, for example, distally during a firing stroke of the staple firing system. More specifically, the drive collar 2550 pushes the staple driver block 2560 and the cutting member 2570 between a proximal, unfired position in which the staples are positioned in the staple cavities 2224 defined in the cartridge body portion 2222 and the cutting member 2570 is recessed below the deck surface of the cartridge body portion 2222 and a distal, fired position in which the staples have been deformed against the anvil 2230 and the tissue captured between the anvil 2230 and the cartridge body portion 2222 has been transected by the cutting member 2570. The drive collar 2550 comprises a drive recess 2554 which is configured to abut the staple driver block 2560 and the cutting member 2570 as the drive collar 2550 is advanced distally. The staple driver block 2560 comprises a plurality of staple cradles defined therein wherein each staple cradle is configured to support the base of a staple. The staple cradles are aligned with the staple cavities 2224 defined in the cartridge body portion 2222 and are arranged in at least two concentric rows.

The staple driver block 2560 and the cutting member 2570 are attached to the drive collar 2550 such that, when the drive collar 2550 is moved proximally away from the anvil 2230, the staple driver block 2560 and the cutting member 2570 are pulled proximally by the drive collar 2550. In at least one instance, the staple driver block 2560 and the cutting member 2570 comprise one or more hooks which extend into apertures 2557 defined in the drive collar 2550. In various instances, the staple driver block 2560 and the cutting member 2570 can be retracted such that they are completely retracted below the deck surface of the cartridge body portion 2222.

Further to the above, the end effector 2200 is operable in a third operating mode in which the clutch key 2602 of the shifter 2600 is operably engaged with the anvil closure system and the staple firing system at the same time. In this operating mode, the first lock tooth 2608 is engaged with the firing tube 2530 of the staple firing system and the second lock tooth 2609 is engaged with the planetary plate 2421 of the transmission 2420. In such instances, the first lock tooth 2608 is positioned in an aperture 2538 defined in the firing tube 2530 and the second lock tooth 2609 is positioned in an aperture 2429 defined in the planetary plate 2421. As a result of the above, the drive shaft 2410 moves the anvil 2230, the staple driver block 2560, and the cutting member 2570 relative to the cartridge body 2222 at the same time.

Referring again to FIG. 45 , the user of the interchangeable tool assembly 2000 can select from a kit of second portions 2220, 2220′, 2220″, 2220‴ and/or any other suitable second portion and assembly the selected second portion to the first portion 2210 of the end effector 2200. Referring primarily to FIG. 48 , each second portion comprises a housing connector 2229 which engages the housing 2217 of the first portion 2210 when the second portion is assembled to the first portion 2210. In addition, each second portion comprises a closure shaft 2440 which operably engages the drive socket 2432 of the first portion 2210 when the second portion is assembled to the first portion 2210. Moreover, each second portion comprises a drive sleeve 2540 which operably engages the firing tube 2530 of the first portion 2210 when the second portion is assembled to the first portion 2210.

Further to the above, referring to FIGS. 65 and 66 , a tool assembly 2000′ is interchangeable with the tool assembly 2000. The tool assembly 2000′ is similar to the tool assembly 2000 in many respects; however, the tool assembly 2000′ is configured to apply circular staple lines having larger diameters than the circular staple lines applied by the tool assembly 2000. The tool assembly 2000′ comprises, among other things, a wider second portion 2220′, staple driver 2560′, knife assembly 2570′, cartridge body 2222′, and anvil 2230′. Referring to FIG. 67 , a tool assembly 2000″ is interchangeable with the tool assembly 2000. The tool assembly 2000″ is similar to the tool assemblies 2000 and 2000′ in many respects; however, the tool assembly 2000″ is configured to apply circular staple lines having larger diameters than the circular staple lines applied by the tool assembly 2000′. The tool assembly 2000″ comprises, among other things, a wider second portion 2220″, staple driver 2560″, knife assembly 2570″, cartridge body 2222″, and anvil 2230″. Referring to FIG. 68 , a tool assembly 2000‴ is interchangeable with the tool assembly 2000. The tool assembly 2000‴ is similar to the tool assemblies 2000, 2000′, and 2000″ in many respects; however, the tool assembly 2000‴ is configured to apply circular staple lines having larger diameters than the circular staple lines applied by the tool assembly 2000″. The tool assembly 2000‴ comprises, among other things, a wider second portion 2220‴, staple driver 2560‴, knife assembly 2570‴, cartridge body 2222‴, and anvil 2230‴.

In various embodiments, further to the above, a surgical instrument can have any suitable number of operating modes. In at least one embodiment, a surgical stapling instrument comprises a transmission which includes a first operating mode which fires the staples, a second operating mode which deploys the cutting member, and a third operating mode which both fires the staples and deploys the cutting member at the same time. In the first operating mode, the cutting member is not deployed. Moreover, the processor of such a surgical instrument can be programmed such that the instrument cannot be placed in the second operating mode without having first completed the first operating mode. As a result of the above, the user of the surgical instrument can decide whether or not to cut the tissue after the staples have been fired.

An alternative embodiment of a staple cartridge body for use with a surgical stapler is illustrated in FIG. 64 . A cartridge body 2222′ comprises an annular outer row of staple cavities 2224 and an annular inner row of staple cavities 2224′. The staple cavities 2224 are defined in a first step of the cartridge body deck and the staple cavities 2224′ are defined in a second step of the cartridge body deck. The second step extends above the first step. Stated another way, the first step has a first deck height and the second step has a second deck height which is taller than the first deck height. A deck wall separates the first step and the second step. In various embodiments, the deck wall is sloped. In certain embodiments, the deck wall is orthogonal to the first step and/or the second step.

The cartridge body 2222′ further comprises cavity extensions 2229′ extending from the first step of the deck. The cavity extensions 2229′ surround the ends of the staple cavities 2224 and extend the staple cavities 2224 above the first step. The cavity extensions 2229′ can at least partially control the staples above the first step as the staples are ejected from the staple cavities 2224. The cavity extensions 2229′ are also configured to contact and compress tissue captured against the cartridge body 2222′. The cavity extensions 2229′ can also control the flow of tissue relative to the cartridge body 2222′. For instance, the cavity extensions 2229′ can limit the radial flow of the tissue. The cavity extensions 2229′ can have any suitable configuration and can extend any suitable height from the first step. In at least one instance, the top surfaces of the cavity extensions 2229′ are aligned with, or have the same height as, the second step, for example. In other instances, the cavity extensions 2229′ can extend above or below the second step.

Further to the above, the staple cavities 2224 each comprise a first staple positioned therein having a first unformed height. The staple cavities 2224′ each comprise a second staple positioned therein having a second unformed height which is different than the first unformed height. For instance, the first unformed height is taller than the second unformed height; however, the second unformed height could be taller than the first unformed height. In alternative embodiments, the first unformed staple height and the second unformed staple height is the same.

The first staples are deformed to a first deformed height and the second staples are deformed to a second deformed height which is different than the first deformed height. For instance, the first deformed height is taller than the second deformed height. Such an arrangement could improve blood flow into the stapled tissue. Alternatively, the second deformed height could be taller than the first deformed height. Such an arrangement could improve the pliability of the tissue along the inner transection line. In certain alternative embodiments, the first deformed height and the second deformed height is the same.

As discussed above, an interchangeable tool assembly can comprise, among other things, a shaft, an end effector, and a replaceable staple cartridge. The replaceable staple cartridge comprises a closure drive configured to move open and close the end effector to capture tissue within the end effector and a firing drive configured to staple and cut the tissue captured within the end effector. The closure drive and the firing drive of the end effector are operably coupled with a corresponding closure drive and firing drive of the shaft when the replaceable staple cartridge is assembled to the shaft. In the event that the replaceable staple cartridge is not properly assembled to the shaft, the replaceable staple cartridge may not operate in its intended manner. As described in greater detail below, the replaceable staple cartridge and/or the shaft can comprise a lockout which prevents the replaceable staple cartridge from being operated unless the replaceable staple cartridge is properly attached to the shaft.

Turning now to FIG. 69 , an interchangeable tool assembly 3000 comprises a shaft 3010 and a replaceable staple cartridge 3020. Similar to the above, the replaceable staple cartridge 3020 comprises a closure drive input and a firing drive input which are operably coupled with a closure drive output and a firing drive output, respectively, when the staple cartridge 3020 is fully seated onto the shaft 3010. The operation of such closure and firing systems are not repeated herein for the sake of brevity.

The interchangeable tool assembly 3000 further comprises a lockout circuit 3090. The lockout circuit 3090 includes conductors 3096 and contacts 3092. A first contact 3092 is electrically coupled to a first conductor 3096 and a second contact 3092 is electrically coupled to a second conductor 3096. The first contact 3092 is not electrically coupled to the second contact 3092 prior to the staple cartridge 3020 being fully seated onto the shaft 3010. The staple cartridge 3020 comprises a contact bridge 3094 which engages and electrically couples the contacts 3092 when the staple cartridge 3020 is fully seated onto the shaft 3010. The contacts 3092 and the contact bridge 3094 are configured and arranged such that the contact bridge 3094 does not electrically couple the contacts 3092 when the staple cartridge 3020 is only partially seated onto the shaft 3010.

The interchangeable tool assembly 3000 is usable with a surgical instrument system which includes a manually-operable handle and/or a robotic system, for example. In various embodiments, the surgical instrument system includes an electric motor configured to drive the staple firing system of the tool assembly 3000 and, in addition, a controller configured to operate the electric motor. The lockout circuit of the tool assembly 3000 is in communication with the controller. When the controller detects that the contact bridge 3094 is not engaged with the contacts 3092, or that the lockout circuit is in an open condition, the controller prevents the electric motor from operating the staple firing system. In various instances, the controller is configured such that it does not supply power to the electric motor when the lockout circuit is in an open condition. In certain other instances, the controller is configured to supply power to the electric motor such that it can operate the closure system but not the firing system when the lockout circuit is in an open condition. In at least one such instance, the controller operates a transmission coupled to the electric motor such that the output of the electric motor is only directed to the closure system. When the controller detects that the contact bridge 3094 is engaged with the contacts 3092, or that the lockout circuit is in a closed condition, the controller allows the electric motor to operate the staple firing system.

When a surgical instrument system comprises a handle, further to the above, the controller can actuate a trigger lock which prevents a firing trigger of the handle from being actuated when the controller detects that the lockout circuit is in an open configuration. When the staple cartridge 3020 is fully seated onto the shaft 3010 and the lockout circuit is closed, the controller can retract the trigger lock and allow the firing trigger to be actuated. Such a system can be utilized with motorized and/or non-motorized firing drives. A non-motorized firing drive can be driven by a handcrank, for example.

As discussed above, an anvil 2230 can be assembled to the trocar shaft 2450 of the closure drive of the tool assembly 2000. The connecting flanges 2238 of the anvil 2230 are configured to engage a recess 2458 defined in the trocar shaft 2450 to connect the anvil 2230 thereto. Once the anvil 2230 has been assembled to the trocar shaft 2450, the trocar shaft 2450 and the anvil 2230 can be retracted, or pulled, toward the staple cartridge 2222 by the closure drive to compress tissue against the staple cartridge 2222. In some instances, however, the anvil 2230 may not be properly assembled to the trocar shaft 2450. The mis-assembly of the anvil 2230 to the trocar shaft 2450 can frequently occur when the trocar shaft 2450 is not sufficiently extended above the deck of the staple cartridge 2222 when a clinician attempts to assemble the anvil 2230 to the trocar shaft 2450. Oftentimes, in such instances, the anvil 2230 is sufficiently attached to the trocar shaft 2450 such that the trocar shaft 2450 can move the anvil 2230 toward the staple cartridge 2222 but, when the anvil 2230 begins to compress the tissue against the staple cartridge 2222, the anvil 2230 can detach from the trocar shaft 2450.

Turning now to FIGS. 69 and 70 , an interchangeable tool assembly 3100 is depicted which is similar in many respects to the interchangeable tool assembly 2000 discussed above. The tool assembly 2000 comprises a cartridge body 3120 comprising a deck 3121 configured to support tissue when the tissue is compressed against the cartridge body 3120 by the anvil 2130. The tool assembly 3100 further comprises a closure drive configured to move the anvil 2130 relative to the cartridge body 3120. The closure drive comprises a trocar shaft 3150 which, similar to the above, includes a recess defined therein. The recess comprises a distal shoulder 3158 which is configured to retain the anvil 2130 to the trocar shaft 3150. In addition, the tool assembly 3100 further comprises a firing drive configured to eject staples from the cartridge body 3120. The firing drive comprises a rotatable shaft 3162 and a translatable collar 3160 threadably engaged with the rotatable shaft 3162 which is configured to eject staples from the cartridge body 3120. The rotatable shaft 3162 comprises a longitudinal aperture 3164 defined therein and the trocar shaft 3150 extends through the aperture 3164.

Further to the above, the closure drive further comprises a clip 3190 mounted to the trocar shaft 3150. The clip 3190 comprises a base 3192 mounted within a slot defined in the trocar shaft 3150. The clip 3190 further comprises compliant arms, or appendages, 3198 extending from the base 3192. The arms 3198 are movable between an extended position (FIG. 69 ) and a deflected position (FIG. 70 ). When the arms 3198 are in their deflected position, as illustrated in FIG. 70 , the anvil 2130 can be locked to the trocar shaft 3150. The arms 3198 are held in their deflected position by the translatable collar 3160 of the firing drive when the trocar shaft 3150 has been sufficiently extended above the deck 3121 of the cartridge body 3120, as illustrated in FIG. 70 . The translatable collar 3160 comprises an annular shoulder 3168 configured to resiliently bias the arms 3198 inwardly when the arms 3198 are brought into contact with the shoulder 3168.

When the trocar shaft 3150 is not in a sufficiently extended position above the cartridge deck 3121, the arms 3198 are not biased inwardly by the shoulder 3168. In such instances, the arms 3198 are in their extended position, as illustrated in FIG. 69 . When the arms 3198 are in their extended position, the arms 3198 prevent the anvil 2130 from being attached to the trocar shaft 3150. More specifically, the arms 3198 prevent the connecting flanges 2138 of the anvil 2130 from being seated behind the shoulder 3158 defined in the trocar shaft 3150. In such instances, the arms 3198 prevent the anvil 2130 from being partially attached to the trocar shaft 3150 and, as a result, the clinician attempting to assemble the anvil 2130 to the trocar shaft 3150 cannot partially assemble the anvil 2130 to the trocar shaft 3150 and can avoid the issues discussed above. The reader should appreciate that the anvil 2130 is often assembled to the trocar shaft 3150 in situ, or within a patient, and the proper assembly of the anvil 2130 to the trocar shaft 3150 expedites the completion of the surgical technique being used. The system discussed above provides a lockout which prevents a partially assembled anvil from being compressed against the tissue.

Turning now to FIGS. 71-73 , an interchangeable tool assembly 3200 comprises a lockout configured to prevent a closure drive from being retracted without an anvil attached thereto, as discussed in greater detail below. The tool assembly 3200 comprises a shaft 3210 and an end effector 3220. The end effector 3220 includes an outer housing 3227, a cartridge body 3222, and a longitudinal aperture 3226 defined therethrough. The tool assembly 3200 further comprises a closure drive including a trocar shaft 3250 and an anvil 3230 attachable to the trocar shaft 3250. Similar to the above, the closure drive is configured to move the anvil 3230 toward and away from the cartridge body 3222. The trocar shaft 3250 is movable between an extended position and a retracted position. FIGS. 72 and 73 both illustrate the trocar shaft 3250 in its extended position.

Further to the above, the tool assembly 3200 further comprises a retraction lock 3290 configured to prevent the trocar shaft 3250 from being moved from its extended position (FIGS. 72 and 73 ) toward its retracted position when the anvil 3230 is not assembled to the trocar shaft 3250. The retraction lock 3290 comprises a lock arm 3292 rotatably mounted to the housing 3227 about a projection, or pin, 3294. The retraction lock 3290 further comprises a spring 3296 engaged with the lock arm 3292 which is configured to bias the lock arm 3292 toward the trocar shaft 3250. The trocar shaft 3250 comprises a lock shoulder 3258 and, when the anvil 3230 is not assembled to the trocar shaft 3250 as illustrated in FIG. 72 , the lock arm 3292 is configured to catch the lock shoulder 3258 and prevent the trocar shaft 3250 from being moved proximally. More specifically, the lock arm 3292 comprises a catch 3298 configured to slide under the lock shoulder 3258. When the anvil 3230 is assembled to the trocar shaft 3250, as illustrated in FIG. 73 , the anvil 3230 contacts the lock arm 3292 and displaces the lock arm 3292 away from the lock shoulder 3258. At such point, the trocar shaft 3250 has been unlocked and can be moved toward the cartridge body 3222 into its retracted position.

Turning now to FIGS. 74-76 , an interchangeable tool assembly 3300 comprises a closure drive, a staple firing drive, and a lockout configured to prevent the staple firing drive from being operated until the anvil of the closure drive has been set to a proper tissue gap, as discussed in greater detail below. The tool assembly 3300 comprises a shaft 3310 and an end effector 3320. The end effector 3320 includes an inner frame 3329, an outer housing 3327, and a cartridge body 3322. Similar to the above, the closure drive includes a trocar shaft 3350 and an anvil 2230 attachable to the trocar shaft 3350. Also similar to the above, the trocar shaft 3350 is movable between an extended position (FIG. 75 ) and a retracted position (FIG. 76 ) to move the anvil 2230 toward and away from the cartridge body 3322. The firing drive includes a rotatable shaft 3360 which is configured to displace a firing drive distally to eject the staples stored in the cartridge body 3322.

Further to the above, the end effector 3320 comprises a firing drive lock 3390 movably mounted to the inner frame 3329. The firing drive lock 3390 comprises a lock pin 3394 and a lock spring 3398 positioned around the lock pin 3394. The lock pin 3394 comprises a head 3392 and a stop 3396. The lock spring 3398 is positioned intermediate the stop 3396 and a sidewall of a cavity 3328 defined in the inner frame 3329. When the trocar shaft 3350 is in an extended position, as illustrated in FIG. 75 , the lock spring 3398 biases the lock pin 3394 into a lock aperture 3364 defined in the rotatable shaft 3360 of the staple firing drive. In such instances, the interaction between the lock pin 3394 and the sidewalls of the lock aperture 3364 prevent the shaft 3360 from being rotated to fire the staples from the cartridge body 3322. When the trocar shaft 3350 is sufficiently retracted, the trocar shaft 3350 engages the head 3392 of the lock pin 3394. The head 3392 comprises a cam surface defined thereon which is configured to be engaged by the trocar shaft 3350 to move the firing drive lock 3390 between a locked configuration (FIG. 75 ) and an unlocked configuration (FIG. 76 ). When the drive lock 3390 is in its unlocked configuration, the shaft 3360 of the firing drive can be rotated.

The firing drive lockout of the tool assembly 3300 requires the anvil 2230 to be moved into a predetermined position, or within a range of predetermined positions, before the staples can be fired. Moreover, the firing drive lockout of the tool assembly 3300 requires the tissue gap between the anvil 2230 and the cartridge body 3322 to be less than a certain distance before the staples can be fired. As a result, the position of the anvil 2230 and/or the closure system deactivates the staple firing lockout. Such an arrangement can assist in preventing the malformation of the staples and/or the undercompression of the tissue, among other things.

Turning now to FIGS. 77-79 , an interchangeable tool assembly 3400 comprises a closure drive configured to clamp tissue, a staple firing drive, and a firing drive lockout 3490 configured to prevent the staple firing drive from being operated prior to the closure drive applying a sufficient clamping pressure to the tissue. The closure drive comprises a trocar shaft 3450 and an anvil, such as anvil 2230, for example, attached to the trocar shaft 3450. Similar to the above, the trocar shaft 3450 is movable from an extended position (FIG. 78 ) to a retracted position (FIG. 79 ) to compress tissue against a cartridge body of the tool assembly 3400. The firing drive comprises a rotatable shaft 3460 configured to displace a staple driver distally and eject staples from the cartridge body.

The firing drive lockout 3490 is positioned intermediate the trocar shaft 3450 of the closure drive and the rotatable shaft 3460 of the firing drive. The firing drive lockout 3490 comprises a distal plate 3492, a proximal plate 3494, and a spring 3493 positioned intermediate the distal plate 3492 and the proximal plate 3494. The firing drive lockout 3490 further comprises a lock pin 3498 movable between a locked configuration (FIG. 78 ) in which the lock pin 3498 is engaged with the shaft 3460 and an unlocked configuration (FIG. 79 ) in which the lock pin 3498 is disengaged from the shaft 3460. The lock pin 3498 is positioned in a pin chamber 3496 defined between the distal plate 3492 and the proximal plate 3494. More specifically, the lock pin 3498 comprises a beveled head positioned intermediate a cam 3495 defined on the distal plate 3492 and a cam 3495 defined on the proximal plate 3494. When the trocar shaft 3450 is retracted proximally, the trocar shaft 3450 pushes the distal plate 3492 proximally and the cam 3495 defined on the distal plate 3492 engages the head of the lock pin 3498. In such instances, the cam 3495 defined on the distal plate 3492, in co-operation with the cam 3495 defined on the proximal plate 3494, displace the lock pin 3498 into its unlocked configuration, as illustrated in FIG. 79 .

As discussed above, the cams 3495 of the firing drive lockout 3490 squeeze the head of the lock pin 3498 as the distal plate 3492 is moved toward the proximal plate 3494 by the trocar shaft 3450. More specifically, the cams 3495 drive the lock pin 3498 inwardly and out of engagement with the rotatable shaft 3460. The lock pin 3498 is positioned in a lock aperture 3468 defined in the shaft 3460 when the lock pin 3498 is in its locked configuration and, owing to the interaction between the lock pin 3498 and the sidewalls of the lock aperture 3468, the lock pin 3498 prevents the shaft 3460 from rotating. As a result, the staples cannot be fired from the cartridge body by the firing drive. When the lock pin 3498 is moved into is unlocked configuration, as discussed above, the lock pin 3498 is moved out of the lock aperture and the shaft 3460 can be rotated by the firing drive to fire the staples from the cartridge body. In various embodiments, the shaft 3460 can include a circumferential array of lock apertures 3468 defined in the shaft 3460, each of which is configured to receive the lock pin 3498 and lockout the firing drive. Referring again to FIGS. 79-81 , the firing drive lockout 3490 further comprises a biasing member, such as a spring 3499, for example, which is configured to bias the lock pin 3498 into a lock aperture 3468.

Further to the above, the spring 3493 of the firing drive lockout 3490 is configured to resist the proximal movement of the trocar shaft 3450. The spring 3493 is a linear coil spring; however, any suitable spring could be used. Moreover, more than one spring could be used. In any event, the spring 3493, or spring system, has a stiffness which applies a spring force to the distal plate 3492 of the firing drive lockout 3490 as the trocar shaft 3450 is retracted. Stated another way, the force applied to the distal plate 3492 by the spring 3493 increases in proportion to the distance in which the trocar shaft 3450 is displaced proximally. The spring force generated by the spring 3493 opposes the clamping force that the anvil 2230 is applying to the tissue. As a result, the clamping force must overcome a certain, or predetermined, spring force being generated by the spring 3493 in order to sufficiently displace the distal plate 3492 and unlock the firing drive. In such instances, the tissue clamping force must meet a predetermined threshold before the firing drive lockout 3490 can be deactivated and the staple firing drive can be actuated.

As discussed in connection with various embodiments disclosed herein, a staple firing drive drives staples against an anvil to deform the staples to a desired formed height. In various instances, the staple firing drive is also configured to push a cutting member, such as a knife, for example, distally to cut tissue captured between the cartridge body and the anvil. In such instances, the knife is exposed above the deck of the cartridge body. That said, the anvil is positioned in close relationship to the cartridge body when the anvil is in its closed, or clamped, position and the knife is, for the most part, covered by the anvil even though the knife is exposed above the cartridge body. In the event that the anvil were to be moved to its open position and/or detached from the closure drive before the knife is retracted below the deck of the cartridge body, the knife would be uncovered and exposed. A tool assembly 3500 is illustrated in FIGS. 82-84 which comprises a lockout 3590 configured to prevent the anvil from being moved into its open position while the knife is exposed above the cartridge deck.

The tool assembly 3500 comprises a closure drive and a firing drive. The closure drive comprises a trocar shaft 3550 and an anvil 3530 releasably attachable to the trocar shaft 3550. Similar to the above, the trocar shaft 3550 is translatable proximally and distally by a rotatable closure shaft 2440 threadably engaged with the trocar shaft 3550. The firing drive comprises a rotatable shaft 3562 and a translatable collar 3560 threadably engaged with the rotatable shaft 3562. Similar to the above, the collar 3560 is translatable proximally and distally when the shaft 3562 is rotated in first and second directions, respectively. Also similar to the above, the collar 3560 of the firing drive is configured to advance and retract an array of staple drivers and a knife assembly 2570 toward and away from the anvil 3530.

Further to the above, the lockout 3590 comprises a lock arm 3592 rotatably mounted to the shaft 3562 of the firing drive about a pivot 3594. The lockout 3590 further comprises a biasing member, or spring, 3599 engaged with the lock arm 3592 which is configured to bias the lock arm 3592 into contact with the anvil 3530. In use, the anvil 3530 is assembled to the trocar shaft 3550 and the trocar shaft 3550 is then retracted to position the anvil 3530 in its closed, or clamped, position relative to the cartridge body. As the anvil 3530 is being retracted, the lock arm 3592 of the lockout 3590 slides against the outer surface of the anvil 3530 until the lock arm 3592 is aligned with a lock recess 3532 defined in the anvil 3530. At such point, the spring 3599 biases the lock arm 3592 into the lock recess 3532, as illustrated in FIG. 83 . More specifically, the lock arm 3592 is positioned behind a lock shoulder which defines the lock recess 3532. The firing drive can then be operated to fire the staples and cut the tissue. In such instances, the cutting edge of the knife assembly 2570 is exposed above the cartridge body and, owing to the lockout 3590, the closure drive is locked out, or prevented from being opened, until the cutting edge of the knife assembly 2570 is no longer exposed.

Referring primarily to FIG. 82 , the lock arm 3592 further comprises a reset tab 3593 extending therefrom. The collar 3560 of the firing drive further comprises a cam 3563 configured to engage the reset tab 3593 when the collar 3560 and the knife assembly 2570 are retracted proximally by the firing drive. The cam 3563 is configured to rotate the lock arm 3592 downwardly out of engagement with the lock shoulder defined in the lock recess 3532 and unlock the closure drive. The cam 3563 is configured to unlock the closure drive when the cutting edge of the knife assembly 2570 has been retracted below the cartridge deck; however, in other embodiments, the cam 3563 can unlock the closure drive when the cutting edge is flush with, or at least substantially flush with, the cartridge deck. In some embodiments, the closure drive may not be unlocked until the knife assembly 2570 has been completely retracted. Once the closure drive has been unlocked, the closure drive can be operated to move the anvil 3530 to an open, or unclamped, position once again.

Once the staples of an interchangeable tool assembly have been fired, according to various embodiments, the tool assembly may not be re-used. As discussed in greater detail below, a tool assembly can include a lockout configured to prevent the tool assembly from being re-clamped onto tissue after it has been used to staple tissue.

In at least one embodiment, referring now to FIGS. 83-86 , an interchangeable tool assembly 3600 comprises a closure drive configured to position an anvil, such as anvil 2230, for example, relative to a staple cartridge and a firing drive configured to drive staples from the staple cartridge. Similar to the above, the anvil 2230 is attachable to a translatable trocar shaft 3650 of the closure drive. Also similar to the above, the firing drive comprises a rotatable shaft 3660, a translatable collar 2550 threadably engaged with the rotatable shaft 3660, and a staple firing driver 2560 displaceable by the rotatable shaft 3660. In use, the closure drive is operable to position the anvil 2230 in a clamped position relative to the staple cartridge and the firing driver is then operable to fire the staples into tissue captured between the anvil 2230 and the staple cartridge. Thereafter, the closure drive is operated to open the anvil 2230 and release the tissue.

Further to the above, the tool assembly 3600 comprises a lockout 3690 configured to prevent the anvil 2230 from being reclamped onto the tissue. The lockout 3690 comprises a lock arm 3692 rotatably mounted to the rotatable shaft 3660 which is held in an unlocked configuration by the firing drive as the closure drive moves the anvil 2230 between an open, unclamped position (FIG. 83 ) and a closed, clamped position (FIG. 84 ). The lock arm 3692 is held in its unlocked configuration between the rotatable shaft 3660 and the translatable collar 2550 as the trocar shaft 3650 and the anvil 2230 are moved relative to the firing drive to position the anvil 2230 relative to the staple cartridge. The arm 3692 is held in its unlocked configuration until the firing drive is operated, as illustrated in FIG. 85 . As the shaft 3460 is rotated in a first direction, the collar 2550 is displaced distally and a spring 3699 of the lockout 3690 can bias the lock arm 3692 against the trocar shaft 3650. The trocar shaft 3650 rotates relative to the lock arm 3692 as the collar 2550 is displaced distally to fire the staples and then retracted proximally. The closure drive can then be operated to re-open the anvil 2230 to unclamp the tissue and/or detach the anvil 2230 from the trocar shaft 3650. As the anvil 2230 is being re-opened, the spring 3699 biases the lock arm 3692 into a lock recess 3652 defined in the trocar shaft 3650 and/or anvil 2230. Once the lock arm 3692 is positioned in the lock recess 3652, the lock arm 3692 prevents the trocar shaft 3650 from being retracted proximally. In the event that the closure drive is operated in an attempt to retract the trocars shaft 3650 the lock arm 3692 will abut a lock shoulder defined in the lock recess 3652 and prevent the retraction of the trocar shaft 3650 and anvil 2230. As a result, the lockout 3690 prevents the anvil 2230 from being re-clamped onto tissue after the tool assembly 3600 has undergone, or at least partially undergone, a firing cycle and the tool assembly 3600 cannot be used again. Moreover, the lockout 3690 can serve as a spent cartridge lockout.

Turning now to FIGS. 89 and 90 , a tool assembly 3700 comprises a staple cartridge 3720 and an anvil 3730. The tool assembly 3700 further comprises a closure system configured to move the anvil 3730 toward the staple cartridge 3720 and, in addition, a firing system configured to eject, or fire, staples removably stored in the staple cartridge 3720. The anvil 3730 comprises a longitudinal shaft portion 3736 and attachment arms 3738 extending from the shaft portion 3736 which are configured to resiliently grip a closure actuator, or trocar, 3734 of the closure system. The closure actuator 3734 is retractable proximally by a closure drive to move the trocar 3734 between an open, unclamped position (FIG. 89 ) and a closed, clamped position (FIG. 90 ). When the closure system is in its open configuration, as illustrated in FIG. 89 , the staple firing system is disabled and cannot be actuated to fire the staples stored in the staple cartridge 3720, as described in greater detail below.

Further to the above, the staple firing system comprises a rotatable firing shaft 3750 comprising a threaded distal end and, in addition, a translatable firing nut 2550 comprising a threaded aperture configured to receive the threaded distal end of the firing shaft 3750. Notably, referring to FIG. 89 , a gap is present between the threaded distal end of the firing shaft 3750 and the threaded aperture defined in the firing nut 2550 when the anvil 3730 is in its open position. As a result, the firing shaft 3750 cannot displace the firing nut 2550 distally until the firing shaft 3750 is threadably engaged with the firing nut 2550.

As illustrated in FIG. 90 , the attachment arms 3738 of the anvil 3730 are configured to engage the firing shaft 3750 and deflect the firing shaft 3750 outwardly when the anvil 3730 is moved into its closed position. Referring primarily to FIGS. 89A and 90A, the attachment arms 3738 are configured to engage inwardly-extending projections 3758 defined on the firing shaft 3750 and push the projections 3758 and the perimeter of the firing shaft 3750 outwardly. In such instances, the threaded distal end of the firing shaft 3750 is pushed into operative engagement with the threaded aperture of the firing nut 2550 at a thread interface 3790 and, at such point, the firing shaft 3750 can displace the firing nut 2550 distally to eject the staples from the staple cartridge 3720 when the firing shaft 3750 is rotated by a firing drive. When the anvil 3730 is re-opened, the firing shaft 3750 will return to its original configuration and become operably disengaged from the firing nut 2550.

As a result of the above, the tool assembly 3700 comprises a lockout which prevents the staples from being fired if the anvil 3730 is not attached to the closure system, if the anvil 3730 is improperly attached to the closure system, and/or if the anvil 3730 is not sufficiently closed.

Turning now to FIGS. 91 and 92 , a tool assembly 3800 comprises a replaceable staple cartridge including staples removably stored therein, an anvil configured to deform the staples, a closure drive system configured to move the anvil relative to the staple cartridge, and a firing system configured to eject the staples from the staple cartridge. As discussed below, the tool assembly 3800 further comprises a lockout configured to prevent the firing system from being operated unless the staple cartridge is fully seated onto the tool assembly 3800.

The staple cartridge comprises a cartridge frame 3820 configured to engage a shaft frame 3810 of the tool assembly 3800. The staple cartridge further comprises a drive shaft 3830 which is inserted into the shaft frame 3810 when the staple cartridge is assembled to the tool assembly 3800. More particularly, referring primarily to FIG. 94 , the drive shaft 3830 comprises a proximal end 3832 including an annular gear portion 3833 which is configured to engage and compress a transmission 3860 of the firing system when the staple cartridge is assembled to the tool assembly 3800. Referring primarily to FIG. 92 , the transmission 3860 comprises a first portion 3862, a second portion 3864, and a third portion 3868 which, when pushed into operative engagement with each other, are able to transmit a rotary input motion to the drive shaft 3830.

Referring primarily to FIGS. 93 and 94 , the annular gear portion 3833 of the drive shaft 3830 is configured to engage a corresponding gear portion 3863 defined on the distal side of the first transmission portion 3862 and, when the first transmission portion 3862 is pushed proximally by the drive shaft 3830, the first transmission portion 3862 can operably engage the second transmission portion 3864. More specifically, the first transmission portion 3862 comprises a proximal gear portion 3865 which engages a distal gear portion 3866 of the second transmission portion 3864 and, concurrently, pushes the second transmission portion 3864 proximally when the first transmission portion 3862 is pushed proximally by the drive shaft 3830. When the second transmission portion 3864 is pushed proximally by the first transmission portion 3862, similar to the above, the second transmission portion 3864 can operably engage the third transmission portion 3868. More specifically, the second transmission portion 3862 comprises a proximal gear portion 3867 which engages a distal gear portion 3869 of the third transmission portion 3864 when the first transmission portion 3862 and the second transmission portion 3864 are pushed proximally by the drive shaft 3830. The third transmission portion 3868 is operably coupled to an input shaft and supported from being displaced proximally by the input shaft and/or the shaft housing 3810.

Referring primarily to FIG. 91 , the transmission 3860 further comprises at least one spring member 3870 positioned intermediate the first transmission portion 3862 and the second transmission portion 3864. In at least one instance, the spring member 3870 can comprise one or more wave springs, for example. The spring member 3870 is configured to bias the first transmission portion 3862 and the second transmission portion 3864 apart from one another. In addition to or in lieu of the above, the transmission 3860 further comprises at least one spring member 3870 positioned intermediate the second transmission portion 3864 and the third transmission portion 3868 which, similar to the above, is configured to bias the second transmission portion 3864 and the third transmission portion 3868 apart from one another. Referring primarily to FIG. 95 , each spring member 3870 comprises two disc springs 3872 which are configured to deflect when a compressive force is applied thereto; however, the springs members 3870 can comprise any suitable configuration.

Further to the above, and referring again to FIG. 91 , the input shaft of the tool assembly 3800 can rotate the third transmission portion 3868; however, the rotation of the third transmission portion 3868 cannot be transmitted to the second transmission portion 3864 unless the spring member 3870 positioned intermediate the second transmission portion 3864 and the third transmission portion 3868 has been sufficiently compressed to connect the proximal gear portion 3867 of the second transmission portion 3864 with the distal gear portion 3869 of the third transmission portion 3868. Similarly, the second transmission portion 3864 cannot transmit rotary motion to the first transmission portion 3862 unless the spring member 3870 positioned intermediate the first transmission portion 3862 and the second transmission portion 3864 has been sufficiently compressed to connect the proximal gear portion 3865 of the first transmission portion 3862 and the distal gear portion 3866 of the second transmission portion 3864. As discussed above, the drive shaft 3830 engages the first transmission portion 3862 with the second transmission portion 3864 and engages the second transmission portion 3864 with the third transmission portion 3868 when the staple cartridge is fully seated onto the shaft frame 3810, as illustrated in FIG. 92 . In such instances, the rotation of the input shaft can be transmitted to the drive shaft 3830. If the staple cartridge is not fully seated onto the shaft frame 3810, however, one or more of the transmission portions 3862, 3864, and 3868 are not operably engaged with each other and the rotation of the input shaft cannot be transmitted to the drive shaft 3830. Thus, the tool assembly 3800 assures that the staples stored within the staple cartridge cannot be ejected from the staple cartridge unless the staple cartridge is fully seated onto the shaft frame 3810.

Turning now to FIGS. 96-98 , a tool assembly 3900 comprises a shaft 3910 and a replaceable staple cartridge 3920. The replaceable staple cartridge 3920 comprises a closure drive configured to move an anvil relative to the staple cartridge 3920 and, in addition, a firing drive comprising a rotatable firing shaft 3930 configured to eject staples removably stored in the staple cartridge 3920. Similar to the above, the tool assembly 3900 comprises a lockout configured to prevent the firing drive from ejecting the staples from the staple cartridge 3920 unless the staple cartridge 3920 is fully, or sufficiently, seated onto the shaft 3910. More specifically, the lockout prevents the firing shaft 3930 from rotating within the staple cartridge 3920 unless the staple cartridge 3920 is fully, or sufficiently, seated onto the shaft 3910. In various instances, referring to FIG. 97 , the firing shaft 3930 comprises an annular array of lock apertures 3939 defined in the outer perimeter thereof and the staple cartridge 3920 comprises at least one lock 3929 configured to releasably engage a lock aperture 3939 defined in the shaft 3930. The lock 3929 comprises a proximally-extending cantilever beam; however, any suitable configuration could be utilized. The lock 3929 further comprises a locking projection that extends into the lock aperture 3939 and prevents the firing shaft 3930 from rotating, or at least substantially rotating, relative to the body of the staple cartridge 3920. The lock 3929 is configured such that it is biased into engagement with a lock aperture 3939 defined in the firing shaft 3930 until the lock 3929 is lifted out of the lock aperture 3939 when the staple cartridge 3920 is fully, or sufficiently, assembled to the shaft 3910, as illustrated in FIG. 98 . Referring to FIG. 98 , the outer housing of the shaft 3910 comprises a wedge 3919 configured to lift the lock 3929 away from the firing shaft 3930 and disengage the lock 3929 from the lock aperture 3939. The wedge 3919 is configured such that it does not disengage the lock 3929 from the firing shaft 3930 unless the staple cartridge 3920 has been fully, or sufficiently, seated onto the shaft 3910, as illustrated in FIG. 98 . FIG. 97 illustrates a scenario where the staple cartridge 3920 has not been fully, or sufficiently, seated onto the shaft 3910.

Turning now to FIGS. 99-101 , a tool assembly 4000 comprises a shaft 4010 and a replaceable staple cartridge 4020. The replaceable staple cartridge 4020 comprises a closure drive configured to move an anvil relative to the staple cartridge 4020 and, in addition, a firing drive comprising a rotatable firing shaft 3930 configured to eject staples removably stored in the staple cartridge 4020. The staple cartridge 4020 comprises a lock 4029 configured to releasably connect the staple cartridge 4020 to the shaft 4010. The lock 4029 comprises a proximally-extending cantilever and a lock shoulder 4028 extending therefrom. The lock 4029 is configured to deflect inwardly within the shaft 4010 as the staple cartridge 4020 is assembled to the shaft 4010 and then resiliently return to, or at least toward, its undeflected state when the lock shoulder 4028 of the lock 4029 becomes aligned with a window 4019 defined in the outer housing of the shaft 4010. In such instances, the lock shoulder 4028 enters into the window 4019 when the staple cartridge 4020 has been fully, or sufficiently, seated on the shaft 4010, as illustrated in FIG. 100 . In order to unlock the staple cartridge 4020, a clinician can insert a tool or their finger, for example, into the window and depress the lock 4029 away from the window 4019. At such point, the staple cartridge 4020 can be removed from the shaft 4010 and, if the clinician so desires, and attach a new staple cartridge to the shaft 4010.

In addition to or in lieu of the above, a surgical stapling system can comprise an electrical lockout configured to prevent the closure drive of the stapling system from clamping the anvil onto the tissue and/or prevent the firing drive from performing its firing stroke when a staple cartridge has not been fully, or sufficiently, seated onto the shaft of the stapling system. In various instances, the stapling system can comprise a sensor configured to detect whether a staple cartridge has been fully, or sufficiently, seated on the shaft and, in addition, an electrical motor configured to operate the firing drive. In the event that the sensor detects that a staple cartridge has not been fully, or sufficiently, attached to the shaft, the motor can be electrically de-activated. In various instances, the stapling system comprises a controller, such as a microprocessor, for example, which is in communication with the sensor and the electric motor. In at least one instance, the controller is configured to, one, permit the electric motor to be operated if the sensor detects a properly seated staple cartridge on the shaft and, two, prevent the electric motor from being operated if the sensor detects an improperly seated staple cartridge on the shaft.

Turning now to FIG. 102 , a tool assembly kit 4100 comprises a shaft 4110 and a plurality of staple cartridges, such as 4120, 4120′, 4120″, and 4120‴, for example. Each staple cartridge 4120, 4120′, 4120″, and 4120‴ is configured to apply circular rows of staples having a different diameter. For example, the staple cartridge 4120‴ is configured to apply staples in a pattern having a large diameter while the staple cartridge 4120 is configured to apply staples in a pattern having a small diameter. In various instances, different staple cartridges can deploy staples having different unformed heights. In at least one instance, staple cartridges that apply staples in larger patterns deploy staples having a larger undeformed height while staple cartridges that apply staples in smaller patterns deploy staples having a smaller undeformed height. In some instances, a staple cartridge can deploy staples having two or more unformed heights. In any event, a staple cartridge selected from the plurality of staple cartridges can be assembled to the shaft 4110.

Referring to FIGS. 102 and 103 , the tool assembly 4100 comprises a detection circuit 4190 configured to detect whether a staple cartridge is fully, or sufficiently, attached to the shaft 4110. The detection circuit 4190 is not entirely contained within the shaft 4110; rather, a staple cartridge must be properly assembled to the shaft 4110 to complete the detection circuit 4190. The detection circuit 4190 comprises conductors 4193 that extend through a passage 4192 defined in the frame of the shaft 4110 and/or along the outer housing of the shaft 4110. Referring primarily to FIG. 103 , each conductor 4193 is electrically coupled to an electrical contact 4194 defined in the distal end of the housing. The staple cartridge 4120, for example, comprises corresponding electrical contacts 4195 which are positioned and arranged on the body 4122 of the staple cartridge 4120 such that the contacts 4195 engage the contacts 4194 on the shaft 4110. The staple cartridge 4120 further comprises conductors 4196 extending through and/or along the cartridge body 4122. Each conductor 4196 is electrically coupled with a contact 4195. In certain instances, the conductors 4196 are directly coupled to one another and, in such instances, the detection circuit 4190 is closed once the staple cartridge 4120 is properly assembled to the shaft 4110.

In certain instances, further to the above, the detection circuit 4190 of the tool assembly 4100 extends through a deck portion 4124 of the staple cartridge 4120. In at least one instance, the deck portion 4124 is movably attached to the cartridge body 4122. More specifically, in at least one such instance, spring members 4198 are positioned intermediate the cartridge body 4122 and the deck portion 4124 and are configured to permit the deck portion 4124 to move, or float, relative to the cartridge body 4122 when tissue is compressed against the deck portion 4124. In at least one instance, the spring members 4198 comprise one or more wave springs, for example. The spring members 4198 also form an electrically conductive pathway between the cartridge body 4122 and the deck portion 4124. More specifically, the spring members 4198 are positioned intermediate electrical contacts 4197 and 4199 defined on the cartridge body 4122 and the deck portion 4124, respectively. The conductors 4196 are electrically coupled to electrical contacts 4197 defined on the distal end of the cartridge body 4122 and the electrical contacts 4199 are electrically coupled to one another through a conductor in the deck portion 4125. As discussed above, the detection circuit 4190 is closed once the staple cartridge 4120 is properly assembled to the shaft 4110.

Turning now to FIGS. 104-106 , a tool assembly 4200 comprises a lockout configured to prevent a replaceable circular staple cartridge from being fired more than once, as described in greater detail further below. In use, a replaceable circular staple cartridge 4220 is assembled to a shaft 4210 of the tool assembly 4200. The tool assembly 4200 is then positioned in the surgical site and an anvil 2230 is assembled to the trocar 2450 of the closure drive. The closure drive is then used to move the anvil 2230 toward the staple cartridge 4220 to clamp the patient’s tissue against the staple cartridge 4220 until the anvil 2230 reaches a closed, or clamped, position. This position of the anvil 2230 is illustrated in FIG. 104 . At such point, the firing drive can be operated to deploy the staples removably stored in the staple cartridge 4220. The firing drive comprises, among other things, a rotatable drive shaft 4230 which is threadably engaged with a drive collar 4240 and, in addition, a staple firing driver 2560. The drive collar 4240 and the firing driver 2560 comprise separate components; however, the drive collar 4240 and the firing driver 2560 could be integrally formed in alternative embodiments. The firing drive is rotatable in a first direction during a firing stroke to push the drive collar 4240 and the staple firing driver 2560 distally between an unfired position (FIG. 104 ) and a fired position (FIG. 105 ) to eject the staples from the staple cartridge 4220. The drive collar 4240 and the staple driver 2560 are prevented from rotating within the staple cartridge 4220 and, as a result, the drive shaft 4230 rotates relative to the drive collar 4240 and the staple driver 2560.

Further to the above, the drive collar 4240 comprises one or more lockouts 4290 extending proximally therefrom. Each lockout 4290 comprises a lockout pin 4292 slidably positioned within a pin aperture 4293 defined in the drive collar 4240. Each lockout 4290 further comprises a biasing member, such as a spring 4294, for example, configured to bias the pins 4292 proximally. When the firing drive is in its unfired configuration, as illustrated in FIG. 104 , the lockouts 4290 are not engaged with the rotatable drive shaft 4230 and/or the frame 4222 of the staple cartridge 4220. As the drive collar 4240 and the staple driver 2560 are pushed distally by the drive shaft 4230, the lockout pins 4292 move away from the drive shaft 4230, as illustrated in FIG. 105 . After the firing stroke has been completed and the staples have been sufficiently deformed against the anvil 2230, the drive shaft 4230 is rotated in an opposite direction to pull the drive collar 4240 and the staple driver 4260 proximally during a retraction stroke. In such instances, the lockouts 4290 are moved toward the drive shaft 4230. Notably, the retraction stroke is longer than the firing stroke and, as a result, the drive collar 4240 is moved proximally with respect to its original unfired position into a retracted position, as illustrated in FIG. 106 . In this retracted position of the drive collar 4240, the lockouts 4290 have become engaged with the drive shaft 4230 and the frame 4222 of the staple cartridge 4220. More specifically, each lockout 4290 has entered into a lockout aperture defined between the drive shaft 4230 and the cartridge frame 4222. Referring now to FIG. 108 , each lockout aperture is defined by an aperture wall 4295 in the drive shaft 4230 and an aperture wall 4296 in the frame 4222. Once the lockout pins 4292 have entered the lockout apertures, the drive collar 4240 cannot be rotated by the drive shaft 4230 and the firing system of the staple cartridge 4220 has become locked out. As a result, that particular staple cartridge 4220 cannot be used again and must be replaced with a new staple cartridge in order for the tool assembly 4200 to be used again.

The reader should appreciate, further to the above, that the lockout pins 4292 may or may not be partially positioned in the lockout apertures when the firing drive is in its unfired configuration as illustrated in FIG. 104 . To the extent, however, that the lockout pins 4292 are partially positioned in the lockout apertures, in such instances, the pins 4292 can displace distally within the pin apertures 4293 defined in the drive collar 4240 when the firing drive shaft 4230 is rotated. As the reader should also appreciate, the lockout pins 4292 are seated deeply enough into the lockout apertures defined in the drive shaft 4230 when the drive collar 4240 is moved into its retracted position so as to prevent the pins 4292 from being displaced distally out of the lockout apertures if the firing drive shaft 4230 is rotated in its first direction once again.

Referring again to FIG. 108 , the sidewalls 4295 and 4296 of the lockout apertures are aligned with one another when the drive collar 4240 is in its retracted position. When the drive shaft 4230 is rotated, however, the sidewalls 4295 defined in the drive shaft 4230 will rotate out of alignment with the sidewalls 4296 defined in the cartridge frame 4222. In some instances, the sidewalls 4295 may momentarily rotate into re-alignment with the sidewalls 4296 as the firing drive 4230 is rotated. In any event, referring now to FIG. 107 , the sidewalls 4295 are not aligned with the sidewalls 4296 when the firing system is in its unfired configuration. As a result, the lockout pins 4292 cannot enter into the lockout apertures when the firing system is in its unfired configuration and the staple cartridge 4220 cannot become unintentionally locked out.

In at least one alternative embodiment, referring now to FIG. 110 , one or more lockout apertures 4295″ can be exclusively defined in a drive shaft 4230″ of a tool assembly 4200″. In such embodiments, the drive collar 4240 would not be able to rotate relative to the drive shaft 4230″ once the lockout pins 4292 entered into the lockout apertures 4295″. In effect, the drive collar 4240 and the drive shaft 4230″ would become synchronously locked together, but not necessarily locked to the frame of the tool assembly 4200″, which would prevent the drive shaft 4230″ from rotating relative to the drive collar 2440 and displacing the drive collar 2440 distally.

In at least one alternative embodiment, referring now to FIG. 109 , each of the firing drive lockouts has a different configuration such that each lockout pin is uniquely indexed with its corresponding lockout aperture. For example, the tool assembly 4200′ comprises a first lockout pin configured to enter a first lockout aperture defined by sidewalls 4295 and 4296 and a second lockout pin configured to enter a second lockout aperture defined by sidewalls 4295′ and 4296′. The first lockout pin of the tool assembly 4200′, however, is sized and configured such that it cannot enter into the second lockout aperture and, correspondingly, the second lockout pin is sized and configured such that it cannot enter into the first lockout aperture. Moreover, neither the first lockout pin nor the second lockout pin can enter an aperture formed by a combination of sidewalls 4295 and 4296′ or an aperture formed by a combination of sidewalls 4295′ and 4296.

As discussed above, a stapling instrument configured to deploy circular rows of staples can comprise an articulation joint. The articulation joint is configured to permit an end effector of the stapling instrument to articulate relative to a shaft of the stapling instrument. Such a stapling instrument can assist a surgeon in positioning the end effector within the rectum and/or colon of a patient. In various embodiments, referring to FIG. 111 , a stapling instrument configured to deploy circular rows of staples, such as stapling instrument 9000, for example, can be can comprise a contourable or adjustable frame 9010. The frame 9010 can be configured to be permanently deformed during use. In at least one such embodiment, the frame 9010 is comprised of a malleable metal, such as silver, platinum, palladium, nickel, gold, and/or copper, for example. In certain embodiments, the frame 9010 is comprised of a malleable plastic, for example. In at least one embodiment, the frame is comprised of a polymer including metal ions bonded with the polymer chains, such as ionic polymer-metal composites (IPMCs), for example. A voltage potential, or potentials, can be applied to the IPMC material in order to defect the shaft in a desired manner. In certain instances, the shaft is contourable along one radius of curvature while, in other instances, the shaft is contourable along more than one radius of curvature. The voltage potential, or potentials, can be modified to contour the shaft while the shaft is within the patient, for example. In certain embodiments, the contourable portion of the frame comprises a plurality of pivotable links. In at least one embodiment, the contourable portion of the frame is comprised of a visco-elastic material.

Further to the above, the stapling instrument can further comprise a lock configured to releasably hold the contourable portion of the stapling instrument frame in its contoured configuration. In at least one instance, the stapling instrument frame comprises articulatable frame links and one or more longitudinal tension cables which can pull the frame links proximally and lock the frame links together. In certain instances, each frame link can comprise a longitudinal aperture extending therethrough which is configured to receive a distally movable rod. The rod is sufficiently flexible to pass through the longitudinal apertures, which may not be completely aligned with one another when the contourable portion has been contoured, yet sufficiently rigid to hold the stapling instrument in its contoured configuration.

Tool Assembly Displays

As discussed herein, a surgical instrument can be comprised of a plurality of modules that are assembled to one another. For instance, in at least one embodiment, a surgical instrument comprises a first module including a handle and a second module including a shaft assembly. The shaft assembly comprises an end effector configured to staple and/or incise the tissue of a patient; however, the shaft assembly can comprise any suitable end effector. In various instances, the end effector comprises a third module attachable to the shaft assembly. Referring now to FIGS. 112 and 113 , a handle, such as the handle 20, for example, comprises a controller and a display 10000 in communication with the controller. The controller is configured to display data regarding the operation of the surgical instrument on the display 10000. The data displayed on the display 10000 relates information to a surgeon regarding at least one operating parameter of the first module and/or at least one operating parameter of the second module. For example, the controller can display data on the display 10000 regarding the progress of the staple firing stroke.

Further to the above, the shaft assembly comprises a second display. For example, the shaft assembly 2000 comprises a display 10100; however, any of the shaft assemblies disclosed herein can comprise a display such as display 10100, for example. The second module comprises its own controller configured to display data regarding the operation of the surgical instrument on the display 10100. Similar to the above, the data displayed on the display 10100 relates information regarding at least one operating parameter of the first module and/or at least one operating parameter of the second module. The controller of the second module is in signal communication with the controller of the first module; however, in other embodiments, the second module controller can operate independently of the first module controller. In certain alternative embodiments, the second module does not comprise a controller. In such embodiments, the controller of the first module is in signal communication with the first display 10000 and the second display 10100 and controls the data displayed on the first display 10000 and the second display 10100.

As discussed above, the tool assembly 2000 comprises an anvil and a staple cartridge. The handle 20 comprises an actuation system configured to move the anvil relative to the staple cartridge. The anvil is positionable in a range of positions relative to the staple cartridge to control the distance, or gap, between the anvil and the staple cartridge and, as a result, control the forming height of the staples when the staples are ejected from the staple cartridge. For instance, the anvil is positioned closer to the staple cartridge to deform the staples to a shorter formed height and positioned further away from the staple cartridge to deform the staples to a taller formed height. In any event, the second display 10100 of the tool assembly 2000 is configured to display the position of the anvil relative to the staple cartridge and/or display the height in which the staples will be or have been formed. In various embodiments, a shaft assembly can comprise an actuator configured to control a function of the end effector and a display which displays data regarding the end effector function which is adjacent to the actuator.

As discussed above, the tool assembly 1500 comprises a shaft and an end effector extending from the shaft. The shaft comprises a shaft frame a longitudinal shaft axis. The end effector comprises an end effector frame and a longitudinal end effector axis. The end effector further comprises a distal head and a rotation joint which permits the distal head to rotate relative to the end effector frame about the longitudinal end effector axis. The distal head comprises a first jaw and a second jaw. The first jaw comprises a staple cartridge including staples removably stored therein, or a channel configured to receive such a staple cartridge, and the second jaw comprises an anvil configured to deform the staples. The second jaw is movable relative to the first jaw between an open position and a closed position; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which the first jaw is movable relative to the second jaw and/or both the first jaw and the second jaw are movable relative to each other.

In certain embodiments, a tool assembly can comprise an articulation joint in addition to the rotation joint. In at least one such embodiment, the rotation joint is distal with respect to the articulation joint. In such an embodiment, the rotation of the distal head does not affect the angle in which the end effector has been articulated. That said, other embodiments are envisioned in which the articulation joint is distal with respect to the rotation joint. Such embodiments can provide a wide sweep of the distal head. In either event, the longitudinal end effector axis is movable relative to the longitudinal shaft axis. In at least one instance, the longitudinal end effector axis is movable between a position in which it is collinear with the longitudinal shaft axis to a position in which it is transverse to the longitudinal shaft axis.

Further to the above, the distal head of the tool assembly 1500 is rotatable between an initial position and a rotated position. In at least one instance, the distal head is rotatable between a zero, or top-dead-center, position and a second position. In certain instances, the distal head is rotatable through an at least 360 degree range of motion. In other instances, the distal head is rotatable through a less than 360 degree range of rotation. In either event, the tool assembly 1500 and/or the handle 20 is configured to track the rotational position of the distal head. In various instances, the tool assembly 1500 and/or the handle 20 comprises an electric motor operably coupled with the distal head of the end effector and, in addition, an encoder configured to directly track the rotation of the distal head and/or indirectly track the rotation of the distal head by evaluating the rotational position of the shaft of the electric motor, for example. The controller of the handle 20 is in signal communication with the encoder and is configured to display the rotational position of the distal head on the display 10000, for example.

In at least one embodiment, the orientation and the arrangement of the data displayed on the display 10000 is static while the distal head of the end effector rotates. Of course, the data displayed on the display 10000 in such an embodiment would be updated by the surgical instrument controller; however the data display is not re-oriented and/or re-arranged as the distal head rotates. Such an embodiment can provide a surgeon with the information necessary to properly utilize the surgical instrument in a static field. In at least one alternative embodiment, the data field on the display 10000 is dynamic. In this context, the term dynamic means more than the data being updated on the display 10000; rather, the term dynamic means that the data is re-oriented and/or re-arranged on the display 10000 as the distal head is rotated. In at least one instance, the orientation of the data tracks the orientation of the distal head. For example, if the distal head is rotated 30 degrees, the data field on the display 10000 is rotated 30 degrees. In various instances, the distal head is rotatable 360 degrees and the data field is rotatable 360 degrees.

Further to the above, the data field can be oriented in any orientation that matches the orientation of the distal head. Such an embodiment can provide a surgeon with an accurate and intuitive sense of the orientation of the distal head. In certain embodiments, the controller orients the data field in an orientation selected from an array of discrete positions that most closely matches the orientation of the distal head. For instance, if the distal head has been rotated 27 degrees and the selectable discrete data field positions are 15 degrees apart, the controller can re-orient the data field 30 degrees from a datum orientation. Similarly, for example, if the distal head has been rotated 17 degrees and the selectable discrete data field positions are 5 degrees apart, the controller can re-orient the data field 15 degrees from the datum orientation. In at least one embodiment, the datum orientation is aligned with a feature of the surgical instrument itself. For example, the datum orientation of the handle 20 is aligned with an axis extending through a grip of the handle 20. In such an embodiment, the controller can disregard the orientation of the handle 20 with respect to its environment. In at least one alternative embodiment, however, the datum orientation is aligned with respect to the gravitational axis, for example.

Further to the above, the controller is configured to re-orient the entire data field displayed on the display 10000 with respect to the orientation of the distal head. In other embodiments, the controller is configured to re-orient only a portion of the data field displaced on the display 10000 with respect to the orientation of the distal head. In such an embodiment, a portion of the data field is held static with respect to the datum orientation while another portion of the data field is rotated with respect to the datum orientation. In certain embodiments, a first portion of the data field is rotated a first angle of rotation and a second portion of the data field is rotated a second angle of rotation in the same direction. For instance, the second portion can be rotated less than the first portion. In various embodiments, a first portion of the data field is rotated in a first direction and a second portion of the data field is rotated in a second, or opposite, direction.

Further to the above, the data field is re-oriented and/or re-arranged in real time, or at least substantially in real time, with the rotation of the distal head. Such an embodiment provides a very responsive data display. In other embodiments, the re-orientation and/or re-arrangement of the data field can lag the rotation of the distal head. Such embodiments can provide a data display with less jitter. In various embodiments, a first portion of the data field is re-oriented and/or re-arranged at a first speed and a second portion of the data field is re-oriented and/or re-arranged at a second, or different, speed. For instance, the second potion can be rotated at a slower speed.

As discussed above, the data field on the display 10000 is rotated as the distal head of the end effector is rotated. However, in other embodiments, the data field, or a portion of the data field, is translated as the distal head is rotated. As also discussed above, the controller of the surgical instrument is configured to re-orient and/or re-arrange the data field on the handle display 10000. However, the controller of the surgical instrument can re-orient and/or re-arrange the data field on a second display, such as a shaft display, for example.

Referring again to FIGS. 45 and 113 , the tool assembly 2000 comprises an actuator 10200 configured to actuate the articulation drive system of the tool assembly 2000. The actuator 10200 is rotatable about a longitudinal axis which is parallel to, or at least substantially parallel to, a longitudinal axis of the shaft 2100, for example. The actuator 10200 is operably coupled to a rheostat, for example, which is in signal communication with a controller of the handle 20. When the actuator 10200 is rotated in a first direction about its longitudinal axis, the rheostat detects the rotation of the actuator 10200 and the controller operates the electric motor to articulate the end effector 2200 in a first direction. Similarly, when the actuator 10200 is rotated in a second, or opposite, direction about its longitudinal axis, the rheostat detects the rotation of the actuator 10200 and the controller operates the electric motor to articulate the end effector 2200 in a second, or opposite, direction. In various instances, the end effector 2200 can be articulated approximately 30 degrees from a longitudinal axis in a first direction and/or articulated approximately 30 degrees from the longitudinal axis in a second, or opposite, direction, for example.

As the reader should appreciate, further to the above, the tool assembly 2000 does not have an on-board electric motor configured to operate the articulation drive system; rather, the electric motor of the articulation drive system is in the handle, such as handle 20, for example, to which the tool assembly 2000 is attached. As a result, an actuator on the detachable shaft assembly controls the operation of the handle. In other embodiments, the electric motor of the articulation driver system can be in the tool assembly 2000. In either event, the display 10100 is configured to display, in at least some manner, the articulation of the end effector 2200. As the reader should appreciate, the display 10100 is adjacent the actuator 10200 and, as a result, the surgeon is able to easily view the input and the output of the articulation drive system at the same time.

A surgical tool assembly comprising a contourable shaft, further to the above, can be advantageously shaped to fit within the rectum or colon of a patient, for example. Such a contourable shaft, however, cannot bear a significant amount of tensile and/or compressive loads. To compensate therefor, in various embodiments, only rotatable drive systems may extend through the contourable portion of the shaft. In such instances, the shaft need only resist the rotational reaction forces generated by the rotatable drive systems. In such embodiments, the rotational motion of the drive systems can be converted to linear motion, if necessary, distally with respect to the contourable shaft portion. Such longitudinal motions can generate tensile and/or compressive forces; however, such forces can be resolved, or balanced out, within the end effector, i.e., distally with respect to the contourable shaft portion. Such embodiments can also utilize an articulation joint positioned distally with respect to the contourable shaft portion. In such embodiments, the tool assembly may not utilize push-pull drive systems which traverse the contourable shaft portion.

Interchangeable Tool Assemblies

A surgical stapling tool assembly, or attachment, 11100 is depicted in FIGS. 114-129 . The tool assembly 11100 is configured to capture, clamp, staple, and cut tissue during a surgical procedure. Referring primarily to FIG. 114 , the tool assembly 11100 comprises an attachment portion 11200, a shaft assembly 11300, an articulation joint 11400, and an end effector assembly 11500. The tool assembly 11100 is configured to be attached to an instrument interface by way of the attachment portion 11200. The instrument interface can comprise a surgical instrument handle such as those disclosed herein. Other embodiments are envisioned where the tool assembly 11100 is not readily attachable to and detachable from an instrument interface and, instead, is part of a unitary instrument. The attachment portion 11200 is configured to receive rotary control motions from the instrument interface to which the tool assembly 11100 is attached and transfer the rotary control motions to the shaft assembly 11300. The shaft assembly 11300 communicates these rotary control motions to the end effector assembly 11500 through the articulation joint 11400.

The attachment portion 11200, illustrated in greater detail in FIG. 117 , is configured to be attached to an instrument interface to provide the rotary control motions generated by the instrument interface to the shaft assembly 11300. The attachment portion 11200 comprises a primary attachment interface 11210 and a secondary attachment interface 11220 supported by an attachment portion housing 11201. The attachment interfaces 11210, 11220 are configured to be mated, or coupled, with corresponding attachment interfaces of the instrument interface. The corresponding attachment interfaces of a surgical instrument handle, for example, can comprise of gear trains configured to be rotated by one or more motors when actuated by a user which, when rotated, rotates the primary attachment interface 11210 and the secondary attachment interface 11220.

The user may choose to rotate both interfaces 11210, 11220 simultaneously or, in the alternative, to rotate the interfaces 11210, 11220 independently. The primary attachment interface 11210 is configured to rotate an input drive shaft 11211 and an input drive gear 11213 mounted thereto. The input drive shaft 11211 comprises a housing bearing 11212 configured to abut the housing 11201 and prevent the shaft 11211 from translating distally. The input drive gear 11213 is operably intermeshed with a transfer gear 11313 of the shaft assembly 11300 which is mounted to a main drive shaft 11311. As a result, the rotation of interface 11210 is transferred to shaft 11311. A similar arrangement is used for the secondary attachment interface 11220. The secondary attachment interface 11220 is configured to rotate an input drive shaft 11221 and an input drive gear 11223 mounted thereto. The input drive shaft 11221 comprises a housing bearing 11222 configured to abut the housing 11201 and prevent the shaft 11221 from translating distally. The input drive gear 11223 is operably intermeshed with a transfer gear 11323 of the shaft assembly 11300 which is mounted to a secondary drive shaft 11321. As a result, the rotation of interface 11220 is transferred to shaft 11321. The main drive shaft 11311 is housed within a shaft assembly housing 11301. The drive shaft 11311 transfers the rotary control motions from the attachment interface 11210 to the end effector assembly 11500 through the articulation joint 11400. The secondary drive shaft 11321 is also housed within the shaft assembly housing 11301. The secondary drive shaft 11321 transfers the rotary control motions from the attachment interface 11220 to the end effector assembly 11500 through the articulation joint 11400.

The articulation joint 11400 permits the end effector assembly 11500 to be passively articulated relative to the shaft assembly housing 11301. Referring primarily to FIGS. 118 and 119 , the articulation joint 11400 comprises a proximal yoke 11410 attached to the shaft housing 11301, a distal yoke 11430 attached to the end effector assembly 11500, and an articulation pin 11420 pivotably coupling the proximal yoke 11410 and the distal yoke 11430. The articulation pin 11420 is rotatably received within proximal yoke apertures 11411 and distal yoke apertures 11431 defined in the proximal yoke 11410 and the distal yoke 11430, respectively. The end effector assembly 11500 is configured to be articulated about an articulation axis AA defined by the articulation pin 11420 in directions transverse to a longitudinal tool axis LT defined by the tool assembly 11100 and, more specifically, the shaft housing 11301. The proximal yoke 11410 comprises an aperture 11419 extending longitudinally therethrough permitting the concentric main drive shaft 11311 and the secondary drive shaft 11321 to extend therethrough. The articulation pin 11420 also comprises an aperture 11421 extending longitudinally therethrough permitting the secondary drive shaft 11321 to extend through the articulation pin 11420.

The articulation joint 11400 utilizes a passive articulation system comprising an articulation lock 11440 and detents 11413. A user may manually pivot the end effector assembly 11500 about the articulation pin 11420 causing the distal yoke 11430 to move the articulation lock 11440. As the articulation lock 11440 moves relative to the proximal yoke 11410 and rotates about the articulation pin 11420, the articulation lock 11440 is configured to grip, or incrementally lock with, detents 11413 defined in the proximal yoke 11410 to lock the distal yoke 11430 in position and, as a result, lock the end effector assembly 11500 into place. Stated another way, upon rotating the end effector assembly 11500 about the articulation pin 11420, the passive articulation system facilitates incremental articulation of the end effector assembly 11500 about the articulation axis AA.

The articulation joint 11400 is further configured to transfer, or communicate, rotation of the main drive shaft 11311 to the end effector assembly 11500. To transmit the rotary motion of the main drive shaft 11311 through, or across, the articulation joint 11400, the articulation joint 11400 further comprises an intermeshed gear train comprising an input bevel gear 11415 attached to the main drive shaft 11311, an idler bevel gear 11416 rotatable about the articulation pin 11420, and an output bevel gear 11417 attached to an input drive shaft 11518. As the main drive shaft 11311 rotates, the input bevel gear 11415 rotates which rotates the idler bevel gear 11416. Rotation of the idler bevel gear 11416 rotates the output bevel gear 11417 thus rotating the input drive shaft 11518 to which the output bevel gear 11417 is coupled. This arrangement permits the output bevel gear 11417 to rotate about the articulation pin 11420 when the end effector assembly 11500 is articulated while maintaining driving engagement with the main input drive shaft 11518.

A main input drive gear 11519 is attached to the main input drive shaft 11518 and is rotated when the main input drive shaft 11518 is rotated. The main input drive gear 11519 is configured to act as the single rotary input of the drive system 11510 which is discussed in greater detail below.

The articulation joint 11400 is further configured to permit the secondary drive shaft 11321 to pass therethrough so that a drive screw 11325 of the secondary drive shaft 11321 may engage a shifting assembly 11550 of the drive system 11510 discussed in greater detail below. The input bevel gear 11415, the output bevel gear 11417, and the main input drive shaft 11518 each comprise apertures configured to permit the secondary drive shaft 11321 to extend therethrough. The secondary drive shaft 11321 can be flexible, for example, to bend as the end effector assembly 11500 is articulated about the articulation axis AA. A thrust bearing 11326 is mounted to the secondary drive shaft 11321 to prevent the secondary drive shaft 11321 from being pulled through the main input drive shaft 11518 when the end effector assembly 11500 is articulated. The bearing 11326 abuts, or is bounded by, the main input drive gear 11519.

The articulation joint 11400 supports the end effector frame 11600 by attaching the proximal jaw 11610 of the end effector frame 11600 to the distal yoke 11430. The distal yoke 11430 comprises a sleeve portion 11433 having an outer surface and an inner surface where the outer surface is engaged by the end effector frame 11600 and the inner surface is configured to slidably support the shifting assembly 11550.

Referring primarily to FIGS. 116 and 118 , the end effector assembly 11500 comprises a drive system 11510, an end effector frame 11600, a closure frame 11700 moveable relative to the end effector frame 11600, and a replaceable staple cartridge assembly 11800 configured to be installed into the end effector frame 11600. The drive system 11510 comprises a single rotary input which is configured to receive the rotary control motions from the shaft assembly 11300 and the articulation joint 11400 to selectively drive a closure drive 11530 and a firing drive 11540 of the drive system 11510. The closure drive 11530 is configured to interact with the closure frame 11700 and portions of the staple cartridge assembly 11800 to move the closure frame 11700 and the staple cartridge assembly 11800 relative to the end effector frame 11600 into a capture stage position in order to capture tissue within the end effector assembly 11500. The capture stage involves automatically deploying a tissue-retention pin mechanism 11870 having a tissue-retention pin 11871. The closure drive can then be used to move the closure frame 11700 to a clamp stage position to clamp tissue with the staple cartridge assembly 11800. Once the tool assembly 11100 is in the fully clamped configuration, the firing drive 11540 can be operated to eject a plurality of staples 11880 from the staple cartridge assembly 11800 and deploy a knife 11840 from a staple cartridge body 11810 of the staple cartridge assembly to staple and cut tissue captured and clamped by the staple cartridge assembly 11800. The shifting assembly 11550 provides a user the ability to shift between the drivability of the closure drive 11530, the drivability of the firing drive 11540, and the simultaneous drivability of both the closure drive 11530 and the firing drive 11540.

The staple cartridge assembly 11800 is configured to be replaceable. The staple cartridge assembly 11800 can be installed within the end effector frame 11600 such that, upon installation, the staple cartridge assembly 11800 is operably engaged with the closure frame 11700 and the drive system 11510. Referring now primarily to FIG. 115 , the end effector frame 11600 comprises a proximal jaw 11610, a distal jaw 11630, and a connecting portion 11620 connecting the proximal jaw 11610 and the distal jaw 11630. The proximal jaw 11610 operably supports the drive system 11510 and the closure frame 11700 and is configured to slidably receive and moveably support the staple cartridge body 11810. The distal jaw 11630 is configured to slidably receive and fixedly support an anvil portion 11830 of the staple cartridge assembly 11800. The anvil portion 11830 comprises a staple forming surface 11831 configured to form the staples 11880 and a knife slot 11835 configured to at least partially receive the knife 11840 therein. The connecting portion 11620 is configured to receive and support an anvil frame 11820 of the staple cartridge assembly 11800 having a locator pin arrangement 11821. The locating pin arrangement 11821 can allow for quicker and/or easier loading of the staple cartridge assembly 11800 into the end effector assembly 11500. The locating pin feature 11821 corresponds to a locating pin indentation in the connecting portion 11620 of the end effector frame 11600. The staple cartridge assembly 11800 further comprises a guide pin 11823. The cartridge body 11810 is configured to move relative to the end effector frame 11600 using the knife and cartridge guide pin 11823 for support and guiding purposes.

The cartridge body 11810 comprises a cartridge deck 11811 having a plurality of staple cavities 11818 configured to removably store the staples 11880, a knife slot 11815 within which the knife 11840 is movably positioned, and a pair of pin slots 11812 configured to receive the pins 11823 and 11871 therein. The cartridge deck 11811 further comprises a closure stop 11813 that is configured to abut the anvil portion 11830 when the cartridge body 11810 is advanced toward the staple forming surface 11831. The closure stop 11813 defines a minimum distance achievable between the deck 11811 and the staple forming surface 11831 when the closure stop is abutted against the staple forming surface 11831. That said, it is envisioned that the closure stop 11813 may not contact the staple forming surface 11831 when thick tissue is being stapled, for example.

The closure frame 11700 comprises cartridge driving tabs 11701 and cartridge grasping recesses, or features, 11703 configured to engage the cartridge body 11810 and permit the closure frame 11700 to push the cartridge body 11810 toward the distal jaw 11630 and retract the cartridge body 11810 away from the distal jaw 11630. The cartridge driving tabs 11701 engage driving surfaces 11801 of the staple cartridge body 11810 such that the closure frame 11700 can push, or drive, the cartridge body 11810 toward the anvil portion 11830 when the closure frame 11700 is moved distally by the closure drive 11530. The cartridge grasping features 11703 act as hooks, or arms, and are configured to pull the cartridge 11810 proximally when the closure frame 11700 is moved proximally by the closure drive 11530.

Turning now to FIG. 116 , the staple cartridge assembly 11800 further comprises a plurality of drivers 11851 supported by a staple driver base 11850. The drivers 11851 are configured to support the staples 11880 and push the staples 11880 out of their respective staple cavities 11818. The staple driver base 11850 and the knife 11840 are driven by a main driver 11860 which interacts with a firing bar 11560 of the drive system 11510. The knife 11840 is attached to the main driver 11860 by the knife supports 11843. The firing drive 11540 interacts with the main driver 11860 such that, when the firing drive 11540 is actuated, the firing bar 11560 pushes the main driver 11860 distally and ultimately ejects the staples 11880 from the staple cartridge assembly 11800 and deploys the knife 11840. The firing drive 11540 can be operated to retract the firing bar 11560 which retracts the main driver 11860 using a knife retraction arm 11561 engaged with the firing bar 11560 and the main driver 11860. The main driver 11860 comprises a slot 11863 configured to receive the knife retraction arm 11561 and, in addition, a firing bar guide pin 11865 configured to act as an alignment interface between the firing bar 11560 and the main driver 11860.

As discussed above, the drive system 11510 of the end effector assembly 11500 is engaged with the single rotary input, or the main input drive gear 11519, to effect multiple functions of the tool assembly 11100. Referring now to FIG. 123 , the drive system 11510 comprises a closure drive 11530, a firing drive 11540, and the shifting assembly 11550 to selectively shift between the drivability of the closure drive 11530, the drivability of the firing drive 11540, and the simultaneous drivability of both the closure drive 11530 and the firing drive 11540. As discussed above, the interface 11220 can be selectively rotated to operate the shaft 11321. The shaft 11321 comprises a threaded portion, or drive screw, 11325 which is threadably engaged with the shifting assembly 11550. The shifting assembly 11550 is moveable longitudinally along the longitudinal tool axis LT using the drive screw 11325 of the secondary drive shaft 11321. When the secondary attachment interface 11220 is rotated, the shifting assembly 11550 moves relative to the distal yoke 11430. It is envisioned that a motor and/or solenoid is positioned within the end effector assembly 11500 in lieu of the shaft 11321 to move the shifting assembly 11550 between the described positions.

The closure drive 11530 comprises an input drive shaft having an input drive gear 11539 and an input splined portion 11538. The input drive gear 11539 is operably intermeshed with the main input drive gear 11519. The closure drive 11530 further comprises an output shaft having an output splined portion 11537 and a threaded portion 11536. The output shaft of the closure drive 11530 is aligned with the input drive shaft of the closure drive 11530. When the main input drive gear 11519 is rotated, the output shaft of the closure drive 11530 is rotated in unison with the input drive shaft of the closure drive 11530 only when the splined portions 11538, 11537 are coupled by the shifting assembly 11550. The threaded portion 11536 of the output shaft of the closure drive 11530 is threadably received by a threaded bore 11736 of the closure frame 11700. When the output shaft of the closure drive 11530 is rotated, the closure frame 11700 moves relative to the end effector frame 11600 causing the staple cartridge body 11810 to be advanced distally toward the anvil portion 11830 to clamp tissue within the end effector assembly 11500.

The firing drive 11540 also comprises an input drive shaft having the input drive gear 11549 and an input splined portion 11548. The input drive gear 11549 is also operably intermeshed with the main input drive gear 11519. The firing drive 11540 further comprises an output shaft having an output splined portion 11547 and an input splined portion 11546. The output shaft of the firing drive 11540 further comprises a tubular firing shaft 11545 which receives the input splined portion 11546 within a firing shaft bore 11545B. The tubular firing shaft 11545 is rotatably engaged with a rib 11546S of the input splined portion 11546 so that the tubular firing shaft 11545 can move longitudinally relative to the input splined portion 11546 while maintaining a rotating, drivable relationship with the input splined portion 11546. The output shaft of the firing drive 11540 is aligned with the input drive shaft of the firing drive 11540. When the main input drive gear 11519 is rotated, the output shaft of the firing drive 11540 is rotated in unison with the input drive shaft of the firing drive 11540 only when the splined portions 11548, 11547 are coupled by the shifting assembly 11550.

The tubular firing shaft 11545 further comprises a firing shaft ground 11544 and, in addition, a threaded output shaft 11543 threadably received by the firing bar 11560. When the closure frame 11700 is advanced distally by the closure drive 11530, the closure frame 11700 pushes the firing bar 11560 distally. As the firing bar is advanced distally by the closure frame 11700, the tubular firing shaft 11545 is pulled distally relative to the input splined portion 11546 by the firing bar 11560 owing to at least the threaded engagement of the threaded output shaft 11543 and the firing bar 11560. The tubular firing shaft 11545 is journably received by a firing bore 11745 defined in the closure frame 11700 to permit rotation of the tubular firing shaft 11545 within the closure frame 11700. When the splined portions 11548, 11547 are coupled, the tubular firing shaft 11545 of the firing drive 11540 is rotated by the input splined portion 11546 and, also, the firing shaft ground 11544 of the tubular firing shaft 11545 pushes against the firing ledge 11744 of the closure frame 11700. Utilizing the ledge 11744 as a movable grounding mechanism, the tubular firing shaft 11545 drives the firing bar 11560 distally, by the threaded output shaft 11543, thus deploying the knife 11840 and ejecting the staples 11880 from the staple cavities 11818.

The shifting assembly 11550 permits the user to shift between the drivability options discussed above by coupling and uncoupling the sets of splined portions 11537, 11538 and 11547, 11548. The shifting assembly 11550 comprises a threaded aperture 11555 threadably receiving the drive screw 11325 of the secondary drive shaft 11321 such that, when the drive screw 11325 is rotated, the shifter assembly 11550 moves longitudinally relative to the sets of splined portions 11537, 11538 and 11547, 11548. The shifting assembly 11550 further comprises a splined closure coupling, or clutch ring, 11553 corresponding to the closure drive 11530 and a splined firing coupling, or clutch ring, 11554 corresponding to the firing drive 11540. The splined couplings 11553, 11554 are cylindrical, tube-like couplings journably supported within the shifting assembly 11550 and are permitted to rotate within the shifting assembly 11550. The splined couplings 11553, 11554 each have inner shells comprising a splined configuration such that the couplings 11553, 11554 can couple, or mate, the sets of splined shaft portions 11537, 11538 and 11547, 11548, respectively. When the shifting assembly 11550 is shifted to place the end effector assembly 11500 in a tissue clamping configuration, the closure coupling 11553 is engaged with the splined portions 11537, 11538. The closure coupling 11553 transfers the rotation of the splined shaft portion 11538 to the splined shaft portion 11537, thus rotating the output shaft of the closure drive 11530. When the shifting assembly 11550 is shifted to place the end effector assembly 11500 in a tissue cutting and stapling configuration, the firing coupling 11554 is engaged with the splined portions 11547, 11548. The firing coupling 11554 transfers the rotation of the input splined portion 11548 to the output splined portion 11547, thus rotating the output shaft of the firing drive 11540. The shifting assembly 11550 also comprises a cylindrical recess 11556 permitting the shifting assembly 11550 to nest against the thrust bearing 11326 of the secondary drive shaft 11321 when moved proximally to the second position.

The user of the tool assembly 11100 can shift the tool assembly 11100 between a clamping condition and a staple forming condition depending on what function they wish to perform via a controller onboard the tool assembly 11100 and/or the instrument interface to which the tool assembly 11100 is attached. The controller would communicate to a motor to actuate either the primary attachment interface 11210, the secondary attachment interface 11220, or both the primary attachment interface 11210 and the secondary attachment interface 11220 simultaneously. Referring now to FIGS. 124-129 , the interaction and engagement between the drive system 11510 and the end effector assembly 11500 will now be discussed in relation to the capable functions of the tool assembly 11100 including capturing, clamping, stapling, and cutting tissue.

FIG. 124 illustrates the tool assembly 11100 in an open, or initial, configuration. The shifting assembly 11550 is in a first position where the closure coupling 11553 couples the splined shaft portions 11538, 11537 of the closure drive 11530 enabling the output shaft of the closure drive 11530 to be driven upon rotation of the main input drive gear 11519. The firing coupling 11554 is in a position where it is only mated with the output shaft of the firing drive 11540. In this instance, the firing coupling 11554 is not a position configured to mate the splined shaft portions 11538, 11537. In this position, the firing coupling 11554 does not rotate within the shifting assembly 11550 because the output shaft of the firing drive 11540 is not driven upon rotation of the main input drive gear 11519.

The actuation of the closure drive 11530 performs two functions; pin (capture) tissue within the end effector assembly 11500 and clamp the tissue within the end effector assembly 11500. To capture the tissue with the tissue-retention pin 11871, the primary attachment interface 11210 is actuated while the shifting assembly 11550 is in the first position. The main input drive gear 11519 is driven and, because the closure coupling is engaged with both splined portions 11538, 11537 of the closure drive 11530, the output shaft of the closure drive 11530 is rotated advancing the closure frame 11700 distally. This initial, distal movement of the closure frame 11700 automatically deploys the tissue-retention pin mechanism 11870 with a lever 11770. A coupler portion 11873 having a coupler recess 11876 is configured to receive a lever tip 11774 extending from a pair of lever arms 11772 to couple the tissue-retention pin mechanism 11870 and the lever 11770. A cartridge cap 11878 having a cap window 11877 and cap base 11875 permits the lever 11770 to engage the staple cartridge assembly 11800 to interact with the pin mechanism 11870. The cap base 11875 defines a ground position for pin the coupler portion 11873 and, thus, the pin mechanism 11870. To deploy the pin 11871, the lever 11770 interfaces with the end effector frame 11600, the closure frame 11700, and the tissue-retention pin mechanism 11870. The lever 11770 comprises a ground pin 11771 supported within a frame aperture 11671 of the end effector frame 11600 and a frame slot 11741 of the closure frame 11700. The ground pin 11771 defines a lever rotating axis. The lever 11770 also comprises lever arms 11772 having actuation tines 11773 configured for engagement with a closure frame cam slot 11743 of the closure frame 11700. The lever further comprises a lever tip 11774 configured for engagement with the coupler portion 11873 of the pin mechanism 11870.

As best seen in FIGS. 120-122 , the closure frame cam slot 11743 of the closure frame 11700 comprises an initial cam slot portion 11743A configured to drive the actuation tines 11773 distally causing the lever 11770 to rotate about the lever rotating axis thus lifting the lever tip 11774 to drive the pin 11871 out of its corresponding pin slot 11812 and toward the distal jaw 11630. The closure frame cam slot 11743 also comprises a final cam slot portion 11743B to permit clearance in the closure frame 11700 for the actuation tines 11773 during the clamping stage discussed in greater detail below. The actuation tines 11773 abut the final cam slot portion 11743B during the clamping stage to prevent the tissue-retention pin 11871 from retracting, or opening during the clamping and/or firing/stapling stage. The frame slot 11741 also provides clearance but for the ground pin 11771 during the clamping stage. This initial actuation stage of the closure drive 11530 completes an initial capture stage in which the tissue-retention pin 11871 is deployed into engagement with the distal jaw 11630 and/or anvil portion 11830 of the staple cartridge assembly 11800. This initial capture stage, seen in FIG. 125 , can be sufficient to capture tissue with the tool assembly 11100.

During the initial capture stage, the closure frame 11700 also advances portions of the staple cartridge assembly 11800 and the firing bar 11560 toward the distal jaw 11630. The cartridge driving tabs 11701 drive the cartridge body 11810 and the closure frame 11700 drives the tubular firing shaft 11545 and the firing bar 11560. Other, and/or additional, contact points may be provided between the closure frame 11700, the firing drive 11540, and the staple cartridge assembly 11800 to aid in the advancement of certain parts of the end effector assembly 11500. As discussed above, the tubular firing shaft 11545 and the input splined portion 11546 of the output shaft of the firing drive 11540 can move longitudinally relative to each other while maintaining a rotatable driving relationship. This facilitates the extension of the output shaft of the firing drive 11540 so that the tubular firing shaft 11545 may be driven when the input splined portion 11546 is driven after the closure frame 11700 is advanced.

FIG. 126 illustrates the tool assembly 11100 in a fully clamped configuration after a final actuation stage of the closure drive 11530. The closure stop 11813 is bounded by the anvil portion 11830 and the tissue-retention pin mechanism 11870 is fully deployed. To fully deploy the tissue-retention pin mechanism 11870, the closure frame cam slot 11743 comprises a final cam slot end 11743C to advance the actuation tines 11773 to a final position. This configuration of the tool assembly 11100 is considered to be a fully clamped position. The user may decide to actuate the closure drive in an opposite direction to retract the closure drive and thus unclamp and uncapture the tissue, or, the user may decide to shift the shifting assembly to a second position, shown in FIG. 127 , to fire the tool assembly 11100.

To move the shifting assembly to the second position shown in FIG. 127 , the user can actuate the secondary attachment interface 11220 thus rotating the drive screw 11325 to move the shifting assembly 11550 proximally to the second position. The shifting assembly 11550 is configured to nest against the thrust bearing 11326 upon moving to the second position. In the second position, the firing coupling 11554 of the shifting assembly 11550 couples the splined shaft portions 11548, 11547 of the firing drive 11540 enabling the output shaft of the firing drive 11540 to be driven upon rotation of the main input drive gear 11519. Moving the shifting assembly 11550 to the second position also decouples the splined shaft portions 11538, 11537 of the closure drive 11530. The closure coupling 11553 rotates within the shifting assembly 11550 when the main input drive gear 11519 is driven but, because the closure coupling 11553 is only mated to the input splined portion 11548, the output shaft of the closure drive 11530 will not rotate.

The user can now actuate the firing drive 11540 by driving the primary attachment interface 11210 to drive the main drive shaft 11311. Actuation of the firing drive 11540 rotates the output splined portion 11546 thus rotating the tubular firing shaft 11545. The tubular firing shaft 11545 rotates within the firing bore 11745 of the closure frame 11700. When the tubular firing shaft 11545 is rotated, the firing shaft ground 11544 of the tubular firing shaft 11545 pushes off of, or is grounded by, the firing ledge 11744 of the closure frame 11700. Rotation of the tubular firing shaft 11545 rotates the threaded output shaft 11543 thus driving the firing bar 11560 distally. The distal movement of the firing bar 11560 deploys the knife 11840 out of the cartridge body 11810 and drives the staples 11880 out of the staple cavities 11818 with the staple drivers 11851 and driver base 11850. The knife 11840 cuts the tissue clamped with the end effector assembly 11500 and the staples 11880 staple the tissue clamped with the end effector assembly.

At the stage illustrated in FIG. 128 , a user can retract the firing bar 11560 by actuating the primary attachment interface 11210 in an opposite direction thus pulling the drive bar 11560 and the knife 11840 proximally. The firing bar 11560 comprises an aperture 11565 configured to journably support the firing bar guide pin 11865 to maintain alignment of the firing bar 11560 and the main driver 11860 during movement of the firing bar 11560 and the main driver 11860. The firing bar 11560 also comprises a slot 11563 configured to receive the knife retraction arm 11561 such that when the firing bar 11560 is moved proximally, the firing bar 11560 can pull, or retract, the knife 11840 proximally. Another option for the user can involve shifting the shifting assembly 11550 to a third position which is intermediate the first position and the second position by actuating the secondary attachment interface 11220. This third position, illustrated in FIG. 129 , places both of the couplings 11553, 11554 into coupling engagement with their respective sets of splined portions 11538, 11537 and 11548, 11547. The user can then actuate the primary attachment interface 11210 in a reversing direction to actuate the main input drive gear 11519 and drive both the output shaft of the closure drive 11530 and the output shaft of the firing drive 11540 simultaneously. A user may desire this simultaneous drivability at any point during use of the tool assembly 11100 to provide a quick retraction method in the event the user wants to withdraw the tool assembly 11100 from a surgical site. The controller onboard the instrument interface can be programmed to automatically shift the shifting assembly 11550 to the third position and reverse the main input drive gear 11519 by simultaneously actuating both attachment interfaces 11210, 11220.

A tool assembly 11100′ is illustrated in FIGS. 129A-129G. The tool assembly 11100′ is similar to the tool assembly 11100 in many respects. Referring primarily to FIG. 129A, the tool assembly 11100′ comprises an attachment portion 11200, a shaft 11300 extending from the attachment portion 11200, an end effector 11500′, and an articulation joint 11400′ connecting the end effector 11500′ to the shaft 11300. Referring primarily to FIG. 129B, the end effector 11500′ comprises an end effector frame 11600′, a staple cartridge 11800′ which is insertable into and removable from the end effector frame 11600′, and an anvil jaw 11630′. The staple cartridge 11800′ comprises a cartridge body 11810′ which is slidable relative to the anvil jaw 11630′ between an open, unclamped position (FIG. 129D) and a closed, clamped position (FIG. 129E). As described in greater detail below, the tool assembly 11100′ comprises a closure drive 11530′ configured to move the cartridge body 11810′ between its unclamped and clamped positions. Referring primarily to FIG. 129F, the tool assembly 11100′ also comprises a firing drive 11540′ configured to eject staples removably stored in the staple cartridge 11800′ after the cartridge body 11810′ has been moved into its clamped position, which is also described in greater detail below.

As described above, the articulation joint 11400 comprises a proximal yoke 11410 and a distal yoke 11430 which are rotatably connected by a pin 11420. The articulation joint 11400′ comprises a similar arrangement including a proximal yoke 11410′ and a distal yoke 11430′. Furthermore, as also described above, the articulation joint 11400 comprises bevel gears 11415, 11416, and 11417 which are operably intermeshed to transmit the rotation of a drive shaft 11311 to a drive system 11510. The articulation joint 11400′ comprises a similar arrangement of bevel gears configured to transmit the rotary motion of shaft 11311 to a drive system 11510′. Moreover, the articulation joint 11400′ comprises a second set of intermeshed bevel gears 11495′ and 11496′ nested with the bevel gears 11415, 11416, and 11417 which are configured to articulate the end effector 11500′ relative to the shaft 11300. The bevel gear 11495′ is rotatably supported by the proximal yoke 11410′ and is operably engaged with an articulation input shaft 11391′ (FIG. 129D) and the bevel gear 11496′. The bevel gear 11496′ is fixedly mounted to the distal yoke 11430′. A portion of the bevel gear 11496′ extends into a notch 11439′ of the distal yoke 11430′. Rotation of the input shaft 11391′ in a first direction rotates the end effector 11500′ in a first direction and, similarly, rotation of the input shaft 11391′ in a second, or opposite, direction rotates the end effector 11500′ in a second, or opposite, direction. The tool assembly 11100′ may be actuated by an electric motor of the instrument interface to which the assembly 11100′ is attached to rotate the input shaft 11391′; however, the tool assembly 11100′ can be actuated by any suitable means.

Similar to the drive system 11510 of the end effector 11500, the drive system 11510′ of the end effector 11500′ comprises an input gear 11519 which is operably engaged with the bevel gear 11417 and operably intermeshed with a drive gear 11539 of the closure drive 11530′ and a drive gear 11549 of the firing drive 11540′. Also similar to the drive system 11510, the drive system 11510′ comprises a shifter block, or assembly, 11550′ movable between a first position (FIGS. 129D and 129E) and a second position (FIG. 129F) to shift the shaft assembly 11100′ between a closing, or clamping, operating mode and a firing operating mode, respectively. The drive gear 11539 is mounted to a spline shaft 11538′ and, when the shifter block 11550′ is in its first position (FIGS. 129D and 129E), the spline shaft 11538′ is rotatably coupled to a spline shaft 11537′ of the closure drive 11530′. The spline shaft 11537′ comprises a threaded distal end 11536 threadably engaged with a closure frame 11700′ and, when the spline shaft 11537′ is rotated by the spline shaft 11538′ in a first direction, the closure frame 11700′ and the cartridge body 11810′ are displaced distally as illustrated in FIG. 129E to close the end effector 11500′. Notably, the rotation of the drive gear 11549 of the firing drive 11540′ is not transmitted through the shifter block 11550′ to the distal portion of the firing drive 11540′ when the shifter block 11550′ is in its first position. As a result, the closure drive 11530′ operates independently of the firing drive 11540′ and, moreover, the firing drive 11540′ cannot be operated until the shifter block 11550′ is shifted into its second position.

Further to the above, the drive gear 11549 is mounted to a spline shaft 11548′ and, when the shifter block 11550′ is in its second position (FIG. 129F), the shifter block 11550′ rotatably couples the spline shaft 11548′ to a spline shaft 11547′ of the firing drive 11540′. The spline shaft 11547′ comprises a distal end 11546 keyed to a rotatable drive shaft 11545 of the firing drive 11540′ such that the spline shaft 11547′ and the drive shaft 11545 rotate together. The drive shaft 11545 includes a threaded distal end 11543 threadably engaged with a firing block 11560′ wherein, when the spline shaft 11547′ is rotated by the spline shaft 11548′ in a first direction, the firing block 11560′ is displaced distally to fire the staples from the staple cartridge 11800′ and cut the tissue captured between the staple cartridge body 11810′ and the anvil jaw 11630′. Similar to the firing drive 11540, described above, the firing drive 11540′ comprises a staple driver 11850′, a knife block 11860′, and a knife 11840′ which are pushed distally by the firing block 11560′ during a firing stroke of the firing drive 11540′. Notably, the rotation of the drive gear 11539 of the closure drive 11530′ is not transmitted through the shifter block 11550′ to the distal portion of the closure drive 11530′ when the shifter block 11550′ is its second position. As a result, the firing drive 11540′ operates independently of the closure drive 11530′.

Upon comparing FIGS. 129D and 129E, further to the above, the reader should appreciate that the firing drive 11540′ extends, or telescopes, when the closure drive 11530′ is operated to close the end effector 11550′. As a result, the distal end 11546 of the spline shaft 11547′ remains rotatably engaged with the drive shaft 11545. Referring primarily to FIG. 129C, the closure frame 11700′ comprises a hook 11744′ configured to abut a collar 11544 defined on the drive shaft 11545 and pull the drive shaft 11545 distally when the closure frame 11700′ is driven distally to close the end effector 11550′. When the closure drive 11530′ is operated to re-open the end effector 11500′, as described below, the drive shaft 11545 is pushed proximally to collapse the firing drive 11540′.

After the firing stroke of the firing drive 11540′, the spline shaft 11548′ is rotated in a second, or opposite, direction to pull the firing block 11560′, the knife block 11860′, and the knife 11840′ proximally. Notably, the staple driver 11850′ is not retracted with the firing block 11560′; however, the staple driver 11850′ could be retracted in other embodiments. Once the knife 11840′ has been retracted sufficiently below the deck of the cartridge body 11810′, the shifter block 11550′ can be shifted back into its first position to operably decouple the firing drive 11540′ from the drive shaft 11311 and, also, operably recouple the closure drive 11530′ with the drive shaft 11311. At such point, the spline shaft 11538′ can be rotated in a second, or opposite, direction to pull the cartridge body 11810′ and the closure frame 11700′ proximally and re-open the end effector 11500′.

The end effector 11500′ comprises a motor 11322′ configured to move the shifter block 11550′ between its first and second positions, as described above. The motor 11322′ comprises a housing positioned within a motor support 11329′ mounted in the closure frame 11700′. The housing of the motor 11322′ is fixedly mounted within the motor support 11329′ such that the housing does not move relative to the motor support 11329′. The motor 11322′ further comprises a rotatable output shaft 11325′ which is threadably engaged with a threaded aperture 11555 defined in the shifter block 11550′. When the motor 11322′ is operated in a first direction, the threaded output shaft 11325′ moves the shifter block 11550′ into its first position. When the motor 11322′ is operated in a second direction, the threaded output shaft 11325′ moves the shifter block 11550′ into its second position.

Referring primarily to FIG. 129G, a battery and controller system 11324′ is configured to communicate with and power the motor 11322′. When a user and/or computer of the surgical instrument interface to which the instrument 11100′ is attached wants to shift the shifting block 11550′, a signal is wirelessly sent to the battery and controller system 11324, for example. In other instances, the signal can be communicated to the system 11324′ via conductor. This signal is then communicated to the motor 11322′ to activate the motor 11322′. In at least one alternative embodiment, a solenoid can be utilized to shift the shifter block 11550′.

As the reader should appreciate, it can be important to prolong the battery life for such a system. The instrument 11100′ is configured to harvest kinetic energy during various stages of operation. The instrument 11100′ comprises an energy-harvesting system that can convert the movement of the drive system 11510′ to electrical energy and story that energy in the battery. The energy-harvesting system comprises a coil 11327′ housed with the distal yoke 11430′ and positioned near a proximal portion of the closure drive 11530′. The coil 11327′ is electrically coupled to the battery and controller system 11324′ via conductors 11326′. A shaft extending proximally from the drive gear 11539 comprises a magnetic disc 11328′ mounted thereon. As the closure drive 11530′ is rotated, the magnetic disc 11328′ rotates in close proximity with the coil 11327′ to generate a current within the energy-harvesting system.

The energy-harvesting system can act as a generator when the shifter block 11550′ is in a neutral position (FIG. 129G). In this neutral position, the splined coupling 11554 is meshed only with the spline shaft 11547′ and, similarly, the splined coupling 11553 is meshed only with the spline shaft 11537′. Thus, when the drive input 11519 is rotated, the energy-harvesting system is configured to generate energy to recharge the battery though not performing any instrument functions. Notably, the energy-harvesting system can also act as a generator when the shifter block 11550′ is in its first position and its second position. While clamping and/or firing, in such instances, the magnetic disc 11328′ is rotated by the input 11539 regardless of which instrument function is being actuated. The energy harvested may be supplied to the battery and/or the motor 11322′ during the clamping and/or firing operations of the end effector 11500′.

A surgical stapling attachment, or tool assembly, 12100 is depicted in FIGS. 130-149 . The tool assembly, or instrument, 12100 is configured to capture, clamp, and staple tissue during a surgical procedure. Referring primarily to FIGS. 130-132 , the tool assembly 12100 comprises an attachment portion 12200, a shaft assembly 12300, an articulation joint 12400, and an end effector assembly 12500. The tool assembly 12100 is configured to be attached to an instrument interface by way of the attachment portion 12200. The instrument interface can comprise a surgical instrument handle such as those disclosed herein. Other embodiments are envisioned where the tool assembly 12100 is not readily attachable to and detachable from an instrument interface and, instead, is part of a unitary instrument. The attachment portion 12200 is configured to receive rotary control motions from the instrument interface to which the tool assembly 12100 is attached and transfer the rotary control motions to the shaft assembly 12300. The shaft assembly 12300 communicates these rotary control motions through the articulation joint 12400 and to the end effector assembly 12500.

The attachment portion 12200 comprises a transmission system 12210. Shown in FIG. 133 , the transmission system 12210, housed within an attachment portion housing 12201, comprises an attachment interface 12220 comprising a coupler portion 12223. The coupler portion 12223 is configured to be operably coupled to an instrument interface. The transmission further comprises a housing bearing 12221, an input shaft 12211 coupled to the coupler portion 12223, and an input drive gear 12213 attached to the input shaft 12211. Upon actuation of the coupler portion 12223 by the instrument interface, the input drive gear 12213 drives a main drive shaft gear 12313 to drive a main drive shaft 12311 attached to the main drive shaft gear 12313.

Referring primarily to FIGS. 134-137 , the end effector assembly 12500 comprises a drive system 12510, an end effector frame 12600, a closure frame 12700 moveable relative to the end effector frame 12600, and a replaceable staple cartridge assembly 12800 configured to be installed into the end effector frame 12600. The drive system 12510 comprises a single rotary input which is configured to receive the rotary control motions from the shaft assembly 12300 and drive a main drive 12520 to clamp tissue with the tool assembly 12100. The main drive 12520 is configured to interact with the end effector assembly 12500 to move the closure frame 12700 and, as a result, the staple cartridge assembly 12800 distally. Distal movement of the closure frame 12700 also results in an automatic deployment of a tissue-retention pin 12860 of the staple cartridge assembly 12800 to capture tissue. The main drive 12520 is further configured to fire the tool assembly 12100 once the tool assembly 12100 attains a fully clamped configuration. Firing the tool assembly 12100 includes deploying a plurality of staples from the staple cartridge assembly 12800 to staple tissue captured and clamped by the tool assembly 12100.

The end effector frame 12600 houses the various components of the end effector assembly 12500. The end effector frame 12600 houses the closure frame 12700 and the staple cartridge assembly 12800. Relative movement of the closure frame 12700 and the staple cartridge assembly 12800 within the end effector frame 12600 is permitted. The end effector frame 12600 comprises a proximal neck portion 12610, a first side frame 12620A, and a second side frame 12620B. The proximal neck portion 12610 is attached, or coupled, to the articulation joint 12400. The articulation joint 12400 comprises a flexible neck 12401 configured to permit a user of the tool assembly 12100 to passively articulate the end effector assembly 12500 relative to a shaft housing 12301. Embodiments are envisioned where the tool assembly 12100 does not comprise an articulation joint and the proximal neck portion 12610 is attached directly to the shaft housing 12301 of the shaft assembly 12300.

The proximal neck portion 12610 and the first and second side frames 12620A, 12620B house certain components of the end effector assembly 12500 including the drive system 12510. The first and second side frames 12620A, 12620B each comprise a proximal jaw portion 12621A, 12621B, an intermediate jaw portion 12622A, 12622B, and a distal jaw portion 12623A, 12623B, respectively. The distal jaw portions 12623A, 12623B are held together at least by an anvil 12640 having a staple forming surface 12641. Bolts, screws, and/or rivet configurations, for example, can be used to attach the side frames 12620A, 12620B to each other. The end effector frame 12600 further comprises a spacer member 12630 positioned between the intermediate jaw portions 12622A, 12622B to provide a gap for a portion or portions of the staple cartridge assembly 12800 to slide between the intermediate portions 12622A, 12622B of the side frames 12620A, 12620B upon moving relative to the end effector frame 12600.

The closure frame 12700 is configured to push the staple cartridge assembly 12800 distally toward the anvil 12640 upon actuation of the main drive 12510. The closure frame 12700 comprises cartridge body driving surfaces 12708 to contact and drive a staple cartridge body 12810 of the staple cartridge assembly 12800. The staple cartridge body 12810 comprises a deck 12811, a plurality of staple cavities 12813, and a closure stop 12815. The staple cartridge assembly 12800 also comprises a plurality staples 12830 removably stored within the staple cavities 12813. The plurality of staples 12830 are configured to be formed against the staple forming surface 12641. The tool assembly 12100 is assumed to have reached a fully-clamped configuration when the closure stop 12815 abuts the staple forming surface 12641 and/or is seated within a recess defined in the anvil 12640. Embodiments are also envisioned where the closure stop 12815 never reaches the anvil 12640 or the staple forming surface 12641 and, instead, is positioned adjacent to the staple forming surface 12641 when the staple cartridge assembly 12800 reaches its fully clamped position. Controlling the distance between the deck 12811 and the staple forming surface 12641 in fully-clamped configuration can be accomplished using the drive system 12510 discussed in greater detailed below.

Referring to FIGS. 135-137 , the end effector assembly 12500 is illustrated in an unlocked configuration prior to actuation of the drive system 12510. The end effector assembly 12500 is configured to utilize the rotary motions provided by the main drive shaft 12311 to capture, clamp, and staple tissue with the tool assembly 12100. To capture tissue with the tool assembly 12100, the closure frame 12700 is advanced, or actuated, to actuate the pin actuation mechanism 12560. Actuation of the pin actuation mechanism 12560 deploys a tissue-retention pin 12860 of the staple cartridge assembly 12800. The pin actuation mechanism 12560 comprises a pin lever 12561 and a ground pin 12565 extending fixedly from the end effector frame 12600. The ground pin 12565 defines a retaining pin axis about which the pin lever 12561 rotates. The closure frame 12700 comprises a pair of ground pin slots 12706 defined on opposite sides thereof to provide clearance for the ground pin 12565 so that the closure frame 12700 can move relative to the ground pin 12565. The pin lever 12561 comprises a pair of lever arms 12562 comprising a pair of actuation projections, or tines, 12563 received within a pair of cam slots 12702 defined in the closure frame 12700. The cam slots 12702 are configured to displace the actuation projections 12563 distally and laterally as the closure frame 12700 moves longitudinally within the end effector frame 12600 to rotate the pin actuation mechanism 12560 about the retaining pin axis. The pin lever 12561 further comprises a lever tip 12564 extending from the lever arms 12562. The lever tip 12564 extends into a coupler portion 12861 of the tissue-retention pin 12860 to couple the pin actuation mechanism 12560 to the pin 12860. The tissue-retention pin 12860 further comprises a pin shaft, or rod, 12863 and manual override knobs 12865. When the pin actuation mechanism 12560 is actuated by the closure frame 12700, the lever tip 12564 advances the pin shaft 12863 toward the anvil 12640.

The manual override knobs 12865 of the pin 12860 are configured to permit a user of the tool assembly 12100 to manually retract the pin shaft 12863 back into the staple cartridge assembly 12800 in the event that the drive system 12510 jams or there is a loss of power, for example. The actuation projections 12563 may be comprised of a more fragile material and/or geometry than the lever arms 12562 in order to provide the user with the ability to shear the projections 12563 from the lever arms 12562 and therefore allow the pin lever 12561 to freely rotate about the ground pin 12565. As a result of this free rotation, the coupler portion 12861 is permitted to be moved proximally relative to the staple cartridge body 12810 with out much, if any, resistance, therefore permitting the pin shaft 12863 to be retracted manually. In addition to or in lieu of the above, the actuation projections 12563 may comprise of a substantially thin configuration, or profile, which permits the lever arms 12562 to collapse, or bend, inward when pulling the manual override knobs 12865 proximally thus urging the actuation projections 12563 inward and out of the cam slots 12702 to provide the free rotation discussed above.

When an unspent, or unfired, cartridge is installed within the end effector assembly 12500 the main drive 12520 can be actuated. As discussed in greater detail below, the end effector assembly 12500 comprises one or more lockouts that are defeated when an unspent staple cartridge is inserted into the end effector assembly 12500. In any event, the main drive 12520 is responsible for moving the closure frame 12700 and the staple cartridge assembly 12800 toward the anvil 12640 to capture and clamp tissue with the end effector assembly 12500 as well as the firing the tool assembly 12100 to staple tissue. The main drive 12520 comprises an input drive gear 12521 drivably intermeshed with a main input gear 12310. The input drive gear 12521 is mounted to a main drive shaft 12523 comprising a drive screw portion 12525. The main drive 12520 also comprises a thrust bearing configuration 12524 configured to support the shaft 12523. The drive screw portion 12525 is threadably received within a threaded aperture 12531 of a closure nut tube, or closure drive, 12530. The closure nut tube 12530 is moveably supported within a frame bore 12653 of the interior frame structure 12650 and comprises a plurality of tabs 12533 received within a plurality of longitudinally extending slots 12653 S within the frame bore 12653 which prevent the closure nut tube 12530 from rotating with the drive screw portion 12525. Though the illustrated embodiment contains four tabs 12533, only one tab 12533 and corresponding slot 12653S may be sufficient. When the drive screw portion 12525 is rotated in a first direction, the closure nut tube 12530 moves, or slides, longitudinally within the frame bore 12653 but does not rotate within the frame bore 12653. As a result of this distal movement, a ledge 12537 of the closure nut tube 12530 pushes on the closure frame 12700 causing the closure frame 12700 to move distally. When the drive screw portion 12525 is rotated in a second direction, the drive screw portion 12525 pulls the closure nut tube 12530 proximally.

When the closure tube 12530 reaches a distal-most position associated with the fully clamped position of the staple cartridge 12800, the tabs 12533 enter a distal annular recess 12653AD defined in the closure tube 12530. The annular recess 12653AD provides clearance for the tabs 12533. When the tabs 12533 are aligned with the annular recess 12653AD, the tabs 12533 no longer prevent the rotation of the closure nut tube 12530. As a result, rotation of the drive screw portion 12525 when the closure nut tube 12530 has reached this distal-most position results in rotation of both the closure nut tube 12530 and the drive screw portion 12525 simultaneously.

At this stage, further actuation of the drive system 12510 in the same direction results in firing of the tool assembly 12100. In various instances, the drive system 12510 may make this transition from clamping to firing continuously without interruption. In various other instances, the tool assembly 12100 may be configured to interrupt actuation of the drive system 12510 when the closure nut tube 12530 reaches its distal-most position. In either event, the tool assembly 12100 is configured to be fired after the drive system 12510 has moved the cartridge assembly 12800 into the fully clamped position. The closure nut tube 12530 further comprises a firing screw portion, or firing drive, 12535 threadably received by a firing nut portion 12555 of the driver bar 12550. Since the closure nut tube 12530 is now free to rotate, the firing screw portion 12535 will now rotate as the drive screw 12525 rotates and drive the driver bar 12550 distally. The driver bar 12550 pushes a staple cartridge driver 12820 distally thus ejecting the staples 12830 from the staple cartridge assembly 12800. The staple driver 12820 supports the plurality of staples 12830 with a plurality of staple drivers 12823 each having a support cradle 12824. The staple driver 12820 moves distally within the staple cartridge body 12810 toward the anvil 12640 to eject the staples 12830 out of the staple cavities 12813 toward the stapling forming surface 12641. Although only two rows of staples are illustrated, any suitable number of rows may be employed. The driver bar 12550 is guided by the closure frame 12700 using guide pins 12553 and corresponding guide pin slots 12703.

As discussed above, the main drive 12520 is actuated to capture and clamp tissue within the end effector assembly 12500 by advancing the closure frame 12700 and then staple tissue by advancing the driver bar 12550 distally. However, as mentioned above, the main drive 12520 can not be actuated until an unspent staple cartridge assembly is installed within the end effector assembly 12500. A lockout drive 12540 is provided to provide this type of locking arrangement. As discussed in greater detail below, the lockout drive 12540 utilizes the same input as the main drive 12520, and, if the lockout drive 12540 is in a locked configuration, the main drive 12520 is prevented from being driven. If the lockout drive 12540 is in an unlocked configuration, the main drive 12520 is permitted to be driven.

Referring to FIGS. 137 and 140 , the lockout drive 12540 comprises an outer drive gear 12541 operably intermeshed with the main input gear, or common drive input, 12310 attached to the main drive shaft 12311. The lockout drive 12540 further comprises a shaft 12542, a spring-loaded interference gear 12545 grounded against an interior frame structure 12650 of the end effector frame 12600, and a distal lock portion 12547 configured to be engaged by a key portion 12817 of the staple cartridge assembly 12800. The closure frame 12700 comprises a window 12707 (FIG. 134 ) to permit relative movement between the closure frame 12700 and the distal lock portion 12547. The outer drive gear 12541 comprises an inner splined, or toothed, portion 12541S configured to slidably support and mesh with an inner drive gear 12543 attached to the shaft 12542. This configuration permits relative, longitudinal movement between the shaft 12542 and the outer drive gear 12541 while maintaining a driving relationship between the inner drive gear 12543 and the outer drive gear 12541. The interference gear 12545, having a press fit relationship with the shaft 12542, for example, is spring-loaded against the interior frame structure 12650 of the end effector frame 12600 by a spring 12544. The spring 12544 may comprise of a compression spring, for example. The shaft 12542 is always urged distally by the spring 12544 urging the interference gear 12545 toward a lockout slot 12704S of a lockout window 12704 in the closure frame 12700. When the interference gear 12545 is in the lockout slot 12704S, the shaft 12542 is in the locked configuration. This locked configuration prevents the shaft 12542 from rotating thus preventing the outer drive gear 12541 from being driven. Preventing the outer drive gear 12541 from being driven prevents the drive system 12510 from being actuated. In the locked configuration, the drive system 12510 may be in a binding state, for example. A controller of an instrument handle and/or an onboard controller may sense a binding relationship by measuring an energy spike, for example, and then, upon reaching an energy threshold, seize power delivery to the motor.

To put the lockout drive 12540 in an unlocked configuration, a staple cartridge assembly must be installed within the end effector assembly 12500. The key portion 12817 of the staple cartridge assembly 12800 is configured to contact a ramp surface 12548 of the distal lock portion 12547 to push the distal lock portion 12547 proximally. Pushing the distal lock portion 12547 proximally causes the shaft 12542 to be urged proximally. Pushing the shaft 12542 proximally moves the interference gear 12545 out of the lockout slot 12704S and into a freely rotating position within the lockout window 12704. When the interference gear 12545 is permitted to rotate freely, the shaft 12542 is permitted to rotate. When the shaft 12542 is permitted to rotate, the lockout drive 12540 is in an unlocked configuration allowing the input gear 12310 to drive the main drive 12520 and the lockout drive 12540 simultaneously. In the unlocked configuration, the drive system 12510 is no longer in a binding state.

The distal lock portion 12547 is pinned to the shaft 12542 by a pin 12547P. The pin 12547P is received within a shaft aperture 12549P of the shaft 12542 such that the shaft 12542 and the pin 12547P rotate together owing to an interference fit, for example, when the lockout drive 12540 is driven. Thus, the pin 12547P can rotate within the distal lock portion 12547. Accordingly, in addition to the spring-loaded interference gear 12545 urging the shaft 12542 distally when shifting to the locked configuration, the distal lock portion 12547 will push a pin head of the pin 12547P distally, resulting in the distal lock portion 12547 pulling the shaft 12542 distally as well (see FIG. 140 ). The distal lock portion 12547 is sandwiched, or nested, between the lever arms 12562. The driver bar 12550 comprises a clearance slot 12557 for the distal lock portion 12547.

Another lockout is provided to prevent the drive system 12510 from being actuated when a spent staple cartridge assembly is installed within the end effector assembly 12500. A spent cartridge lockout member, or cartridge driver engagement arm, 12660 is positioned between the side frames 12620A, 12620B. The lockout member 12660 comprises a spring member 12661 and a driver bar catch feature, or hook, 12663. The lockout member 12660 is illustrated in the unlocked configuration in FIGS. 134-137 . The staple cartridge assembly 12800 installed within the end effector assembly 12500 is unspent in FIGS. 134-136 . An unspent cartridge contains a staple driver 12820 which has not been fired and is in its proximal-most position. Since, in various embodiments, a staple driver such as the staple driver 12820 is not retracted after being fired, a staple driver in a spent cartridge remains in a distal-most position it achieves when fired. Thus, the lockout member 12660 is urged by the spring member 12661 to catch the driver bar 12550 in the absence of a staple driver whether the absence is due to the absence of a staple cartridge assembly altogether or is due to a spent cartridge being present. At any rate, when caught by the cartridge driver catch feature 12663, the drive system 12510 is prevented from being actuated. This lockout configuration also puts the drive system 12510 in a binding state.

Referring primarily to FIGS. 138-145 , operation of the tool assembly 12100 will now be described with respect to a surgical stapling procedure, or operation. The tool assembly 12100 is illustrated in the uncaptured, unclamped, unfired, unlocked configuration in FIGS. 138-140 . The tool assembly 12100 is unlocked because the unspent staple cartridge assembly 12800 is installed within the end effector assembly 12500. The interference gear 12545 is pushed out of the lockout slot 12704S and is free to rotate within the lockout window 12704 and the lockout window, or cavity, 12655 of the interior frame structure 12650. The lockout member 12660 is pushed away from the driver bar 12550 by the staple driver 12820 of the unspent staple cartridge assembly 12800 thus providing an unobstructed path for the driver bar 12550 to travel. The actuation tines 12563 of the pin actuation mechanism 12560 are in a first portion of the cam slots 12702. A user of the instrument may now place tissue between the cartridge deck 12811 and the anvil 12640 of the instrument to prepare for capturing of the tissue.

Referring now to FIGS. 141 and 142 , the drive system 12510 has been actuated to capture tissue with the tool assembly 12100. The closure frame 12700 automatically deployed the pin actuation mechanism 12560 and pin 12860 by camming the actuation projections 12563 with the cam slots 12702. The pin 12860 contacts the anvil 12640 defining a completed tissue capture stage. The closure frame 12700 has also advanced the staple cartridge assembly 12800 distally toward the anvil. At this point, the tool assembly 12100 may continuously actuate the main drive 12520 to proceed to fully clamping the tissue. However, if the user desires to uncapture the currently captured tissue (tissue not shown), the user may actuate the drive system 12510 in a reverse direction to reverse the drive system 12510 thereby rotating the pin actuation mechanism 12560 about the pin retaining axis to retract the pin shaft 12863. The instrument may be fitted with a sensor to detect when the pin shaft 12863 reaches a fully deployed position, for example. Detecting full deployment of the pin may result in a temporary pause in actuation to allow the user to determine if the tissue captured at this stage is the tissue to be clamped and, eventually, stapled. Once the user decides the tissue that is captured is the tissue to be clamped and, eventually, stapled, the user may trigger further actuation of the main drive system 12510 to proceed to the clamping stage.

In FIGS. 141 and 142 , the shaft 12542 of the lockout drive 12540 sprung back to its original position upon losing contact with its biasing member, the key portion 12817 of the staple cartridge body 12810. In other words, the spring 12544 is in its neutral, or uncompressed, state. The interference gear 12545 is still in a freely rotating position due to, one, the lockout window 12655 of the interior frame structure 12650 and, two, the distal movement of the closure frame 12700. The inner drive gear 12543 has moved longitudinally within but maintained a meshing relationship with the inner splined portion 12541S permitting the lockout drive 12540 to rotate when the drive system 12510 is actuated. The tabs 12533 of the closure nut tube 12530 are positioned within the slots 12653S causing the closure nut tube 12530 to translate within the frame bore 12653 as the drive screw portion 12525 rotates.

Turning now to FIG. 143 , the tool assembly 12100 is illustrated in the fully clamped configuration. The tabs 12533 of the closure nut tube 12530 have reached their distal most position now permitting the closure nut tube 12530 to be rotated. The tool assembly 12100 may be further configured to temporarily pause actuation of the main drive 12510 upon reaching the fully clamped position so that the user of the tool assembly 12100 can check if the captured, and now clamped, tissue is the target tissue to be stapled. In the event that the user of the tool assembly 12100 wants to unclamp the tissue, the drive system 12510 may be reversed to place the tabs 12533 of the closure nut tube 12530 back within the slots 12653S of the bore 12653 so that the drive screw portion 12525 may pull the closure nut tube 12530 and, as a result, the closure frame 12700 proximally. If the user decides that the captured, and now clamped, tissue is the target tissue to be stapled, the user may trigger further actuation of the main drive 12510 to fire the tool assembly 12100.

FIG. 144 illustrates the tool assembly 12100 in a fully fired configuration. The firing screw portion 12535 has been rotated to advance the driver bar 12550 toward the anvil 12640 pushing the staple driver 12820 distally within the staple cartridge body 12810. This distal advancement of the staple driver 12820 results in the deployment of the staples 12830 from the staple cavities 12813. The guide pins 12553 have been partially advanced out of their respective guide pin slots 12703 in the closure frame 12700. Upon fully firing the tool assembly 12100, the tool assembly 12100 may automatically reverse the drive system 12510 to retract the staple cartridge assembly 12800 to unclamp and uncapture the tissue that has just been stapled. This automatic retraction may be due to any suitable sensor configuration to identify that the staples 12830 have been fully fired, for example. In one instance, full actuation of the driver bar 12550 may be detected. In another instance, the firing screw portion 12535 can be configured to rotate a set number of rotations to advance the staple driver a set distance; upon completing the set number of rotations, the tool assembly 12100 and/or instrument interface to which the tool assembly 12100 is attached, may initialize the automatic retraction. This may be advantageous when different staple cartridge assemblies are used and the distance that the driver bar 12550 is required to travel changes to accommodate different staple heights, for example.

Referring now to FIG. 145 , the tool assembly 12100 is illustrated in an uncaptured, unclamped, fully-fired configuration. The lock member 12660 has been pushed outwardly by the driver bar 12550. The lock member 12660 has also nudged its catch feature 12663 directly under the staple driver 12820. The catch feature 12663 may, alone, prevent the staple driver 12820 of the now spent staple cartridge assembly 12800 from being moved proximally for any reason. The tabs 12533 of the closure nut tube 12530 are in their proximal most position. This proximal most position puts the tabs 12533 within a proximal annular recess 12653AP within the firing bore 12653. The annular recess 12653AP permits the closure tube to rotate simultaneously with the drive screw portion 12525 to retract the driver bar 12550.

FIG. 146 illustrates the tool assembly 12100 with the staple cartridge assembly 12800 uninstalled within the end effector assembly 12500. Prior to uninstalling the staple cartridge assembly 12800, the catch feature 12663 of the lock member 12660 was urged inward by the spring member 12661 to catch the driver bar 12550. In this position, the drive system 12510 is in a binding state since the driver bar 12550 can not be advanced. The lock member 12660 remains in this position when the spent staple cartridge assembly 12800 is removed from the tool assembly 12100. The lockout drive 12540 initiates its locking function upon removal of the staple cartridge assembly 12800. Since the distal lock portion 12547 is not pushed proximally by a cartridge body key member, the spring 12544 motivates the interference gear 12545 and, thus, the shaft 12542 distally placing the interference gear 12545 in the lockout slot 12704S of the lockout window 12704. Without a staple cartridge assembly installed within the end effector assembly 12500, the lockout member 12660 and lockout drive 12540 provide two actuation prevention devices, or mechanisms, to prevent the drive system 12510 from being actuated.

Referring now to FIG. 147 , the unspent staple cartridge assembly 12800 is illustrated not installed within the end effector assembly 12500. A base portion 12821 of the staple driver 12820 is configured to unlock the lock member 12660 by contacting the catch feature 12663 and pushing the catch feature 12663 away from the driver bar 12550. As discussed above, the key portion 12817 is configured to engage the ramp surface 12548 of the distal lock portion 12547 to push the interference gear 12545 out of the lockout slot 12704S and into a freely rotating position.

The staple cartridge assembly 12800 further comprises a status indicator system to visually indicate to a user of the tool assembly 12100 the status of the staples 12830. Referring now to FIGS. 148 and 149 , the staple cartridge assembly 12800 is illustrated in a fully clamped, partially fired configuration where the staple drivers 12823 of the staple driver 12820 are extended partially above the deck 12811 of the cartridge body 12810. A cartridge window 12853 is provided within the staple cartridge body 12810 for displaying the movement of the staple drivers 12823. The movement of the staple drivers is indicated by visual indicia 12823A, 12823B on the staple drivers 12823 themselves. For example, the visual indicia 12823A, 12823B may comprise a single color varying in intensity, or shade, for example, to illustrate the progression of the staple drivers 12823 within the cartridge body 12810. A greater intensity may indicate that the staple drivers 12823 are approaching, or have reached, a fully fired position. In other instances, the staple drivers 12823 may comprise two colors; a first color 12823A, such as blue, for example, to indicate that the staple drivers 12823 are in mid progression, and, a second color 12823B, such as red, for example, to indicate that the staple drivers 12823 have reached the fully fired position.

A surgical stapling attachment, or tool assembly, 13100 is depicted in FIGS. 150-168 . The tool assembly, or instrument, 13100 is configured to clamp, staple, and cut tissue during a surgical procedure. Referring primarily to FIGS. 150-154 , the tool assembly 13100 comprises an attachment portion 13200, a shaft assembly 13300, an articulation joint 13400, and an end effector assembly 13500. The attachment portion 13200 is configured to be attached to an interface of a surgical instrument. The instrument interface can comprise a handle such as those disclosed herein for example. Other embodiments are envisioned where the tool assembly 13100 is not readily attachable to and detachable from an instrument interface and, instead, is part of a unitary instrument. The attachment portion 13200 is configured to receive rotary control motions from the instrument interface to which the tool assembly 13100 is attached and transfer the rotary control motions to the shaft assembly 13300. As discussed in greater detail below, the shaft assembly 13300 communicates these rotary control motions to the end effector assembly 13500 through the articulation joint 13400.

The attachment portion 13200 comprises a housing 13201 and a transmission 13205 including an articulation transmission and, in addition, an end effector transmission. With reference to FIG. 155 , the articulation transmission comprises a articulation drive coupler 13210 (FIG. 151 ) configured to receive rotary motion from the instrument, an input shaft 13212, and a housing bearing 13211. The bearing 13211 rotatably supports the input shaft 13212. The input shaft 13212 comprises a worm gear portion 13213 meshed with a worm wheel 13214. The worm wheel 13214 is coupled with a translation, or pinion, gear 13215 to actuate an articulation shaft, or rod, 13320 of the shaft assembly 13300. The gear 13215 rotates with the worm wheel 13214. The articulation shaft 13320 comprises a rack 13325 disposed on a proximal portion thereof which is meshed with the pinion gear 13215 such that, when the pinion gear 13215 is rotated by the input shaft 13212, the articulation shaft, or link, 13320 is moved longitudinally to articulate the end effector assembly 13500.

The end effector assembly 13500 is illustrated in an unarticulated, or neutral, configuration in FIG. 164 . As illustrated in FIG. 165 , the articulation shaft 13320 can be pushed distally to articulate the end effector 13500 in a first direction. Similarly, as illustrated in FIG. 166 , the articulation shaft 13320 can be pulled proximally to articulate the end effector 13500 in a second, or opposite, direction. As illustrated in FIGS. 164-166 , the articulation shaft 13320 is not directly attached to the end effector 13500; rather, the articulation shaft 13320 is attached to the end effector 13500 via an articulation link 13324. In the neutral, or unarticulated, configuration of the end effector 13500, as illustrated in FIG. 154 , the articulation link 13324 extends from a region proximal to the articulation axis A-A to a region distal to the articulation axis A-A. Also, in the neutral configuration of the end effector 13500, the articulation link 13324 is positioned only one side of a longitudinal axis LA defined by the tool assembly 13100 and/or shaft housing 13301. The articulation link 13324 comprises a curved configuration configured to encourage the end effector assembly 13500 to articulate about the articulation axis A-A when the articulation shaft, or drive, 13320 is translated proximally and/or distally by the articulation transmission.

The end effector assembly 13500 comprises a frame, or spine, 13501 extending distally from the articulation joint 13400. The articulation joint 13400 comprises a proximal yoke 13401 fixedly attached to the shaft housing 13301, a lower, distal yoke arm 13402 fixedly attached to the end effector spine 13501, and an upper, distal yoke arm 13403 also fixedly attached to the end effector spine 13501. The yoke arms 13402, 13403 are configured to be rotated relative to the yoke 13401 about an articulation axis A-A. Although not illustrated, a pin or rod may be positioned along the articulation axis A-A for the proximal yoke 13401 and the yoke arms 13402, 13403 to pivot about. The articulation link 13324 is coupled to the upper, distal yoke arm 13403 by a pin 13404 so that, when the articulation shaft 13320 is moved longitudinally relative to the shaft housing 13301, the articulation shaft 13320 can push or pull the upper yoke arm 13403 to articulate the end effector assembly 13500 about the articulation axis A-A.

The end effector transmission of the transmission 13205 comprises a drive input, or primary drive coupler, 13220 configured to receive rotary motion from the instrument interface. The end effector transmission further comprises an input shaft 13222 and a housing bearing 13221 which rotatably supports the input shaft 13222. The input shaft 13222 comprises a closure drive gear 13223 journably supported thereon, a firing drive gear 13224 journably supported thereon, and a splined shaft portion 13225 disposed between the closure drive gear 13223 and the firing drive gear 13224. The closure drive gear 13223 is meshed with a corresponding output closure drive gear 13333 of the shaft assembly 13300 while the firing drive gear 13224 is meshed with a corresponding output firing drive gear 13344 of the shaft assembly 13300.

A shifter mechanism 13230 of the end effector transmission is capable of shifting between the drivability of the closure drive gear 13223 and the drivability of the firing drive gear 13224. The closure drive gear 13223 and the firing drive gear 13224 do not rotate unless engaged by the shifter mechanism 13230. The closure drive gear 13223 comprises a set of teeth, or projections, 13226 disposed on a side of the closure drive gear 13223 which faces the firing drive gear 13224. The firing drive gear 13224 comprises a set of teeth, or projections, 13227 disposed on a side of the firing drive gear 13224 which faces the closure drive gear 13223. A shifter body, or disk, 13235 comprises teeth, or projections, 13236 disposed on a first side of the disk 13235 that faces the closure drive gear 13223 and teeth, or projections, 13237 disposed on a second side of the disk 13235 that faces the firing drive gear 13224. The shift disk 13235 is meshed with and slidable relative to the splined shaft portion 13225. The shift disk 13235 is held by a shifter arm 13233 actuatable by a shift solenoid 13231 to move the shifter arm 13233 between a first position in which the disk 13235 is in meshing engagement with the closure drive gear 13223 and a second position in which the disk 13235 is in meshing engagement with the firing drive gear 13224. When the disk 13235 is engaged with the closure drive gear 13223, rotation of the drive coupler 13220 causes rotation of the closure drive gear 13223 and, thus, the closure shaft 13330. Similarly, when the disk 13235 is engaged with the firing drive gear 13224, rotation of the drive coupler 13220 causes rotation of the firing drive gear 13224 and, thus, the firing shaft 13340. Activating the shift solenoid 13231 may be achieved through an onboard controller 13203 configured to receive signals from the instrument interface and transmit these signals to the shift solenoid 13231.

Turning now to FIG. 156 , the articulation joint 13400, as discussed above, is configured to receive rotary control motions from the shaft assembly 13300 and transmit, or communicate, these rotary control motions to the end effector assembly 13500. In order to transfer the rotary motion of the closure shaft 13330 of the shaft assembly 13300 to a closure shaft, or drive, 13530 of the end effector assembly 13500 and, in addition, transfer the rotary motion of the firing shaft 13340 to a firing shaft, or drive, 13540 of the end effector assembly 13500 while maintaining the ability to articulate the end effector assembly 13500 relative to the shaft assembly 13300, the articulation joint 13400 comprises an arrangement of bevel gears. The firing shaft 13340 comprises an input bevel gear 13441 attached to a distal end of the firing shaft 13340, an idler bevel gear 13442 meshed with the input bevel gear 13441, and an output bevel gear 13443 meshed with the idler bevel gear 13442 and attached to the firing shaft 13540 of the drive system of the end effector assembly 13500. The idler bevel gear 13442 has a rotation axis common to the articulation axis A-A. Further to the above, the closure shaft 13330 comprises an input bevel gear 13431 attached to a distal end of the closure shaft 13330, an idler bevel gear 13432 having a rotation axis common to the articulation axis A-A and meshed with the input bevel gear 13431, and an output bevel gear 13433 meshed with the idler bevel gear 13432 and attached to a closure shaft 13530 of the drive system of the end effector assembly 13500. The bevel gears 13441, 13442, 13443 are in a nested configuration within the bevel gears 13431, 13432, 13433 such that the (inner) firing bevel gears 13441, 13442, 13443 can rotate relative to the (outer) closure bevel gears 13431, 13432, 13433 and vice-versa.

The output bevel gears 13433, 13443 are rotatable about the articulation axis A-A. As the end effector assembly 13500 is articulated, the output bevel gears 13433, 13443 can be configured to back rotate both idler bevel gears 13432, 13442. Back rotation of the idler bevel gears 13432, 13442 will cause back rotation of the input bevel gears 13431, 13441 and thus, cause rotation of the closure shaft 13330 and the firing shaft 13340. To avoid binding in the end effector transmission while the end effector assembly 13500 is articulated, the onboard controller 13203 of the attachment portion 13200 may signal the shift solenoid 13231 to place the shift disk 13235 in a neutral position where the shift disk 13235 is not engaged with either journably supported drive gears 13223, 13224 when the user actuates the articulation drive coupler 13210. As a result, the drive gears 13223, 13224 will rotate freely relative to the input shaft therefore diffusing the rotation of bevel gear assembly due to articulation.

The end effector assembly 13500 further comprises a first jaw 13510 and a second jaw 13520 which are movable relative to one another. Turning now to FIG. 157 , the end effector assembly 13500 comprises a closure system configured to move the jaws 13510, 13520 between open and closed positions. The closure system comprises a closure frame 13535 having a closure nut 13536 threadably engaged with a closure screw portion 13531 of the closure shaft 13530. The closure frame 13535 is moveable relative to the end effector frame 13501 upon actuation, or rotation, of the closure shaft 13530. Rotation of the closure shaft 13530 in a first rotational direction causes distal movement of the frame 13501. Rotation of the closure shaft 13530 in a second rotational direction opposite the first rotational direction causes proximal movement of the frame 13501. A thrust bearing 13533 positioned at a distal end of the closure shaft 13530 is supported within a frame support 13503 of the end effector frame 13501. Discussed in greater detail below, the end effector assembly 13500 also comprises a firing system 13550 actuated by a firing drive gear 13541 of the firing shaft 13540. The closure shaft 13530 and the firing shaft 13540 are configured to rotate independently of each other.

FIG. 163 is a partial view of the end effector assembly 13500 in an open, or unclamped, configuration. To clamp tissue with the tool assembly 13100, both jaws 13510, 13520 are moved from open positions to closed positions by actuation of the closure drive 13530. Rotation of the closure drive 13530 rotates the closure screw portion 13531. Rotation of the closure screw portion 13531 causes the closure nut 13536, and thus, the closure frame 13535 to translate relative to the end effector frame 13501. Upon fully retracting the closure frame 13535, the closure nut 13536 is configured to be received within a recess defined between the yoke arms 13402, 13403.

The end effector frame 13501 is positioned at least partially within the closure frame 13535 such that two lateral sides of the end effector frame 13501 are received within corresponding slots of the closure frame 13535. Such an arrangement permits the end effector frame 13501 to extend through the closure frame 13535 and permits the closure frame 13535 to move relative to the end effector frame 13501. The end effector assembly 13500 further comprises an anvil portion 13521 disposed on the jaw 13520 configured to form staples 13575. The jaw 13520 is at least partially positioned within the end effector frame 13501. The jaw 13520 comprises a pair of actuation pins 13527 movable within a pair of closure frame slots 13537 defined in the closure frame 13535 and a pair of end effector frame slots 13507 defined in the end effector frame 13501. The jaw 13520 further comprises a proximal hook portion 13522 comprising a pair of slots 13522S positioned therein. The proximal hook portion 13522 is configured to be hooked, or latched, on a frame pin 13502 of the end effector frame 13501. The jaw 13520 is pivotable about the frame pin 13502. The open slot configuration of the hook portion 13522 permits the jaw 13520 to be removed from the end effector assembly 13500 in the event that a user would like to replace the jaw 13520 for any reason.

The jaw 13520, grounded by and rotatable about the pin 13502, is rotated to a closed position by advancing the closure frame 13535 distally causing a pair of closure cam surfaces 13537C of the closure frame slot 13537 to cam the pins 13527 of the jaw 13520 toward the jaw 13510. The jaw 13510, grounded by the pins 13515 and rotatable about the pin axis defined by the pins 13515, is moved to a rotated position by advancing the closure frame 13535 distally causing a closure cam surface 13532 of the closure frame 13535 to cam a bottom surface 13512 of the jaw 13510 toward the jaw 13520. Similarly, the jaw 13520 is moved to an open position by moving the closure frame 13535 proximally causing a pair of opening cam surfaces 135370 (see FIG. 167 ) of the closure frame slot 13537 to cam the pins 13527 of the jaw 13520 upward. The end effector frame slots 13507 are clearance slots for the pins 13527 as the pins 13527 are cammed upward and downward relative to the frame 13501. The jaw 13510 is moved to an open position by moving the closure frame 13535 proximally causing the closure cam surface 13532 to be moved proximally permitting the jaw 13510 to fall open relative to the frame 13501. The jaw 13510 comprises a pair of curved recesses 13517 to provide clearance for the pins 13527.

Further to the above, as can be seen in FIG. 168 , the axis about which the jaw 13510 rotates and the axis about which the jaw 13520 rotates are not identical. The axes are vertically and horizontally offset from each other. The axis about which the jaw 13510 rotates is distal with respect to the axis about which the jaw 13520 rotates. The vertical distance between the axes may define a predetermined tissue gap distance and/or clamp distance between the cartridge 13570 and the anvil 13521.

When the tool assembly 13100 is in an unclamped configuration (FIG. 165 ), further to the above, the closure nut 13536 is in its proximal-most position which is a recess defined between the yoke arms 13402, 13403. In the unclamped configuration, a top surface of the jaw 13520 is completely exposed permitting a user of the tool assembly 13100 to remove the jaw 13520 from the instrument. This provides a readily replaceable anvil configuration.

The end effector frame 13501 supports the firing system 13550 which is configured to staple and/or cut tissue clamped with the tool assembly 13100. The firing system 13550, discussed in greater detail below, is configured to be actuated by the firing drive gear 13541 of the firing shaft 13540. The jaw, or cartridge support channel, 13510 comprises a pair pivot pins 13515 extending outwardly with respect to the jaw 13510 configured to be received within a pair of corresponding frame apertures 13505 permitting the jaw 13510, and as a result, the staple cartridge 13570 to pivot about a pivot axis defined by the pins 13515 relative to the end effector frame 13501.

The firing system 13550 comprises a drive gear 13551 meshed with the firing drive gear 13541. The drive gear 13551 is positioned on a proximal firing shaft 13552 which is rotatably supported by a frame support 13504 of the end effector frame 13501. The firing system 13550 further comprises a firing screw shaft 13555 comprising a proximal thrust bearing 13554 supported within a thrust bearing support 13514 of the jaw 13510 and a distal thrust bearing 13556 supported within a top and bottom bushing assembly 13573. The bushing assembly 13573 is positioned within a distal cartridge cavity 13572. The firing system 13550 further comprises a U-joint 13553 operably coupling the firing shaft 13552 and the firing screw shaft 13555. The U-joint 13553 permits the jaw 13510 to be rotated about the pivot axis defined by the pins 13515 while maintaining a driving relationship between the proximal firing shaft 13552 and the firing screw shaft 13555. In various instances, the U-joint 13553 is positioned at the axis defined by the pivot pins 13515; however, the U-joint 13553 may be located at any suitable location.

The firing system 13550 further comprises a firing member, or sled, 13560. The sled 13560 comprises a threaded aperture extending therethrough which is threadably engaged with the firing screw shaft 13555. The sled 13560 is constrained from rotating, or at least substantially rotating, with the firing screw shaft 13555 and, as a result, the firing screw shaft 13555 displaces the sled 13560 longitudinally when the firing screw shaft 13555 is rotated about its longitudinal axis. In use, the sled 13560 is displaced distally when the firing screw shaft 13555 is rotated in a first direction and displaced proximally when the firing screw shaft 13555 is rotated in a second direction.

As described in greater detail below, the sled 13560 is displaced distally between an unfired position (FIG. 158 ) and a fired position (FIG. 159 ) during a staple firing stroke to eject the staples 13575 from the staple cartridge 13570 and staple the tissue captured between the anvil portion 13521 and the staple cartridge 13570. The reader should appreciate from FIGS. 158 and 159 that the tissue is not cut while it is stapled. More specifically, the sled 13560 comprises a knife, or cutting member, 13561 which remains in an undeployed, or lowered, position during the staple firing stroke. After the staple firing stroke has been completed, referring now to FIG. 160 , the sled 13560 is retracted proximally. The sled 13560 is retracted proximally until the cutting member 13561 contacts a pin, or cam, 13516 extending from the frame of the staple cartridge 13570. The cutting member 13561 is rotatably mounted to the sled 13560 and, when the cutting member 13561 contacts the pin 13516, the cutting member 13561 rotates upwardly into a deployed position. At such point, the sled 13560 can be advanced distally once again to cut the stapled tissue during a cutting stroke, as illustrated in FIG. 162 .

The cutting member 13561 moves within a longitudinal slot 13571 defined in the staple cartridge 13570. The pin 13516 extends from the thrust bearing support 13514 and is aligned with the longitudinal slot 13571. When the sled 13560 is in its unfired position (FIG. 158 ), the cutting member 13561 is not in contact with the pin 13516; however, when the sled 13560 is retracted proximally relative to its unfired position, as illustrated in FIG. 160 , the cutting member 13561 contacts the pin 13516 and is rotated into its deployed position. More specifically, a cam arm 13566 of the cutting member 13561 engages the pin 13516 and rotates upwardly from its non-cutting position to its cutting position.

As discussed above, FIG. 158 illustrates the tool assembly 13100 in an unfired, or initial, configuration. In such an unfired configuration of the tool assembly 13100, as also discussed above, the sled 13560 is in its unfired position and the cutting member 13561 in its non-cutting position. The tool assembly 13100 can be configured to detect whether the sled 13560 is in its unfired position and/or whether the cutting member 13561 is in its non-cutting position. In at least one instance, the staple cartridge 13570 can comprise a first sensor configured to detect the presence of the sled 13560 if the sled 13560 is in its unfired position. Similarly, the staple cartridge 13570 can comprise a second sensor configured to detect the presence of the cutting member 13561 if the cutting member 13561 is in its cutting position. The first sensor and the second sensor can comprise proximity sensors, for example, and can be in signal communication with a controller of the tool assembly 13100.

When the sled 13560 reaches its distal-most position of its firing stroke, as illustrated in FIG. 159 , all of the staples 13575 will have been deployed from the staple cartridge 13570. In various instances, a sensor is disposed at a distal end of the end effector assembly which is configured to detect whether the sled 13560 has reached its distal-most position. The sensor may comprise a proximity sensor, for example, in signal communication with a controller of the tool assembly 13100. Once all of the staples 13575 have been fired, the instrument controller can signal to the user that the firing stroke has been completed. At such point, the user can operate the tool assembly 13100 to retract the sled 13560 in order to prepare the tool assembly 13100 for the cutting portion of the procedure. Alternatively, the tool assembly 13100 can be configured to automatically retract the sled 13560 after the firing stroke has been completed.

As discussed above, FIG. 160 illustrates the tool assembly 13100 in a configuration in which all of the staples have been fired and the firing member has been retracted to a proximal-most, or mode-switching, position. As also discussed above, this mode-switching position permits the pin 13516 to engage the cam arm 13566 of the cutting member 13561 and rotate the cutting member 13561 to its cutting position. In various instances, the sled 13560 may be prevented from reaching this mode-switching position until the instrument controller has received a signal that the staple firing stroke has been completed. In at least one such instance, the instrument controller can interrupt the electrical power supply to the motor of the firing drive once the sled 13560 has reached its unfired position in the event that the instrument controller does not receive a signal from the end-of-firing-stroke sensor confirming that the firing stroke was completed. In the event that the instrument controller receives a signal that the staple firing stroke has been completed, the instrument controller can permit the sled 13560 to be retracted proximally beyond its unfired position into its mode-switching position.

Once the sled 13560 has been moved into the mode-switching position, the instrument controller can permit the sled 13560 to be advanced distally once again. In various instances, the instrument can comprise a tissue-cutting switch which, when depressed, can actuate the firing drive 13540 once again to drive the sled 13560 through the staple cartridge 13570 through a second, or cutting, stroke. As the cutting member 13561 has now been raised into its cutting position, the cutting member 13561 will incise the stapled tissue.

Further to the above, the tool assembly 13100 is configured to lower the cutting member 13561 to its non-cutting position after the sled 13560 has completed its tissue cutting stroke. More specifically, referring primarily to FIG. 162 , the cam portion 13566 of the cutting member 13561 is configured to contact a distal pin, or cam, 13574 at the end of the tissue cutting stroke wherein such interaction rotates the cutting member 13561 downwardly into its noncutting position. As a result, the sled 13560 can be retracted without the cutting member 13561 being exposed to the tissue. Also, as a result, the jaws 13510, 13520 can be unclamped from the tissue after the cutting stroke without the cutting member 13561 being exposed. The reader should appreciate that the cutting member 13561 does not interact with the distal pin 13574 at the end of the firing stroke because the cutting member 13561 is already in its lowered position during the firing stroke.

As outlined above, the tool assembly 13100 is configured to prohibit the cutting of tissue clamped by the tool assembly 13100 until all of the staples 13575 have been fired, or fully formed. As also outlined above, this bifurcation of functions is possible as the cutting member 13561 is pivotable between a non-cutting position and a cutting position.

An anvil 6020 of a circular stapling instrument is illustrated in FIGS. 169 and 170 . The anvil 6020 comprises a tissue compression surface 6022 and an annular array of staple forming pockets 6024 defined in the tissue compression surface 6022. The anvil 6020 further comprises a frame 6028, an attachment mount 6026, and a stem extending from the attachment mount 6026. The stem is configured to be releasably attached to a closure drive of the circular stapling instrument so that the anvil 6020 can be moved toward and away from a staple cartridge of the circular stapling instrument. The compression surface 6022, the attachment mount 6026, and the frame 6028 are comprised of stainless steel, for example; however, any suitable material, or materials, could be used.

Further to the above, the anvil 6020 comprises a tissue support 6030. The tissue support 6030 is positioned within an annular aperture defined within the tissue support surface 6022. The tissue support 6030 is snugly secured within the anvil 6020 such that there is little, if any, relative movement therebetween. The tissue support 6030 comprises an annular tissue support surface 6032 which is adjacent to the annular tissue compression surface 6022 of the anvil 6020. The tissue support 6030 further comprises an inner annular wall 6036 defined therein and, in addition, a bottom wall 6038 positioned adjacent the anvil frame 6028 of the anvil 6020.

Referring now to FIG. 171 , the circular stapling instrument comprises a staple cartridge 6040 including a first annular row of staples 6070, a second annular row of staples 6080, and a firing drive configured to eject the staples 6070 and 6080 from the staple cartridge 6040 during a firing stroke of the firing drive. As illustrated in FIG. 171 , the staples 6070 and 6080 are deformed by the forming pockets 6024 as they are ejected from the staple cartridge 6040. In various instances, the staples 6070 and the staples 6080 are deformed to the same height while, in other instances, the staples 6070 and the staples 6080 are deformed to different heights. For example, the staples 6070 can be deformed to a shorter deformed height than the staples 6080. In other examples, the staples 6080 are deformed to a shorter height than the staples 6070.

In addition to or in lieu of the above, the staples 6070 and the staples 6080 can have different unformed heights. For example, the staples 6070 can have a shorter unformed height than the staples 6080. In other examples, the staples 6080 have a shorter unformed height than the staples 6070. In certain instances, the staples 6070 and the staples 6080 have the same unformed height.

As the staples 6070 and 6080 are deformed against the anvil 6020 to staple the tissue T captured between the anvil 6020 and the staple cartridge 6040, further to the above, the stapling instrument can incise the tissue T. The firing drive, which ejects the staples from their staple cavities, drives a cutting member 6050 toward the tissue T and the anvil 6020. The distal edge of the cutting member 6050 transects the tissue T and then slides along the inner sidewall 6036 of the tissue support 6030 without transecting the inner sidewall 6036. The cutting edge of the cutting member 6050 is annular and it is aligned with the annular inner wall 6036 of the tissue support 6030. The cutting member 6050 is advanced into the anvil 6020 until the cutting member 6050 transects the bottom wall 6038, as illustrated in FIG. 171 .

The firing drive experiences various loads when driving the staples 6070 and 6080 against the anvil 6020 and/or cutting the tissue. For instance, the firing drive may experience an increased load when transecting tissue that has been previously stapled, such as with staples 6090 (FIG. 171 ), for example. The transection of the bottom wall 6038 by the cutting member 6050, however, creates a sudden change or impulse in the force transmitted through the firing drive. This sudden change by the force can be sensed by the clinician using the surgical stapler and/or an electronic sensor system configured to detect load changes in the firing drive. The tissue support 6030 can be comprised of a material that can snap when the cutting member 6050 applies a load to the bottom wall 6038. In at least one instance, the tissue support 6030 is comprised of plastic, for example. In any event, the transection of the bottom wall 6038 can be detected and, once detected, the clinician and/or the electronic sensor system can determine that the cutting process has been completed.

The firing drive deforms the staples 6070, 6080 and incises the tissue with the cutting member 6050 at the same time; however, it is contemplated that the staple forming and tissue cutting steps could be staggered. In at least one instance, the tissue cutting step does not begin until the staple forming step has been completed.

It should be appreciated from FIG. 171 that, while surface 6032 can partially support the tissue T, the cutting member 6050 can push the tissue T into the cavity defined between the inner wall 6036 of the tissue support 6030 and the attachment mount 6026 when the cutting member 6050 is moved toward the bottom wall 6038. Stated another way, the cutting member 6050 can drag the tissue T along the wall 6036 before finally cutting it. In such instances, the incision made by the cutting member 6050 may not be precise. Discussed below are improvements to the embodiment disclosed in FIG. 171 .

Turning now to FIGS. 172 and 173 , the tissue support 6030 of anvil 6020 has been replaced with a tissue support 6130. The tissue support 6130 comprises a first, or outer, annular wall 613land a second, or inner, annular wall 6133. The inner wall 6133 defines an aperture 6136 configured to closely receive the attachment mount 6026. The outer wall 6131 and the inner wall 6133 are connected by lateral walls 6132. The lateral walls 6132 extend radially around a center of the tissue support 6130 between the inner wall 6133 and the outer wall 6131. The lateral walls 6132 are evenly spaced apart from one another; however, alternative embodiments are contemplated in which the lateral walls 6132 are not evenly spaced apart from one another. In either event, the lateral walls 6132 define an annular array of cavities 6134 in the tissue support 6130. In various instances, each cavity 6134 can be enclosed on every side but the side facing the tissue, for example. In other instances, the side of the cavity facing the tissue can be enclosed.

The outer wall 6131 and the inner wall 6133 of the tissue support 6130 are configured to support the tissue as the tissue is being transected by the cutting member 6050. The lateral walls 6132 also support the tissue and, in addition, block or resist the tissue from sliding relative to the outer wall 6131 and the inner wall 6133 as the tissue is being transected. It should be understood that the tissue can enter the cavities 6134 when the tissue is being transected; however, the relative movement between the tissue and the sidewalls can be greatly reduced. The composition and arrangement of the lateral walls 6132 can be selected to provide more support to the tissue or less support to the tissue depending on the amount of support that is desired. For instance, thicker lateral walls 6132 can provide more tissue support than thinner lateral walls 6132. Similarly, more lateral walls 6132 can provide more tissue support than thinner lateral walls 6132.

As the cutting member 6050 is moved through its cutting stroke, the cutting member 6050 cuts the tissue and transects the lateral walls 6132. The cutting member 6050 is annular and transects the lateral walls 6132 adjacent the outer wall 6131; however, a cutting member could transect the walls 6132 at any suitable location. In any event, the lateral walls 6132 support the tissue before, during, and after the tissue is cut and prevent, or at least reduce the possibility of, the tissue being dragged along the outer wall 6131 and/or the inner wall 6133. Similar to the tissue support 6030, the tissue support 6130 comprises a bottom wall 6138 that is transected at the end of the cutting stroke.

A surgical stapler comprising a staple cartridge 6240 and an anvil 6220 is disclosed in FIGS. 174 and 175 . The staple cartridge 6240 is similar to the staple cartridge 6040 in many respects. The anvil 6220 is similar to the anvil 6020 and the anvil 6120 in many respects. The anvil 6220 comprises an attachment stem 6226 and an annular tissue support 6230 positioned around the attachment stem 6226. The tissue support 6230 comprises a central aperture configured to closely receive the stem 6226. The tissue support 6230 further comprises an annular outer wall 6231 positioned adjacent the tissue compression surface of the anvil 6220 and, in addition, lateral walls 6232 extending radially from the outer wall 6231. The tissue support 6230 does not comprise an inner annual wall and the inner ends of the lateral walls 6232 are free to deflect. The tissue support 6230 further comprises a bottom wall 6238 which is incised by the cutting member 6050, similar to the above.

A surgical stapler comprising the staple cartridge 6240 and the anvil 6220 is illustrated in FIGS. 176 and 177 . The reader should appreciate, however, that the tissue support 6230 of the anvil 6220 has been replaced with a tissue support 6330. The tissue support 6330 comprises an annular central aperture configured to closely receive the stem 6226. The tissue support 6330 further comprises a top wall 6332, a bottom wall 6338, and sidewalls 6336 extending between the top wall 6332 and the bottom wall 6338. The top wall 6332 and the bottom wall 6338 are parallel, or at least substantial parallel; however, embodiments are envisioned in which the walls 6332 and 6338 are not parallel. The sidewalls 6336 are parallel, or at least substantial parallel; however, embodiments are envisioned in which the sidewalls 6336 are not parallel.

The walls 6332, 6336, and 6338 define an annular cavity 6334 therebetween. The cavity 6334 is enclosed, or at least substantially enclosed, on all sides. The cavity 6334 extends uninterrupted around the stem 6226; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which the cavity 6334 is interrupted by sidewalls and/or changes in geometry, for example.

Similar to the above, the tissue support 6330 is configured to support the tissue as the tissue is being transected by the cutting member 6050. The tissue support 6330 is closely received within the anvil 6220 such that the tissue support 6330 does not move, or at least substantially move, relative to the anvil 6220. Moreover, the tissue support 6330 comprises a rigid box-shaped cross-section such that the deflection of the tissue support 6330 is minimized or insubstantial while the cutting member 6050 is transecting the tissue. As illustrated in FIG. 176 , a gap is present between the bottom wall 6338 and the inner side wall 6336. Such a gap can provide some flexibility in the tissue support 6330; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which no such gaps are present. The tissue support 6330 is comprised of plastic, for example; however, in various embodiments, the tissue support 6330 can be comprised of a flexible and/or elastomeric material, for example.

The cutting member 6050 transects the tissue support 6330 during its cutting stroke. As illustrated in FIG. 177 , the cutting member 6050 transects the top wall 6332 after transecting the tissue and then enters into the cavity 6334. The top wall 6332 comprises an annular notch 6333 defined therein which is aligned with the annular cutting edge of the cutting member 6050. The notch 6333 reduces the cross-section of the top wall 6332 and facilitates the incision of the top wall 6332. The cutting member 6050 can also transect the bottom wall 6338 during its cutting stroke. As the reader should appreciate, the transection of the top wall 6332 and the bottom wall 6338 of the tissue support 6330 can create force pulses in the firing drive of the stapling instrument. The top wall 6332 and the bottom wall 6338 can be structurally configured to provide different pulses so that the clinician and/or electronic sensor system of the surgical instrument can discern the difference between the pulses and not incorrectly interpret the incision of the top wall 6332 as the end of the firing/cutting stroke.

Referring again to FIGS. 176 and 177 , the top wall 6332 of the tissue support 6330 is aligned, or at least substantially aligned, with the tissue compression surface 6022 of the anvil 6220. In addition to or in lieu of the above, the top wall 6332 can be recessed with respect to the tissue compression surface 6022 and/or extend above the tissue compression surface 6022. The top wall 6332 of the tissue support extends above the forming surfaces 6024 of the anvil 6220. In addition to or in lieu of the above, the top wall 6332 can be recessed with respect to the forming surfaces 6024 and/or aligned with the forming surfaces 6024.

A surgical stapler comprising the staple cartridge 6240 and the anvil 6220 is illustrated in FIGS. 178 and 179 . The reader should appreciate, however, that the tissue support 6230 of the anvil 6220 has been replaced with a tissue support 6430. The tissue support 6430 comprises an annular central aperture configured to closely receive the stem 6226. The tissue support 6430 further comprises a top wall 6432, a bottom wall 6438, and sidewalls 6436 extending between the top wall 6432 and the bottom wall 6438. The walls 6432, 6436, and 6438 define an annular cavity 6434 therebetween. The cavity 6434 is enclosed, or at least substantially enclosed, on all sides. The cavity 6434 extends uninterrupted around the stem 6226; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which the cavity 6434 is interrupted by sidewalls and/or changes in geometry, for example.

Similar to the above, the tissue support 6430 is configured to support the tissue as the tissue is being transected by the cutting member 6050. The tissue support 6430 is closely received within the anvil 6220 such that the tissue support 6430 does not move, or at least substantially move, relative to the anvil 6220. Moreover, the tissue support 6430 comprises a rigid polygonal cross-section such that the deflection of the tissue support 6430 is minimized or insubstantial while the cutting member 6050 is transecting the tissue. As illustrated in FIG. 178 , a gap is present between the bottom wall 6438 and the inner side wall 6436. Such a gap can provide some flexibility in the tissue support 6430; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which no such gaps are present. The tissue support 6430 is comprised of plastic, for example; however, in various embodiments, the tissue support 6430 can be comprised of a flexible and/or elastomeric material, for example.

As illustrated in FIGS. 178 and 179 , the inner sidewall 6436 is shorter than the outer sidewall 3436; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which the outer sidewall 6436 is shorter than the inner sidewall 6436. Moreover, the top wall 6432 is not parallel to the bottom wall 6438. More specifically, the top wall 6432 comprises an inclined portion which extends transversely to the bottom wall 6438 and/or other portions of the top wall 6432.

The cutting member 6050 transects the tissue support 6430 during its cutting stroke. As illustrated in FIG. 179 , the cutting member 6050 transects the top wall 6432 after transecting the tissue and then enters into the cavity 6434. The cutting member 6050 can also transect the bottom wall 6438 during its cutting stroke.

As discussed above, the tissue supports disclosed herein are configured to support tissue as the tissue is being incised by a cutting member. Oftentimes, the tissue being incised by the cutting member has been previously stapled, i.e., stapled during an earlier step in the surgical procedure, for example. In various instances, such staples may also be incised by the cutting member even though they are comprised of metal, such as titanium and/or stainless steel, for example. In other instances, such staples may not be incised by the cutting member; rather, they may be pushed into the material comprising the tissue support. Whether or not the staples are incised by the cutting member, the tissue supports disclosed herein, in various instances, comprise a sufficient strength and/or stiffness that prevents a staple trapped against the tissue support by the cutting member from creating more than localized plastic deformation in the tissue support. In at least one such instance, the localized plastic deformation is limited to less than one characteristic length (CL) of the staple in any direction with respect to the staple. In at least one instance, the material of the tissue support can be selected such that the staple trapped against the tissue support may only create a zone of plastic deformation in the tissue support that has a diameter of less than 2*CL, for example. In other instances, the material of the tissue support can be selected such that the staple trapped against the tissue support may only create a zone of plastic deformation in the tissue support that has a diameter of less than 1.5*CL, for example. A characteristic length of a staple can be the width of the staple crown, or backspan, and/or the formed height of the staple legs in their deformed configuration, for example. Moreover, the tissue supports disclosed herein can be comprised of a material which is sufficiently hard enough to support the staples as they are being incised by the cutting member. In at least one instance, the hardness of the material comprising the tissue support is equal to or greater than the hardness of the material comprising the staples being incised against the tissue support. In certain instances, the hardness of the material comprising the tissue support is less than the hardness of the material comprising the staples being incised; however, the structural design of the tissue support is sufficient to prevent the tissue support from plastically stretching beyond an acceptable zone of plastic deformation. In certain instances, the energy needed to incise the tissue and the formed staples in the tissue is less than the energy needed to incise the tissue support. In various instances, the material comprising the tissue support may be resistant to being gouged by the staples. In at least one instance, a biocompatible lubricant may be placed on and/or impregnated within the tissue support to prevent the staples from catching on the tissue support.

In various instances, the tissue compression surface of an anvil and the tissue contacting surface of a tissue support are flat, or at least substantially flat. Such an arrangement can distribute the force applied by the anvil onto the tissue over a large area. Other embodiments are envisioned in which the tissue compression surface of the anvil and/or the tissue contacting surface of the tissue support are not flat. In certain instances, the tissue compression surface of an anvil and/or the tissue contacting surface of a tissue support comprise tissue gripping members, or spikes, extending therefrom which are configured to engage and grip tissue. Such tissue gripping members can reduce relative movement, or slipping, between the tissue and the anvil, for example. In at least one instance, the density of the tissue gripping members on the tissue compression surface of the anvil and the tissue contacting surface of the tissue support is the same. In other instances, the density of the tissue gripping members on the tissue contacting surface of the tissue support is higher than the density of the tissue gripping members on the compression surface of the anvil. As the tissue support is positioned radially inwardly with respect to the compression surface of the anvil, the tissue gripping members can prevent the tissue from flowing or sliding radially inwardly in such an instance.

An anvil 6520 is disclosed in FIG. 180 . The anvil 6520 comprises a tissue compression surface 6522 and, in addition, forming pockets defined in the tissue compression surface 6522 which are configured to deform staples into a desired configuration when the staples are ejected from their staple cartridge. Each forming pocket comprises a pair of cups, wherein each pair of cups is configured to deform the legs of a staple. For example, a pair of forming cups can include a first forming cup 6530a configured to deform the first leg of a staple and a second forming cup 6530b configured to deform the second leg of the staple. The first forming cup 6530a and the second forming cup 6530b are mirror images of one another with respect an axis 6531 extending between the first forming cup 6530a and the second forming cup 6530b; however, other arrangements can be utilized.

The first forming cup 6530a comprises a first, or outer, end 6532 and a second, or inner, end 6534. The first forming cup 6530a further comprises a bottom, or bathtub, surface 6536 extending between the outer end 6532 and the inner end 6534. The first end 6532 is configured to receive the leg of a staple and begin the forming process of the leg. The first end 6532 comprises a curved surface configured to deflect the staple leg toward the second end 6534. The bottom surface 6536 comprises a curved, or concave, surface configured to at least partially turn the staple leg back toward the staple cartridge. The second end 6534 comprises a curved surface which is configured to guide the staple leg out of the forming cup 6530a.

The second forming cup 6530b comprises a similar construction to that of the first forming cup 6530a and is configured to deform a second leg of the staple. As a result of the above, the first forming cup 6530a guides the first leg of the staple toward the second leg and the second forming cup 6530b guides the second leg of the staple toward the first leg. In various instances, the first forming cup 6530a and the second forming cup 6530b co-operate to deform the staple into a B-shaped configuration, for example; however, the forming cups can be configured to deform a staple into any suitable configuration.

Referring primarily to FIG. 181 , each forming cup 6530 (6530a and 6530b) comprises a first lateral sidewall 6537 and a second lateral sidewall 6539 extending between the first end 6532 and the second end 6534. In various instances, the first lateral sidewall 6537 and the second lateral sidewall 6539 are mirror images of one another with respect to a longitudinal axis 6533 extending through the center of the forming cup 6530. In other instances, the first lateral sidewall 6537 and the second lateral sidewall 6539 are not mirror images of each other. In either event, the sidewalls 6537, 6539 are sloped or inclined so as to guide the staple leg toward the center of the forming cup, i.e., toward the axis 6533, for example.

Each forming cup 6530 comprises a groove or channel 6538 defined in the bottom surface 6536 thereof. The groove 6538 extends longitudinally between the first end 6532 and the second end 6534 of the forming cup 6530. The groove 6538 extends parallel to, and laterally offset with respect to, a central longitudinal axis 6535 of the forming cup 6530. The groove 6538 is wider than the leg of the staple that is deformed by the forming cup 6530; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which the groove 6538 is narrower than the leg of the staple. In either event, the groove 6538 is configured to guide the staple leg along a predetermined path within the forming cup 6530.

In various instances, the grooves of the forming cups 6530 are configured to twist the legs of the staple while the legs are being deformed. In at least one instance, a staple is planar, or at least substantially planar, before it is deformed. In at least one such instance, the legs and the base of the staple lie in the same plane which is aligned with the longitudinal axis 6535 when the staple is ejected from the staple cartridge. The first ends 6532 and the bottom surfaces 6536 are sloped and/or otherwise configured to guide the legs toward the grooves 6538 when the staple legs enter into the forming cups 6530. Once the staple legs enter into the grooves 6538, the grooves 6538 will twist the staple legs out of plane with the base of the staple. As a result of the above, the unformed staple configuration is planar but the formed staple configuration is non-planar. Other embodiments are envisioned, however, in which a staple has a non-planar configuration before and after it has been deformed.

The grooves 6538 of the forming cups 6530, for a given set of forming cups 6530, are positioned on the same side of the longitudinal axis 6535 and are configured to twist both of the staple legs to the same side of the staple base. Other embodiments, however, are envisioned in which a first staple leg is twisted to one side of the staple base and a second staple leg is twisted to another side of the staple base. In at least one such embodiment, a first groove 6538 is positioned on a first side of the longitudinal axis 6535 that is configured to twist a first staple leg to a first side of the staple base while a second groove 6538 is positioned on a second side of the longitudinal axis 6535 that is configured to twist a second staple leg to a second side of the staple base.

The grooves 6538 of the forming cups 6530, for a given set of forming cups 6530, are collinear, or at least substantially collinear. Other embodiments, however, are envisioned in which the grooves 6538 are positioned on the same side of the longitudinal axis 6535 but are not collinear with each other. In at least one such instance, the grooves 6538 are parallel to each other while, in other such instances, the grooves 6538 are not parallel to each other.

Referring primarily to FIG. 181 , the groove 6538 is deeper than the bottom surface 6536 of the forming cup 6530. Other embodiments, however, are envisioned in which the groove and the bottom surface of a forming cup have the same depth.

In various instances, the forming cups 6530 are arranged in longitudinal rows when the anvil 6520 is part of a longitudinal end effector configured to apply longitudinal rows of staples. In at least one such instance, the grooves 6538 of the forming cups are arranged such all of the staples deployed by the end effector are bent out of plane in the same direction. In other instances, the grooves 6538 are arranged in a first longitudinal row of forming cups 6530 to bend the staple legs in a first direction and a second longitudinal row of forming cups 6530 to bend the staple legs in a second, or different, direction. In certain instances, the grooves 6538 are arranged to bend the legs of a first staple in a staple row in a first direction and a second staple in the staple row in a second, or opposite, direction.

In various instances, the forming cups 6530 are arranged in annular rows when the anvil 6520 is part of an annular end effector configured to apply annular rows of staples. In at least one such instance, the grooves 6538 are positioned radially outwardly with respect to the center longitudinal axes 6535 of the forming cups 6530. In other instances, the grooves 6538 are positioned radially inwardly with respect to the center longitudinal axes 6535 of the forming cups 6530. In certain instances, the grooves 6538 are positioned radially outwardly in a first annular row of forming cups 6530 and radially inwardly in a second annular row of forming cups 6530.

Further to the above, the forming pockets of an anvil can comprise any suitable configuration. In at least one instance, a forming pocket can comprise two forming cups which are mirror images of each other with respect to a central axis. Each forming cup comprises a triangular configuration having an outer end and an inner end. The inner ends of a pair of forming cups are adjacent to each other. The outer ends of the forming cups are wider than the inner ends and are configured to receive the legs of a staple. Each forming cup further comprises a bottom, or bathtub, surface extending between the outer end and the inner end and, in addition, a longitudinal groove defined in the bottom surface configured to guide the staple leg within the forming cup. In at least one instance, the longitudinal groove is centered in the bottom surface of the forming cup.

An end effector 7000 of a circular stapling assembly is disclosed in FIGS. 182-184 . The end effector 7000 comprises a staple cartridge including a deck 7030 and a cartridge body 7040. The deck 7030 comprises a tissue compression surface 7031 and staple cavities 7032 defined in the compression surface 7031. The staple cavities 7032 are arranged in a first, or inner, annular row and a second, or outer, annular row. Each staple cavity 7032 in the inner row comprises a first staple 7070a removably stored therein and each staple cavity 7032 in the outer row comprises a second staple 7070b removably stored therein.

The end effector 7000 further comprises staple drivers which are configured to push the staples out of the staple cartridge. For instance, the staple cartridge comprises a first annular row of staple drivers 7060a configured to eject the first row of staples 7070a and a second annular row of staple drivers 7060b configured to eject the second row of staples 7070b cartridge body 7040. The staple drivers 7060a and 7060b are positioned within and/or aligned with the staple cavities 7032 defined in the deck 7030. The staple drivers 7060a and 7060b are slidable within the staple cavities 7032 to eject the staples 7070a and 7070b, respectively, from the staple cavities 7032.

The end effector 7000 further comprises an anvil 7020. The anvil 7020 comprises a tissue compression surface 7021 and staple forming pockets 7022 defined in the compression surface 7021. The staple forming pockets 7022 are arranged in a first, or inner, annular row and a second, or outer, annular row. The staple forming pockets 7022 are aligned with the staple cavities 7032 such that the staples 7070a, 7070b contact the staple forming pockets 7022 when the staples 7070a, 7070b are ejected from the staple cavities 7032.

The end effector 7000 further comprises a firing member 7056 configured to lift the staple drivers 7060a and 7060b within the staple cavities 7032 to eject the staples 7070a and 7070b, respectively, from the staple cavities 7032. The firing member 7056 comprises a base 7054 and a ramp 7055. The base 7054 is slidably positioned within a recess 7052 defined in a firing drive 7050. The ramp 7055 is slidably positioned within a slot 7041 defined in the cartridge body 7040. As described in greater detail below, the ramp 7055 is configured to slide within the slot 7041 and progressively contact the staple drivers 7060a, 7060b to eject the staples 7070a, 7070b from the staple cavities 7032.

Further to the above, the firing member 7056 is movable through a firing stroke to eject the staples 7070a, 7070b from the staple cavities 7032. During the firing stroke, the firing member 7056 is moved along a curved, or arcuate, path which is defined by the slot 7041. Referring primarily to FIG. 182 , the slot 7041 comprises a first end 7042 and a second end 7049 and a continuous path therebetween. The ramp 7055 of the firing member 7056 is positioned in the first end 7042 at the beginning of the firing stroke and the second end 7049 at the end of the firing stroke. The first end 7042 of the slot 7041 is aligned with the inner row of staple cavities 7032 and the second end 7049 of the slot 7041 is aligned with the outer row of staple cavities 7032. The slot 7041 further comprises a first circumferential portion 7043 that extends around a central longitudinal axis 7090 extending through the end effector 7000. The first circumferential portion 7043 of the slot 7041 is aligned with and extends under the staple drivers 7060a in the inner row of staple cavities 7032. The ramp 7055 of the firing member sequentially engages the staple drivers 7060a to sequentially fire the staples 7070a as the firing member 7056 moves through the first circumferential portion 7043 of the slot 7041.

The first circumferential portion 7043 is defined by a constant, or at least substantially constant, radius of curvature about the longitudinal axis 7090; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which the radius of curvature of the first circumferential portion 7043 is not constant. In at least one such instance, the first circumferential portion 7043 comprises a spiral. Stated another way, in such an instance, the first circumferential portion 7043 recedes away from the longitudinal axis 7090 as it extends around the longitudinal axis 7090.

The second circumferential portion 7045 of the slot 7041 is aligned with and extends under the staple drivers 7060b in the outer row of staple cavities 7032. The ramp 7055 of the firing member sequentially engages the staple drivers 7060b to sequentially fire the staples 7070b as the firing member 7056 moves through the second circumferential portion 7045 of the slot 7041. The second circumferential portion 7045 is defined by a constant, or at least substantially constant, radius of curvature about the longitudinal axis 7090; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which the radius of curvature of the second circumferential portion 7045 is not constant. In at least one such instance, the second circumferential portion 7045 comprises a spiral. Stated another way, in such an instance, the second circumferential portion 7045 recedes away from the longitudinal axis 7090 as it extends around the longitudinal axis 7090.

Further to the above, the slot 7041 comprises a transition portion 7044 intermediate the first circumferential portion 7043 and the second circumferential portion 7045. During the firing stroke, the ramp 7055 slides sequentially through the first circumferential portion 7043, the transition portion 7044, and then the second circumferential portion 7045. The transition portion 7044 permits the firing member 7056 to shift between the first radius of curvature of the first staple row and the second radius of curvature of the second staple row. In certain embodiments, a transition portion 7044 between the first circumferential portion 7043 and the second circumferential portion 7045 may be unnecessary. In at least one such instance, the first circumferential portion 7043 can comprise a first spiral configuration and the second circumferential portion 7045 can comprise a second spiral configuration which is aligned such that the end of the first spiral configuration is aligned with the beginning of the second spiral configuration, for example.

The firing member 7056 is driven along its firing path by a firing drive 7050. The firing drive 7050 is driven about the longitudinal axis 7090 by a handcrank and/or electric motor, for example. The firing drive 7050 comprises a drive recess 7052 defined therein. The base 7054 of the firing member 7056 is positioned in the drive recess 7052. The drive recess 7052 is larger than the base 7054 of the firing member 7056 such that the base 7054 can move, or float, within the drive recess 7052. The drive recess 7052 is defined by sidewalls which limit the movement of the base 7054 within the recess 7052. When the firing drive 7050 is rotated about the longitudinal axis 7090, a sidewall of the drive recess 7052 contacts the base 7054 and pushes the drive member 7056 through the slot 7051. As discussed above, the slot 7051has one or more changes in its radius of curvature and, when the firing member 7056 moves through such changes, the base 7054 of the firing member 7056 can slide within the drive recess.

As described above, the staples in the first, or inner, row of staples are deployed sequentially and, then, the staples in the second, or outer, row of staples are deployed sequentially. Such an embodiment can control the inner periphery of the colon before stapling outwardly, for example. In other embodiments, the staples in the outer row of staples are deployed sequentially and, then, the staples in the inner row of staples are deployed sequentially. Such an embodiment can establish a boundary in the colon tissue before stapling inwardly, for example.

In various instances, further to the above, the first staples 7070a and the second staples 7070b have the same unformed height. In at least one such instance, the first staples 7070a and the second staples 7070b are formed to the same formed height. In other such instances, the first staples 7070a are formed to a first formed height and the second staples 7070b can be formed to a second formed height which is different than the first formed height. In at least one such instance, the first formed height of the inner row of staples is shorter than the second formed height of the outer row of staples. Such an arrangement can provide for a more gradual transition between the stapled tissue and the unstapled tissue, for example. In other instances, the first formed height of the inner row of staples is taller than the second formed height of the outer row of staples. Such an arrangement can allow the innermost tissue of a stapled bowel, for example, to be more flexible, for example.

In certain instances, further to the above, the first staples 7070a have a first unformed height and the second staples 7070b have a second unformed height which is different than the first unformed height. In at least one such instance, the first staples 7070a and the second staples 7070b are formed to the same formed height. In other such instances, the first staples 7070a are formed to a first formed height and the second staples 7070b are formed to a second formed height which is different than the first formed height.

The end effector 7000 has two annular rows of staples; however, an end effector can have any suitable number of annular staple rows. For example, an end effector can have three annular rows of staples. In at least one such instance, the staples in a first annular row can have a first unformed staple height, the staples in a second annular row can have a second unformed staple height, and the third staples in a third annular row can have a third unformed staple height. Moreover, in at least one such instance, the staples in a first annular row can have a first deformed staple height, the staples in a second annular row can have a second deformed staple height, and the third staples in a third annular row can have a third deformed staple height.

A firing drive 7150 is depicted in FIGS. 185-190 . The firing drive 7150 comprises a rotatable drive shaft 7152 that is rotatable about a longitudinal axis. The firing drive 7150 further comprises a three-stage sequential driver assembly comprising a first, or inner, driver 7154a, a second, or intermediate, driver 7154b, and a third, or outer, driver 7154c. The drive shaft 7152 comprises a drive pin 7151 extending therefrom. The drive pin 7151 extends through a drive slot in each of the drivers 7154a, 7154b, and 7154c. For instance, the first driver 7154a comprises a first drive slot 7153a defined therein, the second driver 7154b comprises a second drive slot 7153b defined therein, and the third driver 7154c comprises a third drive slot 7153c defined therein. The drive slots 7153a, 7153b, and 7153c do not have the same configuration; however, the drive slots 7153a, 7153b, and 7153c have overlapping configurations that are aligned, or at least substantially aligned, with each other at the drive pin 7151. For instance, the drive pin 7151 is in an unfired position in FIG. 185 and the drive slots 7153a, 7153b, and 7153c are aligned with the drive pin 7151.

Further to the above, FIG. 185 illustrates drivers 7154a, 7154b, and 7154c in an unfired position. When the drive shaft 7152 is rotated through a first portion of its firing stroke, referring now to FIG. 186 , the drive pin 7151 is rotated through a circumferential path where the drive pin 7151 engages a sidewall of the drive slot 7153a and pushes, or cams, the first driver 7154a distally. Notably, the drive pin 7151 has not driven the drivers 7154b and 7154c distally during the first portion of the firing stroke. As can be seen in FIG. 185 , the drive slots 7153b and 7153c are aligned with the circumferential path of the drive pin 7151 throughout the first portion of the firing stroke. The first driver 7154a is configured to fire a first annular row of staples when the first driver 7154a is displaced distally.

When the drive shaft 7152 is rotated through a second portion of its firing stroke, referring now to FIG. 187 , the drive pin 7151 is rotated through a circumferential path where the drive pin 7151 engages a sidewall of the drive slot 7153b and pushes, or cams, the second driver 7154b distally. Notably, the drive pin 7151 has not driven the driver 7154c distally during the second portion of the firing stroke. Similar to the above, the drive slots 7153a and 7153c are aligned with the circumferential path of the drive pin 7151 throughout the second portion of the firing stroke. The second driver 7154b is configured to fire a second annular row of staples when the second driver 7154b is displaced distally.

When the drive shaft 7152 is rotated through a third portion of its firing stroke, referring now to FIG. 188 , the drive pin 7151 is rotated through a circumferential path where the drive pin 7151 engages a sidewall of the drive slot 7153c and pushes, or cams, the third driver 7154c distally. Similar to the above, the drive slots 7153a and 7153b are aligned with the circumferential path of the drive pin 7151 throughout the third portion of the firing stroke. The third driver 7154c is configured to deploy a cutting member when the third driver 7154c is displaced distally; however, in certain embodiments, the third driver 7154c can deploy a third row of staples, for example.

As a result of the above, there is no overlap between the first staple firing stage, the second staple firing stage, and the tissue cutting stage. They are timed sequentially. Accordingly, the forces required to deform the staples and cut the tissue are spread out throughout the firing stroke. Moreover, the firing drive 7150 cannot cut the tissue until the tissue has been stapled. Various alternative embodiments are envisioned in which there is some overlap between the first staple firing stage, the second staple firing stage, and/or the tissue cutting stage. In at least one such embodiment, the configurations of the drive slots 7153a, 7153b, and 7153c can be adapted such that there is a partial overlap in the movement of the first driver 7154a and the second driver 7154b and/or a partial overlap in the movement of the second driver 7154b and the third driver 7154c.

Referring primarily to FIGS. 188 and 189 , the drivers 7154a, 7154b, and 7154c comprise co-operating features which prevent, or at least inhibit, the drivers 7154a, 7154b, and 7154c from rotating relative to one another. For instance, the first driver 7154a comprises a longitudinal key 7155a positioned in a longitudinal slot 7156b defined in the second driver 7154b. The key 7155a and the slot 7156b are configured to permit the first driver 7154a to slide longitudinally relative to the second driver 7154b but block rotational movement between the first driver 7154a and the second driver 7154b. Similarly, the second driver 7154b comprises a longitudinal key 7155b positioned in a longitudinal slot 7156c defined in the third driver 7154c. The key 7155b and the slot 7156c are configured to permit the second driver 7154b to slide longitudinally relative to the third driver 7154c but block rotational movement between the second driver 7154b and the third driver 7154c.

In order to retract the drivers 7154a, 7154b, and 7154c, the drive shaft 7152 is rotated in an opposite direction. In such instances, the drive shaft 7152 sequentially engages a sidewall of the drive slot 7153c, a sidewall of the drive slot 7153b, and then a sidewall of the drive slot 7153a to return the third driver 7154c, the second driver 7154b, and the first driver 7154a back to their unfired positions (FIG. 185 ).

A firing drive 7250 is illustrated in FIG. 191 . The firing drive 7250 operates in a similar manner to that of the firing drive 7150. The firing drive 7250 comprises a drive shaft 7252 which is rotatable about a longitudinal axis. The drive shaft 7252 comprises a cam surface, or ramp, 7256 which is rotated through several stages of a firing stroke. The firing drive 7250 further comprises a first driver 7254a, a second driver 7254b, and a third driver 7254c which are engaged by the cam 7256 of the drive shaft 7252 when the firing drive 7250 is rotated. In the first stage of the firing stroke, the cam 7256 engages a cam surface 7255a defined on the first driver 7254a and drives the first driver 7254a distally. In the second stage of the firing stroke, the cam 7256 engages a cam surface 7255b defined on the second driver 7254b and drives the second driver 7254b distally and, in the third stage of the firing stroke, the cam 7256 engages a cam surface 7255c defined on the third driver 7254c and drives the third driver 7254c distally.

The first cam surface 7255a is shorter than the second cam surface 7255b and, as a result, the first driver 7254a has a shorter firing stroke than the second driver 7254b. Similarly, the second cam surface 7255b is shorter than the third cam surface 7255c and, as a result, the second driver 7254b has a shorter firing stroke than the third driver 7254c. Such an arrangement may be useful to form different rows of staples to different formed heights, for example. In other embodiments, the drivers 7254a, 7254b, and 7254c may have any suitable firing stroke. In at least one embodiment, the drivers 7254a, 7254b, and 7254c have the same firing stroke, for example. Such an arrangement may be useful to form different rows of staples to the same formed height, for example.

FIG. 192 is a perspective view of a portion of a staple cartridge 4410 for use with a circular surgical stapling instrument in accordance with at least one embodiment. A variety of circular surgical stapling instruments are known. For example, U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/836,110, filed Aug. 26, 2015, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING CONFIGURATIONS FOR CURVED AND CIRCULAR STAPLING INSTRUMENTS, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety, discloses various circular surgical stapling instrument arrangements. U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/498,070, filed Sep. 26, 2014, entitled CIRCULAR FASTENER CARTRIDGES FOR APPLYING RADIALLY EXPANDING FASTENER LINES, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein also discloses various circular surgical stapler arrangements. As discussed in those references, a circular surgical stapler generally comprises a frame assembly that comprises an attachment portion that is configured to operably couple an anvil to the circular surgical stapler.

In general, the anvil includes an anvil head that supports an annular line or lines of staple-forming pockets. An anvil stem or trocar portion is attached to the anvil head and is configured to be removably coupled to the anvil attachment portion of the circular stapling instrument. Various circular surgical stapling instruments include means for selectively moving the anvil toward and away from the surgical staple cartridge such that the target tissue may be clamped between the anvil and the deck of the surgical staple cartridge. The surgical staple cartridge removably stores a plurality of surgical staples therein that are arranged in one or more annular arrays that correspond to the arrangement of staple forming pockets provided in the anvil. The staples are removably stored within corresponding staple cavities that are formed in the staple cartridge and are supported on corresponding portions of a selectively movable pusher assembly that is operably received within the circular stapler. The circular stapler further includes an annular knife or cutting member that is configured to incise the tissue that is clamped between the anvil and the staple cartridge.

Referring again to FIG. 192 , the staple cartridge 4410 comprises a cartridge body 4411 that defines an annular cartridge deck surface 4412. The cartridge body 4411 comprises an inner annular row 4420 of spaced inner staple cavities 4422 and an outer annular row 4440 of spaced outer staple cavities 4442. The inner staple cavities 4422 are staggered relative to the outer spaced staple cavities 4442 as can be seen in FIG. 192 . Supported within each inner staple cavity 4422 is an inner surgical staple 4430 and supported within each outer staple cavity 4442 is an outer surgical staple 4450. The outer staples 4450 in the outer annular row 4440 may have different characteristics than the inner staples 4430 in the inner annular row 4420. For example, as illustrated in the embodiment of FIG. 193 , the outer staples 4450 have an unformed “gullwing” configuration. In particular, each outer staple 4450 includes a pair of legs 4454, 4464 that extend from a staple crown 4452. Each leg 4454, 4464 includes a vertical portion 4456, 4466, respectively that extends from the crown 4452. The vertical portions 4456, 4466 may be parallel to each other in one embodiment. However, in the illustrated arrangement, the vertical portions 4456, 4466 are not parallel to each other. For example, the angle A₁ between the crown 4452 and the vertical portions 4456, 4466 in the illustrated arrangement is greater than ninety degrees. See FIG. 193 . Further details regarding the staple configuration may be found in U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/319,008, filed Jun. 30, 2014, entitled FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING NON-UNIFORM FASTENERS, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2015/0297232, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein. However, other the vertical portions 4456, 4466 may be arranged at other angles with respect to the crown 4452. One advantage of having the vertical leg portions 4456, 4466 oriented at angles greater than ninety degrees relative to the crown 4452 is that such arrangement may assist in the temporary retention of the staple within its corresponding staple cavity.

At least one leg 4454, 4464 includes an inwardly extending end portion. In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 193 for example, each leg 4454, 4464 includes an inwardly extending leg portion. In the illustrated arrangement, leg portion 4458 extends inwardly from the vertical leg portion 4456 and the leg portion 4468 extends inwardly from the vertical leg portion 4466. As can be seen in FIG. 193 , the leg portion 4458 is shorter than the leg portion 4468. Stated another way, the distance H_(A) between the staple crown 4452 and the point where the leg portion 4458 angles inward from the vertical leg portion 4456 is greater than the distance H_(C) between the staple crown 4452 and the point where the leg portion 4468 angles inward from the vertical leg portion 4466. Thus, distance H_(B) in at least one embodiment is shorter than the length H_(D). The angle A₂ at which the leg portion 4458 angles relative to the vertical leg portion 4556 may be equal to the angle A₃ at which the leg portion 4468 angles relative to the vertical leg portion 4466 or angles A₂ and A₃ may be different from each other. Further details regarding the staple configuration may be found in U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/319,008, filed Jun. 30, 2014, entitled FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING NON-UNIFORM FASTENERS, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2015/0297232, which has been herein incorporated by reference.

In at least one embodiment, each inner surgical staple 4430 may have the configuration illustrated in FIG. 193 . As can be seen in FIG. 193 , the inner surgical staple 4430 has a crown 4432 and two vertical legs 4434, 4436 extending therefrom. The vertical legs 4434, 4436 may extend relatively perpendicularly from the crown 4432 or they may extend at angles A₄ that may be greater than ninety degrees. Such arrangement may assist in the temporary retention of the staples 4430 within their corresponding staple cavity 4422. However, vertical legs 4434, 4436 may extend from the crown 4432 at different angles. In some embodiments, angles A₄ are equal to each other. In other embodiments, angles A₄ are different from each other. In the illustrated embodiment, the inner staples 4430 and the outer staples 4450 each have the same unformed height UFH. The inner and outer staples 4430, 4450 are formed from conventional surgical staple wire. In at least one embodiment, the diameter of the staple wire used to form the outer staples 4450 is greater than the diameter of the staple wire used to form the inner staples 4430. In other embodiments, the inner and outer staples may have the same diameters and be formed from wires with other diameters. In some arrangements, the inner and outer staples may be formed from the same type of staple wire. Thus, in such arrangement, the wire diameters of the inner and outer staples would be the same. In yet another embodiment, however, the inner and outer staples may have the same unformed shapes/configurations, yet be formed from two different staple wires that have different wire diameters. Also in at least one arrangement, the crown width CW_(o) of each outer staple 4450 is larger than the crown width CW_(I) of each inner staple 4430. Further details regarding the staple configuration may be found in U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/319,008, filed Jun. 30, 2014, entitled FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING NON-UNIFORM FASTENERS, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2015/0297232, which has been herein incorporated by reference.

Returning to FIG. 192 , the staple cartridge 4410 includes an outer rim 4414 that extends above the deck surface 4412. During surgery, the clinician can adjust the location of the anvil relative to the cartridge of a circular stapler. In at least one such embodiment, the staple cartridge 4410 further comprises deck features 4416 and 4418 that extend from the deck surface 4412. As can be seen in FIG. 192 , a series of inner deck features 4416 are provided between the inner row 4420 of staple cavities 4422 and a centrally-disposed knife opening 4413 through which the knife or cutting member will pass during the firing process. The deck features 4416 may be shaped and located relative to the inner staple cavities and opening 4413 as shown in FIG. 192 , 194 and 195. For example, each inner deck feature 4416 may have a flat wall portion 4415 that is coextensive with the wall of the knife opening 4413 and a conical or sloping body portion 4417 that is adjacent to the row of inner staple cavities 4422. See FIGS. 194 and 195 . In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 192 , the deck features 4416 are oriented in the gap between two adjacent inner staple cavities 4422 and are staggered between pairs of staple cavities 4422 as shown. The cavity extension arrangements or deck features in this system may serve to lower pressure that is commonly encountered in flat deck cartridges. This disclosed arrangement may also help to mitigate tissue movement and slippage. Since slippage of the tissue is generally undesirable, the outside diameter holding features may be bigger and more numerous. The internal diameter features may serve to increase tissue tension/shear as the blade passes next to the inside internal diameter which may make the system cut better. However, the deck features 4416 may have different shapes and configurations and may be located in different locations on the deck surface 4412.

As can also be seen in FIG. 192 , 194 and 195, every other outer staple cavity 4442 includes an outer deck feature 4418 that is associated with each end thereof. Outer deck features 4418 extend above the deck surface 4412 and guide the outer staples 4450 toward the anvil when the staples 4450 are being ejected from the staple cartridge 4410. In such embodiments, the outer staples 4450 may not extend above the outer deck features 4418 until they are moved toward the anvil by the firing member. Referring primarily to FIG. 192 , in at least one embodiment, the outer deck features 4418 do not extend around the entirety of the corresponding outer staple cavity 4442. A first outer deck feature 4418 is positioned adjacent a first end of a corresponding outer cavity 4442 and a second outer deck feature 4418 is positioned adjacent a second end of the outer cavity 4442. As can be seen in FIG. 192 , the outer deck features 4418 are associated with every other one of the outer staple cavities 4442. Such arrangement may serve to lower overall pressure and minimize tissue stretch and movement. In other embodiments, first and second outer deck features 4418 may be associated with every one of the outer staple cavities 4442, however. In yet other embodiments, an outer deck feature may extend around the entire perimeter of a corresponding outer cavity. As can be seen in FIG. 194 , the inner deck features 4416 are shorter than the outer deck features 4418. Stated another way, each inner deck feature protrudes above the deck surface 4412 a distance that is less than the distance that each outer deck feature 4418 protrudes above the deck surface 4412. Each outer deck feature may protrude above the deck surface 4412 the same distance that the outer rim 4414 protrudes above the deck surface 4412. In addition, as can also be seen in FIG. 194 , each outer deck feature 4418 has a generally conical or tapered outer profile which may help to prevent tissue from snagging on the deck features during insertion of the stapler head through a patient’s colon and rectum.

The above-mentioned deck feature arrangements may provide one or more advantages. For example, the upstanding outer rim may help to prevent tissue from sliding across the cartridge deck. This upstanding rim could also comprise a repeating pattern of highs and lows rather than being one continuous lip formation. The inside upstanding features may also help to retain the tissue adjacent to the blade and lead to improved cutting. The inside deck features could be between every cavity or in alternative arrangements, the deck feature(s) may comprise one continuous upstanding lip. It may be desirable to balance the number of deck features to minimize the number of high force/compression zones while attaining a desired amount of tissue immobilization. The cavity concentric features may serve the additional purpose of minimization of tissue flow in the areas where the staple legs project from. Such arrangements also facilitate desirable staple formation as the staple legs eject and transition to the receiving anvil pocket which may consist of corresponding forming pockets. Such localized pocket features increase the low compression zones while facilitating leg support from the cartridge as the staple exits the cartridge. This arrangement thereby minimizes the distance that the staple must “jump” before it meets the anvil pocket. Tissue flow tends to increase going from the center of the cartridge radially outward. Referring to FIG. 239 , the improved standing outside row extensions have a tendency to stage tissue as they are inserted up through the colon because it is a tube.

FIGS. 194 and 195 illustrate use of the surgical staple cartridge 4410 in connection with an anvil 4480. The anvil 4480 comprises an anvil head portion 4482 that operably supports a staple forming insert or portion 4484 and a knife washer 4490. The knife washer 4490 is supported in confronting relationship to the knife 4492 that is supported in the stapler head. In the illustrated embodiment, the staple forming insert 4484 is fabricated from, for example, steel, stainless steel, etc. and contains an inner row of inner staple forming pockets 4486 and an outer row of outer staple forming pockets 4488. Each inner staple forming pocket 4486 corresponds to one of the inner staple cavities 4422 and each outer staple forming pocket 4488 corresponds to one of the outer staple cavities 4442. In the illustrated arrangement, when the anvil 4480 is moved to its firing position relative to the cartridge deck surface 4412, the inner staple forming pockets 4486 are closer to the cartridge deck surface 4412 than are the outer staple forming pockets 4488. Stated another way, the first gap g₁ or first staple forming distance between a first staple forming portion 4485 and the cartridge deck surface 4412 is less than the second gap g₂ or second staple forming distance between a second staple forming portion 4487 and the cartridge deck surface 4412.

As can be further seen in FIGS. 194 and 195 , the inner staples 4430 are each supported within their corresponding inner staple cavity 4422 on a corresponding inner driver portion 4502 of a pusher assembly 4500 and each of the outer staples 4450 are supported within their corresponding outer staple cavity 4442 on a corresponding outer driver portion 4504. Advancement of the pusher assembly 4500 toward the anvil 4480 will cause the inner and outer staples 4430, 4450 to be driven into forming contact with their respective corresponding staple forming pockets 4486, 4488 as shown in FIG. 195 . In addition, the knife 4492 is advanced distally through the tissue that is clamped between the anvil 4480 and the deck surface 4412 and through a frangible bottom 4491 of the knife washer 4490. Such arrangement serves to provide the outer staples 4450 with a formed height FH_(O) that is larger than the formed height FH_(I) of the inner staples 4430. Stated another way, the outer row 4440 of outer staples 4450 are formed into a larger “B” formation resulting in a greater capture volume and/or taller staple forming height to alleviate high tissue compression near the outer row of staples 4440. A larger B formation may also improve blood flow toward the inner rows. In various instances, the outer row 4440 of outer staples 4450 comprise a greater resistance to unfolding by utilizing a larger staple crown, staple leg widths, and/or staple leg thicknesses.

The quantity of staples used in each row of staples can vary. In one embodiment, for example, there are more outer staples 4450 than there are inner staples 4430. Another embodiment employs more inner staples 4430 than outer staples 4450. In various instances, the wire diameter of the outer staples 4450 is larger than the wire diameter of the inner staples 4430. The inner and outer staples 4430, 4450 may have the same unformed heights UFH. The crown widths CW_(O) in the outer row 4440 of outer staples 4450 are larger than the crown widths CW_(I) of the inner row 4420 of inner staples 4430. The gullwing configuration of the outer staples 4450 employs bends that are located at different distances from their respective crown. Use of the stepped anvil configuration with a flat (unstepped) cartridge deck surface 4412 with uniform driver or pusher travel yield staples with different formed heights.

FIG. 196 illustrates another staple cartridge embodiment 4610. As can be seen in FIG. 196 , the staple cartridge 4610 includes a cartridge deck 4612 that includes an inner annular row 4620 of spaced inner staple cavities 4622 and an outer annular row 4640 of outer spaced staple cavities 4642. The inner staple cavities 4622 are staggered relative to the outer spaced staple cavities 4642 as can be seen in FIG. 196 . Supported within each inner staple cavity 4622 is an inner surgical staple 4630 and supported within each outer staple cavity 4642 is an outer surgical staple 4650. In addition, an outer rim 4614 extends above the deck surface 4612. In various embodiments, further to the above, the staples 4630, 4650 do not protrude above the deck surface 4612 until they are moved toward the anvil by the firing member. Such embodiments may frequently utilize small staples relative to the depth of their respective staple cavity in which they are stored. In other embodiments, the legs of the staples protrude above the deck surface 4612 when the staples are in their unfired positions. In at least one such embodiment, the staple cartridge 4610 further comprises deck features 4616 and 4618 that extend from the deck surface 4612.

As can also be seen in FIG. 196 , every other inner staple cavity 4622 includes an inner deck feature 4616 that is associated with each end thereof. Inner deck features 4616 extend above the deck surface 4612 and guide the corresponding inner staples 4630 toward the anvil when the corresponding inner staples 4630 are being ejected from the staple cartridge 4610. In such embodiments, the inner staples 4630 may not extend above the inner deck features 4616 until they are moved toward the anvil by the firing member. In the illustrated example, the inner deck features 4616 do not extend around the entirety of the corresponding inner staple cavity 4622. A first inner deck feature 4616 is positioned adjacent a first end of a corresponding inner cavity 4622 and a second inner deck feature 4616 is positioned adjacent a second end of the inner cavity 4622. In other embodiments, the inner deck features 4416 may be associated with every one of the inner staple cavities 4622, however. In yet other embodiments, an inner deck feature may extend around the entire perimeter of a corresponding inner staple cavity. By employing deck features that have different heights in concentric patterns wherein they are associated with every other cavity may provide more lower pressure tissue gap areas, while balancing them with the desire to guide as many and as much of the staple leg for as long as possible. Stated another way, such arrangement may minimize the amount of tissue flow reducing the overall amount of pressure applied to the target tissue.

Still referring to FIG. 196 , each outer staple cavity 4642 includes an outer deck feature 4618 that is associated with each end thereof. Outer deck features 4618 extend above the deck surface 4612 and guide the outer staples 4650 toward the anvil when the staples 4650 are being ejected from the staple cartridge 4610. In such embodiments, the outer staples 4650 may not extend above the outer deck features 4618 until they are moved toward the anvil by the firing member. As can be seen in FIG. 196 , in the illustrated example, the outer deck features 4618 do not extend around the entirety of the corresponding outer staple cavity 4642. A first outer deck feature 4618 is positioned adjacent a first end of a corresponding outer cavity 4642 and a second outer deck feature 4618 is positioned adjacent a second end of the outer cavity 4642. As can be seen in FIG. 196 , outer deck features 4618 are associated with every one of the outer staple cavities 4642. In other embodiments, first and second outer deck features 4618 may be associated with every other one of the outer staple cavities 4642, however. In yet other embodiments, an outer deck feature may extend around the entire perimeter of a corresponding outer cavity. As can be seen in FIGS. 197 and 198 , the inner deck features 4616 and the outer deck features 4618 extend above the deck surface 4612 the same distance. Stated another way, they have the same heights. In addition, as can also be seen in FIGS. 197 and 198 , each inner deck feature 4416 and each outer deck feature 4618 has a generally conical or tapered outer profile which may help to prevent tissue from snagging on the deck features during insertion of the stapler head through a patient’s colon and rectum.

FIGS. 197 and 198 illustrate use of the surgical staple cartridge 4610 in connection with an anvil 4680. The anvil 4680 comprises an anvil head portion 4682 that operably supports a staple forming insert or portion 4684 and a knife washer 4690. The knife washer 4690 is supported in confronting relationship to a knife 4692 that is supported in the stapler head. In the illustrated embodiment, the staple forming insert 4684 is fabricated from, for example, steel, stainless steel, etc. and contains an inner row of inner staple forming pockets 4686 and an outer row of outer staple forming pockets 4688. Each inner staple forming pocket 4686 corresponds to one of the inner staple cavities 4622 and each outer staple forming pocket 4688 corresponds to one of the outer staple cavities 4642. In the illustrated arrangement, the inner staple forming pockets 4686 are located the same distance g₁ from the deck surface 4612 as are the outer staple forming pockets 4688.

As can be further seen in FIGS. 197 and 198 , an inner staple 4630 is supported within a corresponding inner staple cavity 4622 on a corresponding inner driver portion 4702 of a pusher assembly 4700. An outer staple 4650 is supported within a corresponding outer staple cavity 4642 on a corresponding outer driver portion 4704. Advancement of the pusher assembly 4700 toward the anvil 4680 will cause the inner and outer staples 4630, 4650 to be driven into forming contact with their respective corresponding staple forming pockets 4686, 4688 as shown in FIG. 198 . In addition, the knife 4692 is advanced distally through the tissue that is clamped between the anvil 4680 and the deck surface 4612 and through a frangible bottom 4691 of the knife washer 4690. In the example illustrated in FIGS. 197 and 198 , each inner staple 4630 is formed from a first staple wire that has a first wire diameter D₁ and has a first unformed height L₁. For example, the first wire diameter D₁ may be approximately 0.0079” - 0.015” (increments are usually 0.0089”, 0.0094”, and 0.00145”) and the first unformed height L₁ may be approximately 0.198” - 0.250”. Each outer staple 4650 is formed from a second staple wire that has a second wire diameter D₂ and has a second unformed height L₂. In the embodiment depicted in FIGS. 197 and 198 , D₁ < D₂ and L₁ < L₂. However, as can be seen in FIG. 198 , the inner and outer staples 4630, 4650 are formed with the same formed heights FH’s. The thicker wire staples on the outside tend to provide high tear and burst strengths as compared to the inside row of smaller diameter staples which tend to hold better hemostatically. Stated another way, the tighter inside rows of staples may hold better hemostatically while the outer rows of less compressed staples may facilitate better healing and blood flow. In addition, the staples with longer legs, even when formed at the same heights as staples with shorter legs, may ensure more B-bending which may make the longer legged staples stronger and more likely to be properly formed enough to hold in high load conditions. The quantity of staples used in each row of staples can vary. In one embodiment, for example, the inner row 4620 has the same number of inner staples 4630 as does the outer row 4640 of outer staples 4650. In various arrangements, the crown widths of the staples 4650 is larger than the crown widths of the inner staples 4630. In other embodiments, the staples 4630, 4650 may have identical crown widths. In other arrangements, the staples 4630, 4650 may be of the gullwing design described above. For example, at least one leg of the staple may include an end portion that is bent inwardly or both legs may include end portions that are bent inwardly toward each other. Such staples may be employed in the inner annular row or the outer annular row or in both of the inner and outer annular rows.

FIG. 199 illustrates another circular staple cartridge embodiment 4810 that includes a cartridge deck 4812 that includes three annular rows 4820, 4840, 4860 of spaced staple cavities. The inner or first row 4820 contains a first plurality of inner or first staple cavities 4822 that are each arranged at a first angle. Each inner staple cavity 4822 operably supports a corresponding inner or first staple 4830 therein. The inner cavities 4822 orient the first staples 4830 at the same uniform angle relative to the tangential direction. In the illustrated example, each inner staple 4830 is formed from a first staple wire that has a first staple diameter D₁. In one example, the first staple wire diameter D₁ may be approximately 0.0079” - 0.015” (increments are usually 0.0089”, 0.0094”, and 0.00145”). Referring to FIG. 202 , each inner staple 4830 includes a first crown 4832 and two first legs 4834. The first crown has a first crown width C₁ and each first leg 4834 has a first unformed leg length L₁. In one example, the first crown width C₁ may be approximately 0.100” - 0.300” and the first unformed leg length L₁ may be approximately 0.198” - 0.250”. The first legs 4834 may be each arranged at an angle A₁ relative to the first staple crown 4832. The angle A₁ may be approximately 90° or it may be slightly greater than 90° such that the first legs 4834 are slightly splayed outward to assist in retaining the first staple 4830 in its corresponding first staple cavity 4822.

Turning to FIGS. 200 and 201 , the staple cartridge 4810 is intended to be used in connection with an anvil 4900 that includes two inner or first rows 4902 of staggered or angled first pairs 4903 of first staple forming pockets 4904. Each first pair 4903 of first staple forming pockets 4904 correspond to one first staple 4830. One first staple forming pocket 4904 corresponds to one first staple leg 4834 and the other first staple forming pocket 4904 of the pair 4903 corresponds to the other first staple leg 4834. Such arrangement serves to establish a formed staple configuration wherein the first staple legs 4834 of a first staple 4830 are formed out of plane with the first crown 4832 of that particular first staple 4830 such that one first leg 4834 is formed on one side of the first crown 4832 and the other first leg 4834 is formed on the other side of the first crown 4832. This “three-dimensional” formed staple configuration is shown with respect to some of the first staple forming pockets 4904 in FIG. 200 .

As can be most particularly seen in FIG. 201 , the cartridge deck 4812 is of “stepped” construction. The cartridge deck 4812 includes an inner or first cartridge deck portion 4814 that corresponds to the inner or first annular row 4820 of inner or first staple cavities 4822. As can be further seen in FIG. 201 , when the anvil 4900 is moved to the closed or clamping position, the portion of the anvil 4900 containing the first staple forming pockets 4904 is spaced from the deck portion 4814 a first gap distance g₁.

Referring again to FIGS. 199, 201 and 202 , the middle or second row 4840 contains a second plurality of middle or second staple cavities 4842 that are each arranged at a second angle. Each middle staple cavity 4842 operably supports a corresponding middle or second staple 4850 therein. The middle cavities 4842 orient the middle or second staples 4850 at the same uniform second angle relative to the tangential direction. However, the second angle differs from the first angle. Stated another way, when the first and second staples are supported in their respective first and second cavities, the axis of the first crown of each first staple 4830, when extended, would ultimately intersect the extended axis of the second crown of an adjacent second staple 4850. As can be seen in FIGS. 201 and 202 , each second or middle staple 4850 comprises a second staple crown or base 4852 and two second legs 4854. The staple base 4852 may have a somewhat rectangular cross-sectional shape and be formed from a flat sheet of material. The second staple legs 4854 may have a round cross-sectional profile, for example. The second or middle staples may comprise various staple configurations disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/836,110, filed Aug. 26, 2015, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING CONFIGURATIONS FOR CURVED AND CIRCULAR STAPLING INSTRUMENTS, which has been herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Having round staple legs that extend from a staple base portion having the rectangular cross-sectional profile can provide a staple base portion and staple legs with no preferential bending planes. The second staple 4850 comprises bend portions 4856 where the staple legs 4854 extend from the staple base portion 4852. The bend portions 4856 may comprise a substantially square cross-sectional profile. The square profile and the rectangular profile of the bend portions 4856 and the staple base portion 4852, respectively, provide a stiff connection and backbone to the round staple legs 4854. The round staple legs 4854 eliminate preferential bending planes that staple legs with a square, rectangular, or any shape with vertices or a non-uniform shape, cross-sections could have. Each of the second staple legs 4854 has a second diameter D₂. In at least one embodiment, D₂ > D₁. The second base or crown 4852 has a second crown width C₂. In one arrangement, C₂ > C₁. The second legs 4854 may be each arranged at an angle A₂ relative to the second base or crown 4852. The angle A₂ may be approximately 90° or it may be slightly greater than 90° such that the second legs 4854 are slightly splayed outward to assist in retaining the second staple 4850 in its corresponding second staple cavity 4842.

Turning to FIGS. 200 and 201 , the anvil 4900 further comprises two middle or second rows 4912 of staggered or angled second pairs 4913 of second staple forming pockets 4914. Each second pair 4913 of second staple forming pockets 4914 correspond to one second staple 4850. One second staple forming pocket 4914 corresponds to one second staple leg 4854 and the other second staple forming pocket 4914 of the pair 4913 corresponds to the other second staple leg 4854. Such arrangement serves to establish a formed staple configuration wherein the second legs 4854 are formed out of plane with the second base 4852 of the particular second staple 4850. This “three-dimensional” formed staple configuration is shown with respect to some of the second staple forming pockets 4914 in FIG. 200 .

As can be most particularly seen in FIG. 201 , the cartridge deck 4812 further comprises a second cartridge deck portion 4816 that corresponds to the middle or second annular row 4840 of middle or second staple cavities 4842. As can be further seen in FIG. 201 , when the anvil 4900 is moved to the closed or clamping position, the portion of the anvil 4900 containing the second staple forming pockets 4914 is spaced from the deck portion 4816 a second gap distance g₂. In the illustrated example, g₂ > g₁.

Referring again to FIG. 199 , 201 and 202, the outside or third row 4860 contains a third plurality of outside or third staple cavities 4862 that are sized relative to the second staple cavities 4842 such that each outer or third staple cavity 4862 spans a distance between two adjacent second cavities 4842. Each outer staple cavity 4862 operably supports a corresponding outer or third staple 4870 therein. The outer cavities 4862 orient the outer or third staples 4870 tangent to the circumferential direction. As can be seen in FIGS. 201 and 202 , each third or outer staple 4870 comprises a third staple crown or base 4872 and two third legs 4874. The staple base 4872 may have a somewhat rectangular cross-sectional shape and be formed from a flat sheet of material. The third staple legs 4874 may have a round cross-sectional profile, for example. The third or outer staples 4870 may comprise various staple configurations disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/836,110, filed Aug. 26, 2015, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING CONFIGURATIONS FOR CURVED AND CIRCULAR STAPLING INSTRUMENTS, which has been herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Having round staple legs that extend from a staple base portion having the rectangular cross-sectional profile can provide a staple base portion and staple legs with no preferential bending planes. The third staple 4870 comprises bend portions 4876 where the staple legs 4874 extend from the staple base portion 4872. The bend portions 4876 may comprise a substantially square cross-sectional profile. The square profile and the rectangular profile of the bend portions 4876 and the staple base portion 4872, respectively, provide a stiff connection and backbone to the round staple legs 4874. The round staple legs 4874 eliminate preferential bending planes that staple legs with a square, rectangular, or any shape with vertices or a non-uniform shape, cross-sections could have. In at least one embodiment, D₃ > D₂ The third base or crown 4872 has a third crown width C₃ and each third leg 4874 has a third unformed leg length L₃ In one arrangement, C₃ > C₂ and L₃ > L₂. The third legs 4874 may be each arranged at an angle A₃ relative to the third base or crown 4872. The angle A₃ may be approximately 90° or it may be slightly greater than 90° such that the third legs 4874 are slightly splayed outward to assist in retaining the third staple 4870 in its corresponding third staple cavity 4862.

Turning to FIGS. 200 and 201 , the anvil 4900 further comprises an outer row 4916 of outer or third staple forming pockets 4918. Each third staple forming pocket 4918 corresponds to one third staple 4870. As can be most particularly seen in FIG. 201 , the cartridge deck 4812 further comprises a third cartridge deck portion 4818 that corresponds to the outer or third row 4860 of outer or third staple cavities 4862. As can be further seen in FIG. 201 , when the anvil 4900 is moved to the closed or clamping position, the portion of the anvil 4900 containing the third staple forming pockets 4918 is spaced from the deck portion 4818 a third gap distance g₃. In the illustrated example, g₃ > g₂. As can be further seen in FIG. 201 , in at least one embodiment, a tissue thickness compensator 4920 is employed in connection with each outer or third staple 4870. The tissue thickness compensator may comprise a woven material that is embedded with oxidized regenerated cellulose (ORC) to promote hemostasis. The tissue thickness compensator 4920 may comprise any of the various tissue thickness compensator arrangements disclosed in U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/187,389, filed Feb. 24, 2014, entitled IMPLANTABLE LAYER ASSEMBLIES, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2015/0238187, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein. As can be seen in FIG. 201 , the tissue thickness compensator 4920 has a thickness designated as “a”. In one embodiment, the tissue thickness compensator has a thickness of approximately 0.015” - 0.045”. However, other thicknesses may be employed.

Thus, in at least one embodiment as depicted in FIGS. 199-202 , the staple cartridge 4810 may employ a different number of staples in each of the three rows of staples. In one arrangement, the inner row of staples comprises conventional staples with the smallest wire diameter and the shortest unformed leg length. Each first staple has the shortest crown width and each first staple is oriented at a uniform angle relative to the tangential direction. The middle staples have a configuration that differs from the first staple configuration. Each leg of the middle staples comprises a moderate wire diameter and unformed leg length. Each middle staple has a slightly larger crown width than the crown widths of the inner staples and each middle staple is oriented at a uniform angle relative to the tangential direction, but at a different angle relative to the inner row of inner staples. Each outer staple has a configuration that is similar to the configuration of the middle staples. Each of the third legs of each outer staple comprises the largest wire diameter as compared to the wire diameters of the legs of the inner and middle staples. The crown width of each outer staple is significantly larger than the crown widths of the inner and middle staples. Each outer staple is oriented tangentially to the circumferential direction of the cartridge. The outer row of staples employs woven tissue thickness compensators (spacer fabric) that is embedded with ORC to promote hemostasis. The stepped anvil and the stepped cartridge deck yield different formed staple heights with the staples having the shortest formed heights being in the inner row and the staples having the longest formed heights being in the outer row. The anvil pockets corresponding to the inner and middle rows of staples are “tilted” to create three dimensional staples in the inner and middle rows. “Bathtub-type” anvil pockets correspond to the outer row of staples. In at least one embodiment, the staples may be sequentially fired. For example, the staples in the inner and middle rows may be fired first and the staples in the outer row fired thereafter. The annular knife cuts the clamped tissue during the firing process.

FIGS. 203-206 depict portions of a curved stapling instrument 5000 in accordance with at least one embodiment configured to capture, incise, and staple tissue. The curved stapling instrument 5000 comprises a frame assembly 5010, a staple cartridge 5020, and an anvil (not shown) that is configured to be supported in confronting relationship relative to the deck of the staple cartridge. As will be discussed in further detail below, upon receiving a first actuation force, the staple cartridge 5020 is driven toward the anvil to capture tissue therebetween. The curved stapling instrument 5000 further comprises a knife assembly comprising a cutting member (not shown) that is configured to incise the tissue captured between the staple cartridge 5020 and the anvil. The staple cartridge 5020 comprises a deck 5022 comprising a cutting slot 5024 that is configured to receive the cutting member, a plurality of staple cavities 5030A and 5030B, and a plurality of staples 5040 (FIG. 206 ) removably stored within the staple cavities 5030A, 5030B. The curved stapling instrument 5000 further comprises a driver assembly 5100 comprising a main driver 5102 that is configured for axial displacement within the frame assembly 5010. Upon actuation of the firing system, the main driver 5102 moves axially in a direction toward the anvil. In at least one arrangement, the axial movement of the main driver 5102 will also advance the cutting member out of the cutting slot 5024 to cut the tissue clamped between the cartridge 5020 and the anvil.

In the illustrated example, the cartridge 5020 is divided longitudinally into three sections: the “high” section 5030, the “medium” section 5050, and the “low” section 5070. The cutting slot 5024 bifurcates each of the high, medium and low sections 5030, 5050, 5070 such that two rows of staple cavities are located on each side of the cutting slot 5024. As can be seen in FIG. 204 , for example, the staple cartridge 5020 comprises two inner rows 5080A, 5080B of inner staple cavities 5082 and two outer rows 5090A, 5090B of outer staple cavities 5092. The staple cartridge 5020 further comprises a plurality of deck features extending from the deck 5022. For example, referring to FIGS. 203 and 204 , the outer rows 5090A, 5090B of staple cavities 5092 have a collection of deck features associated therewith. In the illustrated example, those staple cavities 5092 associated with the high section 5030 include deck features 5032 that extend above the deck surface 5022 a feature height H_(h). Those staple cavities 5092 associated with the medium section 5050 include deck features 5052 that extend above the deck surface 5022 a feature height H_(m). Those staple cavities 5092 associated with the low section 5070 include deck features 5072 that extend above the deck surface 5022 a feature height H_(L). H_(h) > H_(m)> H_(L). In at least one embodiment, for example, H_(h) may be approximately 0.020”, H_(m) may be approximately 0.015”, and H_(L) may be approximately 0.010”. The deck features 5032, 5052, and 5072 may be molded into the deck surface 5022. Embodiments are envisioned where the deck features 5032, 5052, 5072 are separate portions configured to be attached to the deck surface 5022. The deck features 5032, 5052, and 5072 can be extensions of the staple cavities 5092 in order to support, guide, and/or control the staples, while loading the staples into the cartridge 5020, while housing, or supporting, the staples 5112 before ejecting the staples 5112, and/or while ejecting the staples from the cartridge 5020. A single deck feature 5032, 5052, 5072 supports two different staple legs of neighboring staples 5112. The deck features 5032, 5052, and 5072 can comprise multiple support walls configured to support one or more sides, faces, and/or edges of each staple leg. Embodiments are envisioned where the deck features 5032, 5052, 5072 on the outer staple rows 5090A, 5090B only correlate with every other staple cavity 5092 in each outer row 5090A, 5090B. In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 205 , the staple cavities 5082 of inner rows 5080A, 5080B (only row 5080B can be seen in FIG. 205 ) each have deck features associated therewith. For example, those staple cavities 5082 associated with the high section 5030 include deck features 5034 that extend above the deck surface 5022 a feature height H_(h). Those staple cavities 5082 associated with the medium section 5050 include deck features 5054 that extend above the deck surface 5022 a feature height H_(m). Those staple cavities 5082 associated with the low section 5070 include deck features 5074 that extend above the deck surface 5022 a feature height H_(L).

The staple cartridge 5020 includes a driver assembly 5100 that is configured to drive the staples supported within the staple cavities 5082, 5092 toward the anvil upon the application of an actuation force. In the arrangement illustrated in FIGS. 205 and 206 , for example, the driver assembly 5100 includes a main driver 5102 that is configured to move toward the anvil upon application of an actuation motion thereto and away from anvil upon application of a retraction motion thereto. The driver assembly 5100 further comprises a pair of high driver portions 5104 (one on each side of the cutting slot 5024), a pair of medium driver portions 5106 (one on each side of the cutting slot 5024), and a pair of low driver portions 5108 (one on each side of the cutting slot 5024). Each of the driver portions 5104, 5106, 5108 has a plurality of staple support drivers 5110 associated therewith. A staple support driver 5110 is supported in each of the staple cavities 5082, 5092 and supports a staple 5112 thereon. See, e.g., FIG. 206 . Thus, when the stapling device is fired, the staples 5112 may be formed with different formed staple heights. For example, the formed heights of the staples 5112 associated with the high section 5030 may have a formed height that is shorter than the formed height of those staples associated with the medium section 5050 and the formed height of the staples 5112 associated with the medium section 5050 may be shorter than the formed height of the staples 5112 associated with the low section 5070. Furthermore, by driving the staples different distances may help to accommodate for anvil deflection. However, in instances where there is no anvil deflection, such arrangement provides staples with formed heights that vary by region. Actuation of the driver assembly 5100 will also result in the cutting member being driven through the clamped tissue. The reader will appreciate that different staples with different leg and/or crown configurations and/or wire diameters and/or unformed heights may be employed in the different sections 5030, 5050, 5070 to achieve desired formed staple heights and arrangements on each side of the tissue cut line.

FIGS. 207-210 illustrate various portions of another curved stapling instrument 5200 in accordance with at least one embodiment configured to capture, incise, and staple tissue. Referring first to FIG. 208 , the curved stapling instrument 5200 comprises a frame assembly 5210, a staple cartridge 5220, and an anvil 5260 that is configured to be supported in confronting relationship relative to the deck 5222 of the staple cartridge 5220. The curved stapling instrument 5200 further comprises a knife assembly comprising a cutting member (not shown) that is configured to incise the tissue captured between the staple cartridge 5220 and the anvil 5260. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 208 , the deck 5222 comprises a “stepped” deck that includes a centrally-disposed cutting slot 5228 that is configured to receive the cutting member. The deck 5222 further comprises a centrally-disposed high deck portion 5224 through which the cutting slot 5228 extends and a low deck portion 5226. An inner row of inner staple cavities 5230A are provided in the high deck portion 5224 on each side of the cutting slot 5228. Each low deck portion 5226 has a corresponding row of outer staple cavities 5230B therein. As can be seen in FIG. 208 , a deck feature 5231 of the various configurations disclosed herein may be associated with each of the outer staple cavities 5230B or every other one of the outer staple cavities 5230B in each outer row of outer staple cavities 5230B. In other arrangements, deck features may additionally be associated with each of the inner staple cavities 5230A or every other inner staple cavity 5230A in each row of inner staple cavities 5230A. In still other arrangements, no deck features may be employed in connection with any of the inner and outer staple cavities 5230A, 5230B.

Referring now to FIGS. 208 and 210 , in at least one arrangement, each staple cavity 5230A removably stores an inner staple 5240 therein and each staple cavity 5230B removably stores an outer staple 5250 therein. Each inner staple 5240 is supported on a corresponding driver 5214 and each outer staple 5250 is supported on a corresponding driver 5216. The drivers 5214, 5216 form a portion of a movable driver assembly 5218 that is operably supported in the stapling instrument 5200. It will be understood that the application of an actuation motion to the driver assembly 5218 will result in the advancement of each staple 5240, 5250 into forming contact with the anvil 5260.

The inner rows of inner staples 5240 may comprise different characteristics than the outer row of outer staples 5250. For example as illustrated in the embodiment of FIG. 210 , the legs of the inner staples 5240 have a “gullwing” configuration. In particular, each inner staple 5240 includes a pair of legs 5244, 5246 that extend from a staple crown 5242. Each leg 5244, 5246 includes a vertical portion 5245, 5247 that extends from the crown 5242. The vertical portions 5245, 5247 may be parallel to each other in one embodiment. However, in the illustrated arrangement, the vertical portions 5245, 5247 are not parallel to each other. See FIG. 210 . However, the vertical leg portions 5245, 5247 may be arranged at other angles with respect to the crown 5242. Further details regarding the staple configuration may be found in U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/319,008, filed Jun. 30, 2014, entitled FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING NON-UNIFORM FASTENERS, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2015/0297232, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. One advantage of having the vertical leg portions 5245, 5247 oriented at angles greater than ninety degrees relative to the crown 5242 is that such arrangement may assist in the temporary retention of the staple within its corresponding staple cavity. Still referring to FIG. 210 , each leg 5244, 5246 further includes an inwardly extending leg portion. In the illustrated arrangement, leg portion 5248 extends inwardly from the vertical leg portion 5244 and the leg portion 5249 extends inwardly from the vertical leg portion 5246. As can be seen in that Figure, the leg portion 5248 is shorter than the leg portion 5244. Each inner staple 5240 has an unformed height L₁.

As can also be seen in FIG. 210 , the legs of the outer staples 5250 also have a “gullwing” configuration. In particular, each outer staple 5250 includes a pair of legs 5254, 5256 that extend from a staple crown 5252. Each leg 5254, 5256 includes a vertical portion 5255, 5257 that extends from the crown 5252. The vertical portions 5255, 5257 may be parallel to each other in one embodiment. However, in the illustrated arrangement, the vertical portions 5255, 5257 are not parallel to each other. See FIG. 210 . Further details regarding the staple configuration may be found in U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/319,008, filed Jun. 30, 2014, entitled FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING NON-UNIFORM FASTENERS, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2015/0297232, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. However, the vertical leg portions 5245, 5247 may be arranged at other angles with respect to the crown 5242. One advantage of having the vertical leg portions 5255, 5257 oriented at angles greater than ninety degrees relative to the crown 5252 is that such arrangement may assist in the temporary retention of the staple within its corresponding staple cavity. Still referring to FIG. 210 , each leg 5254, 5256 further includes an inwardly extending leg portion. In the illustrated arrangement, leg portion 5258 extends inwardly from the vertical leg portion 5254 and the leg portion 5259 extends inwardly from the vertical leg portion 5256. As can be seen in that Figure, the leg portion 5258 is shorter than the leg portion 5254. Each outer staple 5250 has an unformed height L₂. In the illustrated arrangement, L₂ > L₁. In the illustrated embodiment, the inner and outer staples 5240, 5250 have the same wire diameters D₁. However, in other embodiments, the inner and outer staples 5240, 5250 have different wire diameters. In still other embodiments, staples 5240 may be provided in the staple cavities 5230B and staples 5250 may be provided in staple cavities 5230A such that the longer unformed staples are in the inner lines of staple cavities and the shorter staples are in the outer lines of staple cavities.

The stapling instrument 5200 may employ an anvil 5260 as shown in FIGS. 207 and 208 . Referring first to FIG. 207 , the anvil 5260 may include two inserts 5264 that are supported in the anvil body 5260 such that one insert 5264 corresponds to the staples located on one side of the cutting slot 5228 and the other insert 5264 corresponds to the staple located on the other side of the cutting slot 5228. As can be seen in FIG. 208 , the inserts 5264 provide the anvil 5260 with a stepped staple forming undersurface 5261. Each insert 5264 includes an inner portion 5265 and an outer portion 5267. When the anvil 5260 is positioned in a closed orientation for clamping tissue, a gap G₁ is provided between the inner portion 5265 of the insert 5264 and the corresponding deck portion 5224 and a gap G₂ is formed between the outer portion 5267 of the insert 5264 and the corresponding deck portion 5226. In the illustrated arrangement G₂ > G₁. The inner portion 5265 comprises an inner row 5266A of pairs 5268A of inner staple forming cavities 5270. The outer portion 5267 of each insert 5264 comprises an outer row 5266B of outer pockets 5258B of outer staple forming pockets 5270.

Turning now to FIG. 209 , in at least one embodiment, each staple forming pocket 5270 of each pair 5268A, 5268B of staple forming pockets 5270 has a triangular shape. The forming pockets 5270 in a single pair 5268A, 5268B are spaced from each other and are configured to receive and form a corresponding leg of a particular staple. Such arrangement serves to provide the formed staple with a three-dimensional configuration. That is, each leg of the formed staple does not lie in the same plane as the staple crown. See FIG. 209 . In one arrangement, the formed height F₂ of each outer staple 5250 is greater than the formed height F₁ of each inner staple 5240 as illustrated in FIG. 210 . In alternative arrangements, for example, the anvil inserts may not be of a stepped configuration and may essentially contain lines of like staple forming pockets of the various types disclosed herein that are the same distance from the corresponding portions of the cartridge deck. In such arrangements, the cartridge deck may not be stepped and may or may not contain deck features of the types disclosed herein. In at least one variation, the lines of inner staples may have shorter unformed lengths than the staples in the outer lines (farthest from the slot that accommodates the cutting member) and vice versa. The staples in the inner and outer lines may be of the gullwing configurations disclosed herein or they may be of standard U-shape design. The staples in each line may have the same wire diameter which may differ from or be the same as the wire diameter of the staples in an adjacent line.

FIGS. 211 and 212 illustrate various portions of another stapling instrument 5300 in accordance with at least one embodiment configured to capture, incise, and staple tissue. Referring first to FIG. 211 , the stapling instrument 5300 comprises a frame assembly 5310, a staple cartridge 5320, and an anvil 5360 that is configured to be supported in confronting relationship relative to the deck 5322 of the staple cartridge 5320. The staple cartridge 5320 and anvil 5360 may be curved or they may be straight. The stapling instrument 5300 further comprises a knife assembly comprising a cutting member 5312 that is configured to incise the tissue captured between the staple cartridge 5320 and the anvil 5360. The staple cartridge 5320 comprises a deck 5322 that includes a centrally disposed cutting slot 5328 that is configured to receive the cutting member 5312. An inner row of spaced inner staple cavities 5330A is provided on each side of the cutting slot 5228. An outer row of space outer staple cavities 5330B is provided adjacent to each of the inner rows of inner staple cavities 5330A. As can be seen in FIG. 211 , deck features 5331 of the various configurations disclosed herein may be associated with each of the inner and outer staple cavities 5330A, 5330B. In other embodiments, every other one of the inner and/or outer staple cavities 5330A, 5330B in each respective row has a deck feature 5331 associated therewith. In still other arrangements, no deck features may be employed in connection with any of the inner and outer staple cavities 5330A, 5330B.

In at least one arrangement, each inner staple cavity 5330A removably stores an inner staple 5340 therein and each outer staple cavity 5330B removably stores an outer staple 5350 therein. Each inner staple 5340 is supported on a corresponding driver 5314 and each outer staple 5350 is supported on a corresponding driver 5316. The drivers 5314, 5316 form a portion of a movable driver assembly 5318 that is operably supported in the stapling instrument 5300. It will be understood that the application of an actuation motion to the driver assembly 5318 will result in the advancement of each staple 5340, 5350 into forming contact with the anvil 5260. In the illustrated arrangement, the inner staples 5340 may comprise legs of the gullwing design and have an unformed height L₁. The outer staples 5350 may also have legs of the gullwing design and have an unformed height L₂. In the illustrated arrangement, L₁ > L₂. However, other staple configurations disclosed herein may also be employed.

The stapling instrument 5300 may employ an anvil 5360 as shown in FIG. 211 . As can be seen in FIG. 211 , the anvil 5360 may include two inserts 5364 that are supported in the anvil body 5362 such that one insert 5364 corresponds to the staples located on one side of the cutting slot 5328 and the other insert 5364 corresponds to the staple located on the other side of the cutting slot 5328. As can be seen in FIG. 211 , when the anvil 5360 is closed, the inserts 5364 are located a uniform distance G₁ from the cartridge deck 5322. Each insert 5364 comprises an inner row of inner staple forming pockets 5368A and an outer row of outer staple forming pockets 5368B. The staple forming pockets 5368A, 5368B may be provided in any of the various staple forming pocket configurations disclosed herein. When the device 5300 is fired, the formed height F₂ of each outer staple 5350 is greater than the formed height F₁ of each inner staple 5240 as illustrated in FIG. 212 .

FIG. 213 illustrates various portions of another stapling instrument 5400 in accordance with at least one embodiment configured to capture, incise, and staple tissue. The stapling instrument 5400 comprises a frame assembly 5410, a staple cartridge 5420, and an anvil 5470 that is configured to be supported in confronting relationship relative to the deck 5422 of the staple cartridge 5420. The staple cartridge 5420 and anvil 5470 may be curved or they may be straight. The stapling instrument 5400 further comprises a knife assembly comprising a cutting member 5412 that is configured to incise the tissue captured between the staple cartridge 5420 and the anvil 5470. The staple cartridge 5420 comprises a deck 5422 that includes a centrally disposed cutting slot 5428 that is configured to receive the cutting member 5412. An inner row of spaced inner staple cavities 5430A is provided on each side of the cutting slot 5428. A middle row of spaced middle staple cavities 5430B is provided adjacent each inner row of spaced inner staple cavities 5430A on each side of the cutting slot 5428. An outer row of spaced outer staple cavities 5430C are provided adjacent to each of the spaced middle rows of middle staple cavities 5430B. No deck features are illustrated in connection with this embodiment. However, other embodiments employ deck features of the various configurations disclosed herein in connection with some or all of the inner staple cavities and/or in connection with some or all of the middle staple cavities and/or in connection with some or all of the outer staple cavities.

In at least one arrangement, each inner staple cavity 5430A removably stores an inner staple 5440 therein. Each middle staple cavity 5430B removably stores a middle staple 5450 therein. Each outer staple cavity 5430C removably stores an outer staple 5460 therein. Each inner staple 5440 is supported on a corresponding driver 5414. Each middle staple 5450 is supported on a corresponding middle staple driver 5416. Each outer staple 5460 is supported on a corresponding outer driver 5418. The drivers 5414, 5416, 5418 form a portion of a movable driver assembly 5419 that is operably supported in the stapling instrument 5400. It will be understood that the application of an actuation motion to the driver assembly 5419 will result in the advancement of each staple 5440, 5450, 5460 into forming contact with the anvil 5470. In the illustrated arrangement, the inner, middle and outer staples, 5440, 5450, 5460 may be of identical construction and have the same unformed heights.

The stapling instrument 5400 may employ an anvil 5470 as shown in FIG. 213 . As can be seen in FIG. 213 , the anvil 5470 may include two inserts 5474 that are supported in the anvil body 5472 such that one insert 5474 corresponds to the staples located on one side of the cutting slot 5428 and the other insert 5474 corresponds to the staples located on the other side of the cutting slot 5428. As can be seen in FIG. 211 , when the anvil 5470 is closed, the inserts 5474 are located a uniform distance G₁ from the cartridge deck 5422. Each insert 5474 comprises an inner row of inner staple forming cavities 5478A, a middle row of middle staple forming cavities 5478B and an outer row of outer staple forming cavities 5478C. The staple forming cavities 5478A, 5478B, and 5478C may comprise any of the various staple forming pocket configurations disclosed herein. When the device 5400 is fired, each of the staples 5440, 5450, 5460 has the same formed height and configuration. However, other staple configurations and staple forming pocket configurations disclosed herein may also be employed so as to create staples with different formed heights and configurations.

FIG. 214 illustrates another stapling instrument 5500 in accordance with at least one embodiment configured to capture, incise, and staple tissue. The stapling instrument 5500 comprises a frame assembly 5510, a staple cartridge 5520, and an anvil 5570 (FIG. 215 ) that is configured to be supported in confronting relationship relative to the deck 5522 of the staple cartridge 5520. The stapling instrument 5500 further comprises a knife assembly comprising a cutting member 5512 that is configured to incise the tissue captured between the staple cartridge 5520 and the anvil 5570. The staple cartridge 5520 comprises a deck 5522 that includes a centrally disposed cutting slot 5528 that is configured to receive the cutting member 5512. An inner row of space inner staple cavities 5530A is provided on each side of the cutting slot 5528. A middle row of spaced middle staple cavities 5530B is provided adjacent each inner row of space inner staple cavities 5530A on each side of the cutting slot 5528. An outer row of spaced outer staple cavities 5530C are provided adjacent to each of the middle rows of middle staple cavities 5530B. No deck features are illustrated in connection with this embodiment. However, other embodiments employ deck features of the various configurations disclosed herein in connection with some or all of the inner staple cavities and/or in connection with some or all of the middle staple cavities and/or in connection with some or all of the outer staple cavities. In still other arrangements, the staple cavities located in every other row may have deck features associated therewith.

In at least one arrangement, each inner staple cavity 5530A removably stores an inner staple 5540 therein. Each middle staple cavity 5530B removably stores a middle staple 5550 therein. Each outer staple cavity 5530C removably stores an outer staple 5560 therein. Each staple 5540, 5550, 5560 is supported on a corresponding driver that forms a portion of a movable driver assembly that is operably supported in the stapling instrument 5500. It will be understood that the application of an actuation motion to the driver assembly will result in the advancement of each staple 5540, 5550, 5560 into forming contact with the anvil 5570. In the illustrated arrangement, the inner, middle and outer staples, 5440, 5450, 5460 may be of identical construction and have the same unformed heights as shown in FIG. 217 . In one arrangement, for example, the staples 5540, 5550, and 5560 may be of the type and configurations disclosed in U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/836,110, filed Aug. 26, 2015, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING CONFIGURATIONS FOR CURVED AND CIRCULAR STAPLING INSTRUMENTS, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.

Further to the above, the staples of the staple cartridges disclosed herein can include one or more features configured to hold the staples in the staple cavities of the staple cartridge. Turning now to FIGS. 216 and 217 , a staple 5540, 5550, 5560 each includes a base 5542 and staple legs 5544, 5546 that extend from the base 5542. The base 5542 comprises a protrusion 5543 extending therefrom which is engaged with a corresponding detent or groove 5531 in the sidewall of the corresponding staple cavity 5530A, 5530B, and 5530C. The interaction between the protrusions 5543 and the detent or groove 5531 in the staple cavity sidewall keeps the staple 5540, 5550, 5560 from falling out of the bottom of the cartridge 5520. The interaction between the protrusion 5543 and the staple cavity sidewall comprises an interference fit; however, such an interference fit does not prevent the staples 5540, 5550, 5560 from being ejected from the respective cavities 5530A, 5530B, and 5530C. The protrusion 5543 can be formed in the base 5542 during a stamping process, for example. The stamping process can form the protrusion 5543 by creating a dent in the opposite side of the base 5542. Alternative embodiments are envisioned which do not comprise the groove or detent 5531.

The stapling instrument 5500 may employ an anvil 5570 as shown in FIG. 215 . As can be seen in FIG. 215 , the anvil 5570 may include two inner rows of pairs 5578A of inner staple forming pockets 5579, two middle rows 5577B of pairs 5578B of middle staple forming pockets 5579 and two outer rows 5577C of pairs 5578C of outer staple forming pockets 5579. The staple forming pockets 5579 in a single pair 5578A, 5578B, and 5578C are spaced from each other and are configured to receive and form a corresponding leg 5544, 5546 of a particular staple 5540, 5550, and 5560. However, the staple forming pockets 5579 may be provided in any of the various staple forming pocket configurations disclosed herein.

FIG. 218 illustrates another stapling instrument 5600 in accordance with at least one embodiment configured to capture, incise, and staple tissue. The stapling instrument 5600 comprises a frame assembly 5610, a staple cartridge 5620, and an anvil 5670 (FIG. 219 ) that is configured to be supported in confronting relationship relative to the deck 5622 of the staple cartridge 5620. The stapling instrument 5600 further comprises a knife assembly comprising a cutting member 5612 that is configured to incise the tissue captured between the staple cartridge 5620 and the anvil 5670. The staple cartridge 5620 comprises a deck 5622 that includes a centrally disposed cutting slot 5628 that is configured to receive the cutting member 5612. An inner row 5630A of spaced staple cavities 5632 is provided on each side of the cutting slot 5528. An outer row 5630B of spaced staple cavities 5632 is provided adjacent to each of the inner rows 5630A of staple cavities 5632. No deck features are illustrated in connection with this embodiment. However, other embodiments employ deck features of the various configurations disclosed herein in connection with some or all of the inner staple cavities and/or in connection with some or all of the outer staple cavities.

In at least one arrangement, each staple cavity 5632 removably stores a staple 5640 therein. Each staple 5640 is supported on a corresponding driver 5650 that forms a portion of a movable driver assembly that is operably supported in the stapling instrument 5600. It will be understood that the application of an actuation motion to the driver assembly will result in the advancement of each staple 5640 into forming contact with the anvil 5670. In the illustrated arrangement, each staple 5640 comprises a crown 5642 and two spaced legs 5644, 5646. As discussed herein, the legs 5644, 5646 may be perpendicular to the crown 5642 or they may not be perpendicular to the crown 5642. As can be seen in FIG. 219 , each staple driver 5650 comprises a central portion 5652 that has a first width W₁ and two end portions 5644 that each has a narrower width W₂. The end portions 5654 support each end of the corresponding staple 5642. Each cavity 5632 is similarly shaped with a central portion 5634 and two end portions 5636. The narrow end portions 5636 provide lateral support to the staple legs 5644, 5646 as the staple 5642 is ejected out of the cavity 5632.

The stapling instrument 5600 may employ an anvil 5670 as shown in FIG. 220 . As can be seen in that Figure, the anvil 5670 includes two inner rows 5678A of pairs 5679A of staple forming pockets 5680, 5690 and two outer rows 5678B of pairs 5679B of staple forming pockets 5680, 5690. The staple forming pockets 5680, 5690 in a single pair 5679A, 5679B are spaced from each other and are configured to receive and form a corresponding leg 5544, 5546 of a particular staple 5640. As can be seen in FIG. 221 , each staple pocket 5680 includes an outer pocket portion 5682 that is configured to initially be contacted by the end of a corresponding leg 5644 and an inner pocket portion 5684 to capture the leg 5644 as it is formed inward to complete the forming process. Similarly, each staple pocket 5690 includes an outer pocket 5692 that is configured to initially be contacted by the end of a corresponding leg 5646 and an inner pocket portion 5694 to capture the leg 5646 as it is formed inward to complete the forming process. The outer pocket portion 5682 has a width S₁ and the inner pocket portion 5684 has a width S₂. In the illustrated embodiment, S₁ > S₂. Such an arrangement serves to provide a wider initial contact area for the legs and serves to retain the legs in planar alignment with the staple crown during the forming process to provide the staple 5640 with the formed shape illustrated in FIG. 221 .

FIG. 222 illustrates a portion of another stapling instrument 5700 in accordance with at least one embodiment configured to capture, incise, and staple tissue. The stapling instrument 5700 comprises an elongate channel 5710, a staple cartridge 5720, and an anvil 5770 that is configured to be supported in confronting relationship relative to the deck 5722 of the staple cartridge 5720. The stapling instrument 5700 further comprises a knife assembly 5780 comprising a cutting member 5782 that is configured to incise the tissue that is captured between the staple cartridge 5720 and the anvil 5770. In the illustrated arrangement, the knife assembly 5780 is suspended from a rotary drive shaft 5772 that is operably supported in the anvil 5770. Rotation of the rotary drive shaft 5772 in a first rotary direction will drive the knife assembly 5780 distally through the staple cartridge 5720. Rotation of the drive shaft 5772 in a second opposite direction will cause the knife assembly 5780 to be retracted in a proximal direction. The knife assembly 5780 serves to drive a wedge sled (not shown) distally which interfaces with the staple drivers to sequentially eject the staples from the staple cartridge 5720.

The staple cartridge 5720 comprises a deck 5722 that includes a centrally disposed cutting slot 5728 that is configured to receive the cutting member 5782. An inner row of spaced inner staple cavities 5730A is provided on each side of the cutting slot 5728. A middle row of spaced middle staple cavities 5730B is provided adjacent each inner row of spaced inner staple cavities 5730A on each side of the cutting slot 5728. An outer row of spaced outer staple cavities 5730C are provided adjacent to each of the middle rows of middle staple cavities 5730B. As can be seen in FIG. 222 , a deck feature 5731 of the various configurations disclosed herein may be associated with each of the staple cavities 5730A, 5730B, 5730C. In other embodiments, every other one of the inner staple cavities 5730A and/or every other one of the middle staple cavities 5730B and/or every other one of the outer staple cavities 5730C has a deck feature 5731 associated therewith. In still other arrangements, no deck features may be employed in connection with any of the staple cavities 5730A, 5730B, and 5730C.

As can be seen in FIG. 222 , the anvil 5770 may include two inserts 5774 that are supported in the anvil body 5771 such that one insert 5774 corresponds to the staples located on one side of the cutting slot 5728 and the other insert 5774 corresponds to the staples located on the other side of the cutting slot 5728. As can be seen in FIG. 222 , when the anvil 5770 is closed, the inserts 5774 are located a uniform distance G₁ from the cartridge deck 5722. Each insert 5774 comprises an inner row of inner staple forming cavities 5778A, a middle row of middle staple forming cavities 5778B and an outer row of outer staple forming cavities 5778C. The staple forming cavities 5778A, 5778B, and 5778C may comprise any of the various staple forming pocket configurations disclosed herein. When the device 5700 is fired, each of the staples 5740 attains the same formed height and configuration. However, other staple configurations and staple forming pocket configurations disclosed herein may also be employed so as to create staples with different formed heights and configurations.

Referring now to FIG. 223 , a staple 5740 comprises a base 5742 and staple legs 5744, 5548 that extend from the base 5542. In the illustrated arrangement, the leg 5744 may have a gullwing configuration. That is, the leg 5744 has a vertically extending portion 5745 and an inwardly angled end portion 5746. Other embodiments may employ the type and staple configurations disclosed in U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/836,110, filed Aug. 26, 2015, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING CONFIGURATIONS FOR CURVED AND CIRCULAR STAPLING INSTRUMENTS, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.

FIG. 224 illustrates a surgical staple cartridge 5820, which may be used, for example, in connection with the stapling device 5700 described above or one of the similar stapling device arrangements disclosed in the various references incorporated by reference herein. The staple cartridge 5820 comprises a deck 5822 that includes a centrally disposed cutting slot 5828 that is configured to receive the cutting member therethrough. An inner row 5830A of spaced staple cavities 5832 is provided on each side of the cutting slot 5828. A middle row 5830B of spaced staple cavities 5832 is provided adjacent each inner row 5830A on each side of the cutting slot 5828. An outer row 5832C of spaced cavities 5832 is provided adjacent to each of the middle rows 5830B of staple cavities 5832. No deck features are illustrated in connection with this embodiment. However, other embodiments employ deck features of the various configurations disclosed herein in connection with some or all of the inner staple cavities and/or in connection with some or all of the middle staple cavities and/or in connection with some or all of the outer staple cavities.

In at least one arrangement, each staple cavity 5832 removably stores a staple 5840 therein. In one arrangement, for example, the staples 5840 may be of the type and configurations disclosed in U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/836,110, filed Aug. 26, 2015, and entitled SURGICAL STAPLING CONFIGURATIONS FOR CURVED AND CIRCULAR STAPLING INSTRUMENTS, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Further to the above, the staples of the staple cartridges disclosed herein can include one or more features configured to hold the staples in the staple cavities of the staple cartridge. Turning now to FIG. 225 , a staple 5840 includes a base 5842 and staple legs 5844, 5846 that extend from the base 5842. The base 5842 comprises a protrusion 5843 extending therefrom which is engaged with a corresponding detent or groove 5833 in the sidewall of the corresponding staple cavity 5832. The interaction between the protrusion 5843 and the detent or groove 5833 in the staple cavity sidewall keeps the staple 5840 from falling out of the bottom of the cartridge 5820. The interaction between the protrusion 5843 and the staple cavity sidewall comprises an interference fit; however, such an interference fit does not prevent the staples 5840 from being ejected from the respective cavities 5832. The protrusion 5843 can be formed in the base 5842 during a stamping process, for example. The stamping process can form the protrusion 5843 by creating a dent in the opposite side of the base 5842. Alternative embodiments are envisioned which do not comprise the groove or detent 5833.

FIG. 226 illustrates an anvil 5970 that includes a rotary drive shaft 5972 for driving a knife assembly in the above described manner. The anvil 5970 may include two inserts 5974 that are supported in the anvil body 5971 such that one insert 5974 corresponds to the staples located on one side of the cutting slot in a corresponding staple cartridge (not shown) and the other insert 5974 corresponds to the staples located on the other side of the cutting slot. Each insert 5974 comprises an inner row 5978A of pairs 5979A of staple forming cavities 5980, a middle row 5978B of pairs 5979B of staple forming cavities 5980 and an outer row 5978C of pairs 5979C of staple forming cavities 5980. The staple forming pockets 5980 in a single pair 5979A, 5979B, 5979C are spaced from each other and are configured to receive and form a corresponding leg 5944, 5946 of a corresponding staple 5940.

The various staple cartridge and staple configurations disclosed herein may be employed in connection with various drug eluting arrangements. Each of the following references is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its respective entirety: U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/840,613, filed Aug. 31, 2015, entitled DRUG ELUTING ADJUNCTS AND METHODS OF USING DRUG ELUTING ADJUNCTS; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/667,874, filed Mar. 25, 2015, entitled MALLEABLE BIOABSORBABLE POLYMER ADHESIVE FOR RELEASABLY ATTACHING A STAPLE BUTTRESS TO A SURGICAL STAPLER; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/531,619, filed Jun. 25, 2012, entitled TISSUE STAPLER HAVING A THICKNESS COMPENSATOR COMPRISING INCORPORATING A HEMOSTATIC AGENT, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2012/0318842; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/531,623, filed Jun. 25, 2012, entitled TISSUE STAPLER HAVING A THICKNESS COMPENSATOR INCORPORATING AN OXYGEN GENERATING AGENT, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2012/0318843; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/531,627, filed Jun. 25, 2012, entitled TISSUE STAPLER HAVING A THICKNESS COMPENSATOR INCORPORATING AN ANTI-MICROBIAL AGENT, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2012/0312860; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/531,630, filed Jun. 25, 2012, entitled TISSUE STAPLER HAVING A THICKNESS COMPENSATOR INCORPORATING AN ANTI-INFLAMMATORY AGENT, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2012/0318844; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/763,161, filed Feb. 8, 2013, entitled RELEASABLE LAYER OF MATERIAL AND SURGICAL END EFFECTOR HAVING THE SAME, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2013/0153641; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/763,177, filed Feb. 8, 2013, entitled ACTUATOR FOR RELEASING A LAYER OF MATERIAL FROM A SURGICAL END EFFECTOR, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2013/0146641; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/763,192, filed Feb. 8, 2013, entitled MULTIPLE THICKNESS IMPLANTABLE LAYERS FOR SURGICAL STAPLING DEVICES, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2013/0146642; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/763,028, filed Feb. 8, 2013, entitled ADHESIVE FILM LAMINATE, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2013/0146643; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/763,035, filed Feb. 8, 2013 entitled, ACTUATOR FOR RELEASING A TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR FROM A FASTENER CARTRIDGE, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2013/0214030; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/763,042, filed Feb. 8, 2013, entitled RELEASABLE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR AND FASTENER CARTRIDGE HAVING THE SAME, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2013/0221063; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/763,048, filed Feb. 8, 2013, entitled FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING A RELEASABLE TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2013/0221064; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/763,054, filed Feb. 8, 2013, entitled FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING A CUTTING MEMBER FOR RELEASING A TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2014/0097227; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/763,065, filed Feb. 8, 2013, entitled FASTENER CARTRIDGE COMPRISING A RELEASABLY ATTACHED TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2013/0221065; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/763,078, filed Feb. 8, 2013, entitled ANVIL LAYER ATTACHED TO A PROXIMAL END OF AN END EFFECTOR, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2013/0256383; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/763,094, filed Feb. 8, 2013, entitled LAYER COMPRISING DEPLOYABLE ATTACHMENT MEMBERS, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2013/0256377; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/763,106, filed Feb. 8, 2013, entitled END EFFECTOR COMPRISING A DISTAL TISSUE ABUTMENT MEMBER, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2013/0256378; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/532,825, filed Jun. 26, 2012, entitled TISSUE THICKNESS COMPENSATOR HAVING IMPROVED VISIBILITY, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2013/0256376; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/300,954, filed Jun. 10, 2014, entitled ADJUNCT MATERIALS AND METHODS OF USING SAME IN SURGICAL METHODS FOR TISSUE SEALING, U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2015/0351758; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/926,027, filed Oct. 29, 2015, entitled SURGICAL STAPLER BUTTRESS ASSEMBLY WITH GEL ADHESIVE RETAINER; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/926,029, filed Oct. 29, 2015, entitled FLUID PENETRABLE BUTTRESS ASSEMBLY FOR A SURGICAL STAPLER; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/926,072, filed Oct. 29, 2015, entitled SURGICAL STAPLER BUTTRESS ASSEMBLY WITH FEATURES TO INTERACT WITH MOVABLE END EFFECTOR COMPONENTS; U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/926,090, filed Oct. 29, 2015, entitled EXTENSIBLE BUTTRESS ASSEMBLY FOR SURGICAL STAPLER; and U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/926,160, filed Oct. 29, 2015, entitled MULTI-LAYER SURGICAL STAPLER BUTTRESS ASSEMBLY.

The various anvil arrangements disclosed herein may employ relatively planar forming inserts that include staple forming pockets that are formed therein or they may have “stepped” forming surfaces that have corresponding staple forming pockets formed therein. The various staple cartridge arrangements herein may have planar deck surfaces or the deck surfaces may be stepped (include deck surface portions that are on different planes). In some embodiments, deck features may be associated with all of the staple cavities in the staple cartridge. In other arrangements, deck features are employed in connection with all of the staple cavities in every other row of staple cavities. Still other embodiments are envisioned wherein the deck features are associated with every other staple cavity in a particular row, with every other row of cavities being so constructed. Still other embodiments are contemplated wherein no deck features are employed.

The various embodiments disclosed herein may employ staples that have a “U” -shaped unformed configuration or the staples may be of different unformed shapes wherein, for example, the base or crown has a rectangular cross-sectional shape. The various staples may be formed from wire that has a round cross-sectional shape, a squared cross-sectional shape, combinations of round and squared cross-sectional shapes, etc. The staples may be provided with one or more legs that have a gullwing or tapered configuration. The staples may have different wire diameters and different maximum cross-sectional dimensions. The staple legs may symmetric or they may be asymmetric (with and without bent tips). The legs of a particular staple may be parallel to each other or they may not be parallel to each other. Staples in a particular cartridge may have identical unformed heights or they may have different unformed heights. The staples in a particular cartridge or region may have identical crown widths or they may have different crown widths. The staples and their corresponding staple pockets may be configured such that when the staple is formed, the legs lie in the same plane as the staple crown or base or they may be configured such that when the staple is formed, the legs do not lie in the same plane with the crown or the base. All of the aforementioned staple features can vary from staple to staple, between regions of staples and between cartridge selections.

In circular staple anvil arrangements, the staple forming pockets may be tangent to the circumference of the anvil. In other arrangements or in addition to the tangentially arranged staple forming pockets, other staple forming pockets may be provided at angles to the tangential direction. Such variations in staple forming pocket orientations may be provided within a particular row of staple forming pockets or in different rows of staple forming pockets. A variety of different staple forming pocket geometries may also be employed. Conventional symmetrical staple forming pocket geometries may be employed. In addition to or in the alternative, asymmetrical staple forming pocket geometries may be employed. Other staple forming pockets may have a bowtie shape with there is a large landing zone for each staple leg to funnel the corresponding leg to a narrower exit pocket portion. All of the aforementioned staple forming pocket features can vary from pocket to pocket, between regions or lines of pockets and between particular anvil selections.

The various stapling devices disclosed herein may also be configured to provide different amounts of driver travel that is tailored to achieve desired formed staple heights relative to corresponding gaps provided between the anvil and the cartridge. For example, in some arrangements, a staple driver may be driven just past the cartridge deck or well past the cartridge deck to control the formed staple height. By matching an amount of driver travel to a particular staple having a desired unformed length or height, staples with desired formed heights can be obtained.

As described in various embodiments of the present disclosure, a surgical stapling and cutting instrument includes an anvil and a cartridge channel configured to receive a staple cartridge. One or both of the anvil and the staple cartridge is movable relative to the other between an open configuration and a closed configuration to capture tissue therebetween. Staples are deployed from staple cavities in the staple cartridge into the captured tissue. The staples are formed against forming pockets in the anvil. After the staples are deployed, the staple cartridge can be replaced.

To properly form the staples, the staple cavities and the forming pockets need to be closely aligned in the closed configuration. A limitation arises in that one type of anvil is only useable with one type of staple cartridge. Different staple cartridges that have staple cavities that are arranged differently cannot be used with the same anvil because the staple cavities cannot be properly aligned with the forming pockets of the anvil. The present disclosure comprises various embodiments that modify an anvil to be useable with different staple cartridges. Another limitation arises when an anvil includes one or more components that are configured to be changed or spent during staple deployment. The present disclosure comprises various embodiments that modify an anvil to replenish components or features that are changed or spent during staple deployment and/or to present new features and/or components.

Referring to FIG. 228 , an anvil assembly 15000 includes an anvil modification member 15004 that is attached to an anvil 15002. The anvil modification member 15004 includes a tissue-contacting surface 15006 and an anvil-contacting surface 15008. The tissue-contacting surface 15006 comprises pockets 15010 that are different from forming pockets 15012 of the anvil 15002. When the anvil modification member 15004 is not attached to the anvil 15002, the forming pockets 15012 are alignable with the staple cavities of a first staple cartridge. When the anvil modification member 15004 is attached to the anvil 15002, however, the forming pockets 15010 are alignable with the staple cavities of a second staple cartridge while are different from the staple cavities of the first staple cartridge.

As illustrated in FIG. 228 , an anvil 15002 comprises a stepped deck 15013 while the anvil modification member 15004 comprises a non-stepped deck 15015. Alternatively, an anvil may comprise a non-stepped deck, which can be modified by an anvil modification member that comprises a stepped deck. The stepped deck 15013 includes outer rows of forming pockets 15012′ that are stepped up from inner rows of forming pockets 15012. The non-stepped deck 15015 includes forming pockets 15010 that are defined in a planar tissue-contacting surface 15006. In at least one instance, an anvil modification member can include one or more rows of forming pockets 15010 that are stepped up from other rows of forming pockets 15010.

In at least one instance, an anvil modification member 15004 can be used when one or more components or features of an anvil have been changed or spent during a previous use of the anvil. In such instances, the anvil modification member replaces a spent or changed tissue-contacting surface of the anvil with a new tissue-contacting surface with new components or features. For example, the forming pockets 15012 of the anvil 15002 may include circuit elements that are severable during staple deployment. Instead of repairing the severed circuit elements every time the anvil is used, an anvil modification member can be employed to present a replacement tissue-contacting surface including anvil pockets with intact circuit elements. In another example, an anvil may include an implantable layer positioned against a tissue-contacting surface of the anvil. Instead of attaching a new implantable layer to the anvil every time the anvil is used, an anvil modification member can be employed to present a replacement tissue-contacting surface with an implantable layer that is attached to the replacement tissue-contacting surface.

In at least one instance, an anvil modification member 15004 can be used to introduce one or more new components or features in an anvil. As illustrated in FIG. 229 , the anvil modification member 15004 comprises an implantable layer 15014. Although the anvil 15002 may not originally include an implantable layer, an implantable layer can be added to the anvil 15002 by attaching the anvil modification member 15004 to the anvil 15002, as illustrated in FIG. 228 . The implantable layer 15014 can be attached to the anvil modification member 15004 using various attachment means such as, for example, biocompatible glue and/or straps. The implantable layer 15014 is released from the anvil modification member 15004 during deployment of the staples. In certain instances, a formed staple defines an entrapment area that may include tissue and a portion of the implantable layer 15014. In such instances, the entrapped portion of implantable layer 15014 can function as a tissue thickness compensator. The implantable layer 15014 may comprise a polymeric composition. The polymeric composition may comprise one or more synthetic polymer and/or one or more non-synthetic polymer. The synthetic polymer may comprise a synthetic absorbable polymer and/or a synthetic non-absorbable polymer.

During the staple formation process, an anvil is subjected to significant forces. Gaps between an anvil and an anvil modification member can lead to reduction in stability and/or an increased risk of collapse during the staple formation process. As illustrated in FIGS. 228 and 229 , an anvil modification member 15004 includes gap fillers 15016 that extend from the anvil-contacting surface 15008 of the anvil modification member 15004. The gap fillers 15016 are configured to provide additional support between an anvil 15002 and an anvil modification member 15004, and are especially useful in situations where the anvil includes a stepped deck.

As illustrated in FIG. 228 , the stepped deck 15013 of the anvil 15002 has one or more gaps between the anvil 15002 and the anvil modification member 15004. The gap fillers 15016 are strategically positioned against the outer rows of forming pockets 15012′ of the stepped deck 15013 to minimize the gaps between the anvil modification member 15004 and the anvil 15002 when the anvil modification member 15004 is attached to the anvil 15002. In at least one instance, an anvil-contacting surface 15008 of anvil modification member 15004 includes protrusions configured to fill, or at least substantially fill, corresponding anvil pockets of an anvil attached to the anvil modification member 15004.

The anvil modification member 15004 includes one or more attachment features 15018. In at least one instance, the attachment features 15018 are configured to releasably attach the anvil modification member 15004 to the anvil 15002. As illustrated in FIGS. 228 and 229 , the attachment features 15018 of the anvil modification member 15004 are comprised of side walls that are sufficiently spaced apart from one another to snuggly grip the outer walls 15020 of the anvil 15002. The attachment features 15018 include beveled, curved, radiused, and/or shaved edges 15022 that are configured to form continuous or flush surfaces with the anvil 15002 when the anvil modification member 15004 is attached to the anvil 15002. The resulting flush surfaces are intended to reduce or prevent trauma to tissue.

In at least one instance, an anvil modification member can be designed for snapping engagement with an anvil. For example, an anvil can include one or more slits that are configured to frictionally receive one or more upstanding tabs that extend from an anvil-contacting surface of an anvil modification member. Other attachment means can be utilized to position an anvil modification member against an anvil such as, for example, biocompatible glue and/or screws.

Referring again to FIGS. 228 and 229 , an anvil modification member 15004 includes a transectable portion 15024 extending longitudinally between two sides 15028 and 15030 of the anvil modification member 15004. When the anvil modification member 15004 is attached to the anvil 15002, as illustrated in FIG. 228 , the transectable portion 15024 is aligned with a longitudinal slot 15026 extending between two sides 15032 and 15034 of the stepped deck 15013 of the anvil 15002. The transectable portion 15024 is severed by a cutting member traveling distally along the longitudinal slot 15026. The transectable portion 15024 stabilizes the anvil modification member 15004 when the anvil modification member 15004 is attached to the anvil 15002. In at least one instance, the sides 15028 and 15030 of the anvil modification member 15004 are completely severed, and separated, by the cutting member as the cutting member is advanced distally along the longitudinal slot 15026. In other instances, the sides 15028 and 15030 of the anvil modification member 15004 are only partially severed by the cutting member as the cutting member is advanced distally along the longitudinal slot 15026.

Referring to FIG. 230 , an anvil modification member 15104 is depicted. The anvil modification member 15104 is similar in many respects to the anvil modification member 15004. For example, the anvil modification member 15104 is releasably attached to an anvil 15002. Unlike the anvil modification member 15004, the anvil modification member 15104 lacks a transectable portion. Instead, the anvil modification member 15104 includes an elongate slot 15124 extending between two sides 15128 and 15130 of the anvil modification member 15104. In other instances, however, the anvil modification member 15104 may be equipped with a transectable portion in place of the elongate slot 15124.

The anvil modification member 15104 includes a proximal end 15136 and a distal end 15138. The elongate slot 15124 can be defined through the proximal end 15136 and/or the distal end 15138. Furthermore, the elongate slot 15124 defines a longitudinal axis 15140 extending between the two sides 15128 and 15130. As illustrated in FIG. 231 , the elongate slot 15124 is aligned with an elongate slot 15026 of an anvil 15002 when the anvil modification member 15104 is attached to the anvil 15002. While in alignment, the elongate slots 15124 and 15026 are configured to receive a cutting member adapted to sever soft tissue, for example.

The anvil modification member 15104 includes three rows of forming pockets 15110a, 15110b, and 15110c on each of the sides 15128 and 15130. As illustrated in FIG. 231 , a plurality of first forming pocket 15110a can be parallel, or at least substantially parallel, to one another. Likewise, a plurality of second forming pockets 15110b can be parallel, or at least substantially parallel, to one another and/or a plurality of third forming pockets 15110c can be parallel, or at least substantially parallel, to one another. In at least one instance, “substantially parallel”, for purposes herein, can mean being within about 15 degrees of parallel in either direction.

In certain instances, at least one first forming pocket 15110a, at least one second forming pocket 15110b, and at least one third forming pocket 15110c are defined in a tissue-contacting surface 15108 of the anvil modification member 15004. The first forming pocket 15110a, the second forming pocket 15110b, and the third forming pocket 15110c can be situated on the side 15128 and/or the side 15130. As illustrated in FIG. 231 , the first forming pocket 15110a defines a first axis 15142 extending through a proximal end and a distal end of the first forming pocket 15110a. Likewise, the second forming pocket 15110b defines a second axis 15144 extending through a proximal end and a distal end of the second forming pocket 15110b. Also, the third forming pocket 15110c defines a third axis 15146 extending through a proximal end and a distal end of the third forming pocket 15110c. The second axis 15144 is transverse to the first axis 15142 such that the axes 15144 and 15142 create an acute or obtuse angle therebetween. In addition, the second axis 15144 is transverse to the third axis 15146 such as the axes 15144 and 15146 create an acute or obtuse angle therebetween.

As illustrated in FIG. 231 , the first axis 15142 is parallel, or at least substantially parallel, to the third axis 15146, while the second axis 15144 is perpendicular, or at least substantially perpendicular, to the first axis 15142 and/or the third axis 15146. In at least one instance, “substantially perpendicular”, for purposes herein, can mean being within about 15 degrees of perpendicular in either direction.

Referring to FIGS. 231-234 , the first forming pockets 15110a, second forming pockets 15110b, and third forming pockets 15110c of the anvil modification member 15104 are configured to form or bend staples deployable from first staple cavities 15210a, second staple cavities 15210b, and third staple cavities 15210c, respectively, of a staple cartridge 15200. For example, a first forming pocket 15110a includes two forming pockets 15152 that are configured to receive and form staple legs 15254 of a staple 15256 as the staple 15256 is deployed from a first staple cavity 15210a.

In a closed configuration, the anvil 15002 is aligned, or at least substantially aligned, with the staple cartridge 15200 such that tissue is captured between a tissue-contacting surface 15108 of the anvil modification member 15104 and a tissue-contacting surface 15208 of the staple cartridge 15200. In addition, the first forming pockets 15110a, second forming pockets 15110b, and third forming pockets 15110c of the anvil modification member 15104 are aligned, or at least substantially aligned, with the first staple cavities 15210a, second staple cavities 15210b, and third staple cavities 15210c, respectively, to capture and form the staple legs 15254 of the deployed staples 15256.

The staple cartridge 15200 includes a first side 15228 and a second side 15230. An elongate slot 15224 extends between the first side 15228 and the second side 15230. The elongate slot 15224 can extend between and/or through a proximal end 15236 and a distal end 15238 of the staple cartridge 15200. The staple cartridge 15200 includes three rows of staple cavities 15210a, 15210b, and 15210c on each of the sides 15228 and 15230. In the closed configuration, the elongate slot 15224 is aligned, or at least substantially aligned, with the elongate slot 15026 of an anvil 15002 and the elongate slot 15124 of the anvil modification member 15104. While in alignment, the elongate slots 15224, 15124 and 15026 are configured to receive a cutting member adapted to sever soft tissue, for example.

As illustrated in FIG. 232 , a plurality of first staple cavities 15210a are parallel, or at least substantially parallel, to one another. Likewise, a plurality of second staple cavities 15210b are parallel, or at least substantially parallel, to one another and/or a plurality of third staple cavities 15210c are parallel, or at least substantially parallel, to one another.

In certain instances, at least one first staple cavity 15210a, at least one second staple cavity 15210b, and at least one third staple cavity 15210c are defined in a tissue-contacting surface 15208 of the staple cartridge 15200. The first staple cavity 15210a, the second staple cavity 15210b, and the third staple cavity 15210c can be situated on the side 15228 and/or the side 15230. As illustrated in FIG. 232 , the first staple cavity 15210a defines a first axis 15242 extending through a proximal end and a distal end of the first staple cavity 15210a. Likewise, the second staple cavity 15210b defines a second axis 15244 extending through a proximal end and a distal end of the second staple cavity 15210b. Also, the third staple cavity 15210c defines a third axis 15246 extending through a proximal end and a distal end of the third staple cavity 15210c. The second axis 15244 is transverse to the first axis 15242 such that the axes 15244 and 15242 create an acute or obtuse angle therebetween. In addition, the second axis 15244 is transverse to the third axis 15246 such as the axes 15244 and 15246 create an acute or obtuse angle therebetween. As illustrated in FIG. 232 , the first axis 15242 is parallel, or at least substantially parallel, to the second axis 15246, while the second axis 15244 is perpendicular, or at least substantially perpendicular, to the first axis 15242 and/or the second axis 15246, for example.

In various instances, further to the above, an anvil can comprise rows of staple forming pockets aligned along a first set of longitudinal axes. An anvil modification member which is attachable to the anvil can comprise rows of staple forming pockets aligned along a second set of longitudinal axes which are not aligned with the first set of longitudinal axes. As a result, the staple forming pockets on the anvil modification member are not longitudinally aligned with the staple forming pockets on the anvil. In some instances, some longitudinal rows of forming pockets on the anvil modification member are aligned with the longitudinal rows of forming pockets on the anvil while other longitudinal rows of forming pockets on the anvil modification member are not aligned with the longitudinal rows of forming pockets on the anvil.

Referring to FIGS. 235 and 236 , at least one first staple 15256a from at least one first staple cavity 15210a, at least one second staple 15256b from at least one second staple cavity 15210b, and at least one third staple 15256c from at least one third staple cavity 15210c are simultaneously deployable into tissue captured between the anvil modification member 15104 and the staple cartridge 15200. A triple staple driver 15260 can be configured to cooperate with a cam sled of the staple cartridge 15200 to simultaneously deploy three staples 15256a, 15256b, and 15256c from their respective staple cavities 15210a, 15210b, and 15210c. Staple drivers 15260 can be lifted, or slid, upwardly within staple cavities 15210a, 15210b, and 15210c by the cam sled such that the upward movement of staple drivers 15260 can eject, or deploy, staples 15256a, 15256b, and 15256c.

As illustrated FIGS. 235 and 236 , each of the three staples 15256a, 15256b, and 15256c includes a base 15253 situated against a cradle 15255 of the staple driver 15260. The staple driver 15260 comprises two ramps 15257 that are configured to cooperate with a cam sled of the staple cartridge 15200 to simultaneously deploy three staples 15256a, 15256b, and 15256c from their respective staple cavities 15210a, 15210b, and 15210c.

The three staples 15256a, 15256b, and 15256c define common planes 15272, 15274, and 15276, respectively. The three staples 15256a, 15256b, and 15256c are oriented with respect to the staple driver 15260 such that, the second common plane 15274 is transverse to the first common plane 15272 such that the common planes 15274 and 15272 create an acute or obtuse angle therebetween. In addition, the second common plane 15274 is transverse to the third common plane 15276 such that the common planes 15274 and 15276 create an acute or obtuse angle therebetween. As illustrated in FIG. 236 , the first common plane 15272 is parallel, or at least substantially parallel, to the third common plane 15276, while the second common plane 15274 is perpendicular, or at least substantially perpendicular, to the first common plane 15272 and the second common plane 15276.

Referring to FIG. 237 , an end effector 15300 includes a staple cartridge 15301 illustrated in a closed configuration with an anvil assembly 15303 that includes an anvil modification member 15304 attached to an anvil 15002. The anvil modification member 15304 is similar in many respects to the anvil modification member 15004. For example, the anvil modification member 15304 includes a transectable portion 15024 and forming pockets 15010 disposed on two sides 15028 and 15030 of the anvil modification member 15304. An implantable layer 15314 is disposed against the forming pockets 15010 of the side 15028, and an implantable layer 15315 is disposed against the forming pockets 15010 of the side 15030. The implantable layers 15314 and 15315 are spaced apart defining a gap 15317 therebetween. The gap 15317 extends longitudinally in parallel, or at least substantially in parallel, with the transectable portion 15024. Implantable layers 15318 and 15319 are disposed against a stepped deck 15321 of the staple cartridge 15301. Staples 15323 are supported by cradles 15355 within staple cavities 15325 of the staple cartridge 15301. The staples 15323 are configured to be formed against the forming pockets 15010 when the anvil modification member 15304 is attached to the anvil 15002, as illustrated in FIG. 236 . Alternatively, when the anvil modification member 15304 is not attached to the anvil 15002, the staples 15323 are configured to be formed against the forming pockets 15012 and 15012′ of the anvil 15002.

FIG. 238 illustrates three unformed staples 15323a, 15323b, and 15323c that are similar to one another, and are similarly situated within a staple cavity 15325 of a staple cartridge 15301. The staples 15323a, 15323b, and 15323c comprise the same, or at least substantially the same, unformed height H of about 0.150“. In various instances, the unformed height H can be selected from a range of about 0.100“ to about 0.200“, for example. As illustrated in FIG. 238 , the staples 15323a, 15323b, and 15323c comprise different formed heights H1, H2, and H3, respectively. The staples 15323a, 15323b, and 15323c were formed in an inner row, intermediate row, and outer row of the staple cartridge 15301, respectively. A formed height of a staple depends on a forming distance defined between a forming pocket and a corresponding cradle that supports the staple in a corresponding staple cavity. The forming distance can be changed by positioning a forming pocket closer or further away from a corresponding cradle. An anvil modification member can be employed to change a forming distance. For example, as illustrated in FIG. 237 , a first forming distance D1 is defined between a forming pocket 15010 of the anvil modification member 15304 and a forming cradle 15355, while a second forming distance D2, greater than the first forming distance D1, is defined between a forming pocket 15012′ of the anvil 15002 and the same cradle 15355.

Referring to FIG. 238 , the staple 15323b comprises a formed height H2 greater than the formed height H1 of the staple 15323a because the second forming distance D2 is greater than the first forming distance D1. Said another way, the staple 15323b was formed against a forming pocket 15012′ of the anvil 15002 while the staple 15323a was formed against a forming pocket 15010 of the anvil modification member 15304. As illustrated in FIG. 238 , the formed height H3 of the staple 15323c of the outer row of staples of the staple cartridge 15301is a formed height of a first staple leg of the staple 15323c which is less than a formed height of a second staple leg of the staple 15323c. A staple such as the staple 15323c can comprise staple legs that are formed to different staple heights, as illustrated in FIG. 238 .

In various instances, an anvil modification member may include a stepped tissue-contacting surface, wherein at least one row of forming pockets is stepped up or down with respect to the other rows of forming pockets, for example. In certain instances, an anvil modification member may be positioned against a particular portion of an anvil to modify that portion. For example, an anvil modification member can be positioned against a proximal portion of an anvil to modify the proximal portion while the distal and central portions remain unchanged. In another example, an anvil modification member can be positioned against a central portion of an anvil to modify the central portion while the distal and proximal portions remain unchanged. In yet another example, an anvil modification member can be positioned against a distal portion of an anvil to modify the distal portion while the proximal and central portions remain unchanged.

In various instances, an anvil modification member can be configured to modify a subset of forming pockets of an anvil. For example, an anvil modification member can be positioned against one or more rows of forming pockets of an anvil to modify the one or more rows of forming pockets while the remaining rows of forming pockets of the anvil remain unchanged. In at least one instance, an anvil modification member such as, for example, the anvil modification member 15304 can modify or change a compression exerted onto tissue captured between a staple cartridge such as, for example, the staple cartridge 15301 and an anvil such as, for example, the anvil 15002. The anvil modification member 15304 can increase the compression exerted onto the captured tissue by reducing the tissue compression gap between the staple cartridge 15301 and the anvil 15002. By positioning the anvil modification member 15304 against the anvil 15002, the size of the tissue compression gap is effectively reduced by the size of the anvil modification member 15304 which increases the compression applied to the captured tissue. The tissue compression gap comprises a height of about 0.045“. In various instances, the tissue compression gap may comprise a height selected from a range of about 0.03“ to about 0.10“ for example. Other values for the height of the tissue compression gap are contemplated by the present disclosure.

As described in various embodiments of the present disclosure, a circular stapling instrument includes an anvil and a staple cartridge. One or both of the anvil and the staple cartridge is movable relative to the other between an open configuration and a closed configuration to capture tissue therebetween. The staple cartridge houses staples inside, or at least partially inside, circular rows of staple cavities. The staples are deployed in circular rows from their respective staple cavities into the captured tissue and are formed against corresponding circular rows of forming pockets in the anvil. A firing drive is configured to eject the staples from the staple cartridge during a firing stroke of the firing drive.

An anvil of a circular stapling instrument generally comprises a tissue compression surface and an annular array of staple forming pockets defined in the tissue compression surface. The anvil further comprises an attachment mount and a stem extending from the attachment mount. The stem is configured to be releasably attached to a closure drive of the circular stapling instrument so that the anvil can be moved toward and away from a staple cartridge of the circular stapling instrument.

The staple cartridge and the anvil can travel separately within a patient and are combined at the surgical field. In various instances, the staple cartridge, for example, travels through a narrow tubular body of the patient such as, for example, a colon. A staple cartridge may include several tissue-contacting features such as, for example, stepped decks and pocket extenders. To avoid unintentional injury to the patient as the staple cartridge travels toward a target tissue, the present disclosure, among other things, presents various modifications to several tissue-contacting features.

Referring to FIG. 239 , a partial cross-sectional view depicts a staple cartridge 15500 of a circular surgical instrument pressing against tissue (T) as the staple cartridge 15500 travels within a patient’s body. Multiple structural features of the staple cartridge 15500 are modified to create an especially contoured outer frame 15502 to protect the tissue. The staple cartridge 15500 includes a plurality of annular rows of staple cavities. In at least one example, an outer row 15504 of staple cavities 15510 at least partially surrounds an inner row 15506 of staple cavities 15512, as illustrated in FIG. 239 . The staple cavities 15510 and 15512 are configured to house staples 15530 and 15531, respectively.

The terms inner and outer delineate a relationship with reference to a central axis 15533. For example, an inner tissue-contacting surface 15518 is closer to the central axis 15533 than outer tissue-contacting surface 15516.

As illustrated in FIG. 240 , the staple cartridge 15500 comprises a stepped cartridge deck 15508. The outer row 15504 is defined in an outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 of the stepped cartridge deck 15508 while the inner row 15506 is defined in an inner tissue-contacting surface 15518 of the stepped cartridge deck 15508. The outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 is stepped down from the inner tissue-contacting surface 15518 which creates a gradient that reduces friction as the staple cartridge 15500 is pressed against the tissue.

In certain instances, the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 is parallel, or at least substantially parallel, to the inner tissue-contacting surface 15518. In other instances, the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 is slanted such that a first plane defined by the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 is transverse to a second plane defined by the inner tissue-contacting surface 15518. An angle is defined between the first plane and the second plane. The angle can be an acute angle. In at least one instance, the angle can be any angle selected from a range of greater than about 0° and less than or equal to about 30°, for example. In at least one instance, the angle can be any angle selected from a range of greater than about 5° and less than or equal to about 25°, for example. In at least one instance, the angle can be any angle selected from a range of greater than about 10° and less than or equal to about 20°, for example. A slanted outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 can reduce friction against, or snagging of, tissue as the staple cartridge 15500 is moved relative to the tissue. In at least one instance, a slanted outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 is also stepped down from the inner tissue-contacting surface 15518.

In at least one instance, an inner portion of the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 is planar, or at least substantially planar while an outer edge 15548 of the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 is pitched, radiused, and/or beveled to reduce friction against, or snagging of, tissue as the staple cartridge 15500 is moved relative to the tissue. The staple cavities 15510 reside in the planar inner portion of the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516, for example. An outer edge 15550 of the inner tissue-contacting surface 15518 can also be pitched, beveled and/or radiused to reduce friction against, or snagging of, tissue as the staple cartridge 15500 is moved relative to the tissue.

To accommodate staples with the same, or at least substantially the same, unformed heights in the staple cavities 15510 of the outer row 15504 and the staple cavities 15512 of the inner row 15504, the staple cavities 15510 of the outer row 15504 comprise pocket extenders 15514. The pocket extenders 15514 are configured to control and guide the staples 15530 as they are ejected from their respective staple cavities 15510. In certain instances, the pocket extenders 15514 can be configured to accommodate staples with a greater unformed height s that the staples of the inner tissue-contacting surface 15518, for example.

As illustrated in FIG. 240 , a staple cavity 15510 in the outer row 15504 is laterally aligned, or at least substantially aligned, with a gap 15520 between two adjacent staple cavities 15512 in the inner row 15506. The staple cavity 15510 includes a first end 15522 and a second end 15524. The second end 15524 overlaps with a first end 15526 of one of the two consecutive staple cavities 15512 such that a staple leg 15530a positioned at the second end 15524 is radially aligned, or at least substantially aligned, with a staple leg 15531a positioned at the first end 15526, as illustrated in FIG. 239 . Likewise, the first end 15522 of the staple cavity 15510 overlaps with a second end 15528 of the other one of the two consecutive staple cavities 15512.

A pocket extender 15514 comprises a first jacket 15532 protruding from the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 to conceal a tip 15536 of the staple leg 15530a that extends beyond the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516. The first jacket 15532 comprises an end 15538 protruding from the first end 15522, an inner side wall 15540 and an outer side wall 15542 extending away from the end 15538 to form the first jacket 15532. In at least one instance, the first jacket 15532 defines, or at least substantially defines, a “C” shaped wall extending on a portion of a perimeter 15535 of the staple cavity 15510 that comprises the first end 15522.

To reduce friction against the tissue, the inner side wall 15540 protrudes from the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 to a greater height than the outer side wall 15542. Said another way, the outer side wall 15542 is lower in height than the inner side wall 15540. This arrangement creates a gradient for a smooth transition from the inner side wall 15540 to the outer side wall 15542 to the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516. In at least one example, the inner side wall 15540 and the inner tissue-contacting surface 15518 comprise the same, or at least substantially the same, height with reference to the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516. Alternatively, the inner side wall 15540 and the inner tissue-contacting surface 15518 comprise different heights with reference to the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516. In certain instances, the inner side wall 15540 is lower in height relative to the inner tissue-contacting surface 15518 with reference to the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516. This arrangement creates a gradient for a smooth transition from the inner tissue-contacting surface 15518 to the inner side wall 15540 to the outer side wall 15542 to the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516.

The inner tissue-contacting surface 15518, the inner side wall 15540, the outer side wall 15542, and/or the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 define discrete portions of the contoured outer frame 15502; nonetheless, as illustrated in FIG. 239 , such portions are kept sufficiently close to one another so that tissue cannot be trapped therebetween as the staple cartridge 15500 presses against the tissue. Furthermore, one or more of the portions may include slanted, contoured, curved, radiused, and/or beveled outer surfaces to reduce friction against the tissue. As illustrated in FIG. 239 , an upper surface 15544 of the outer side wall 15542 and an upper surface 15546 of the inner side wall 15540 are slanted, contoured, curved, radiused, and/or beveled to define the contoured outer frame 15502.

In at least one instance, the upper surface 15544 and the upper surface 15546 define a slanted plane that is transverse to a first plane defined by the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 and a second plane defined by the inner tissue-contacting surface 15518. In at least one instance, a first angle is defined between the slanted plane and the first plane. A second angle can also be defined between the slanted plane and the second plane. The first and second angles can be the same, or at least substantially the same in value. Alternatively, the first angle can be different from the second angle in value. In at least one instance, the first angle and/or the second angle are acute angles. In at least one instance, the first angle is any angle selected from a range of greater than about 0° and less than or equal to about 30°, for example. In at least one instance, the first angle is any angle selected from a range of greater than about 5° and less than or equal to about 25°, for example. In at least one instance, the first angle is any angle selected from a range of greater than about 10° and less than or equal to about 20°, for example. In at least one instance, the second angle is any angle selected from a range of greater than about 0° and less than or equal to about 30°, for example. In at least one instance, the second angle is any angle selected from a range of greater than about 5° and less than or equal to about 25°, for example. In at least one instance, the second angle is any angle selected from a range of greater than about 10° and less than or equal to about 20°, for example.

Further to the above, the pocket extender 15514 includes a second jacket 15534 that is similar in many respects to the first jacket 15532. Like the first jacket 15532, the second jacket 15534 protrudes from the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516 to conceal a tip of a staple leg that extends beyond the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516. The second jacket 15534 comprises an end 15538 protruding from the second end 15524, an inner side wall 15540 and an outer side wall 15542 extending from the end 15538 to form the second jacket 15534.

Although one pocket extender 15514 is illustrated in FIG. 240 , it is understood that one or more other pocket extenders 15514 may protrude from the outer tissue-contacting surface 15516, for example. In at least one instance, the first jacket 15532 and the second jacket 15534 are connected via side walls to define a pocket extender that completely surrounds a staple cavity, for example.

Many of the surgical instrument systems described herein are motivated by an electric motor; however, the surgical instrument systems described herein can be motivated in any suitable manner. In various instances, the surgical instrument systems described herein can be motivated by a manually-operated trigger, for example. In certain instances, the motors disclosed herein may comprise a portion or portions of a robotically controlled system. Moreover, any of the end effectors and/or tool assemblies disclosed herein can be utilized with a robotic surgical instrument system. FIG. 112A schematically depicts a robotic surgical instrument system 20′; however, U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/118,241, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE STAPLE DEPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2012/0298719, for example, discloses several examples of a robotic surgical instrument system in greater detail.

The surgical instrument systems described herein have been described in connection with the deployment and deformation of staples; however, the embodiments described herein are not so limited. Various embodiments are envisioned which deploy fasteners other than staples, such as clamps or tacks, for example. Moreover, various embodiments are envisioned which utilize any suitable means for sealing tissue. For instance, an end effector in accordance with various embodiments can comprise electrodes configured to heat and seal the tissue. Also, for instance, an end effector in accordance with certain embodiments can apply vibrational energy to seal the tissue.

The entire disclosures of:

-   European Patent Application No. EP 795298, entitled LINEAR STAPLER     WITH IMPROVED FIRING STROKE, which was filed on Mar. 12, 1997; -   U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,272, entitled TRIGGER MECHANISM FOR SURGICAL     INSTRUMENTS, which issued on Feb. 25, 1997; -   U.S. Pat. No. 5,697,543, entitled LINEAR STAPLER WITH IMPROVED     FIRING STROKE, which issued on Dec. 16, 1997; -   U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2005/0246881, entitled METHOD     FOR MAKING A SURGICAL STAPLER, which published on Nov. 10, 2005; -   U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2007/0208359, entitled METHOD     FOR STAPLING TISSUE, which published on Sep. 6, 2007; -   U.S. Pat. No. 4,527,724, entitled DISPOSABLE LINEAR SURGICAL     STAPLING INSTRUMENT, which issued on Jul. 9, 1985; -   U.S. Pat. No. 5,137,198, entitled FAST CLOSURE DEVICE FOR LINEAR     SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT, which issued on Aug. 11, 1992; -   U.S. Pat. No. 5,405,073, entitled FLEXIBLE SUPPORT SHAFT ASSEMBLY,     which issued on Apr. 11, 1995; -   U.S. Pat. No. 8,360,297, entitled SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING     INSTRUMENT WITH SELF ADJUSTING ANVIL, which issued on Jan. 29, 2013; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/813,242, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT COMPRISING SYSTEMS FOR ASSURING THE PROPER SEQUENTIAL     OPERATION OF THE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, which was filed on Jul. 30,     2015; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/813,259, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT COMPRISING SEPARATE TISSUE SECURING AND TISSUE CUTTING     SYSTEMS, which was filed on Jul. 30, 2015; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/813,266, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT COMPRISING SYSTEMS FOR PERMITTING THE OPTIONAL     TRANSECTION OF TISSUE, which was filed on Jul. 30, 2015; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 14/813,274, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A SYSTEM FOR BYPASSING AN OPERATIONAL STEP OF     THE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT; which was filed on Jul. 30, 2015; -   U.S. Pat. No. 5,403,312, entitled ELECTROSURGICAL HEMOSTATIC DEVICE,     which issued on Apr. 4, 1995; -   U.S. Pat. No. 7,000,818, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT     HAVING SEPARATE DISTINCT CLOSING AND FIRING SYSTEMS, which issued on     Feb. 21, 2006; -   U.S. Pat. No. 7,422,139, entitled MOTOR-DRIVEN SURGICAL CUTTING AND     FASTENING INSTRUMENT WITH TACTILE POSITION FEEDBACK, which issued on     Sep. 9, 2008; -   U.S. Pat. No. 7,464,849, entitled ELECTRO-MECHANICAL SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT WITH CLOSURE SYSTEM AND ANVIL ALIGNMENT COMPONENTS, which     issued on Dec. 16, 2008; -   U.S. Pat. No. 7,670,334, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT HAVING AN     ARTICULATING END EFFECTOR, which issued on Mar. 2, 2010; -   U.S. Pat. No. 7,753,245, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS,     which issued on Jul. 13, 2010; -   U.S. Pat. No. 8,393,514, entitled SELECTIVELY ORIENTABLE IMPLANTABLE     FASTENER CARTRIDGE, which issued on Mar. 12, 2013; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 11/343,803, entitled SURGICAL     INSTRUMENT HAVING RECORDING CAPABILITIES; now U.S. Pat. No.     7,845,537; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 12/031,573, entitled SURGICAL     CUTTING AND FASTENING INSTRUMENT HAVING RF ELECTRODES, filed Feb.     14, 2008; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 12/031,873, entitled END EFFECTORS     FOR A SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING INSTRUMENT, filed Feb. 15, 2008,     now U.S. Pat. No. 7,980,443; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 12/235,782, entitled MOTOR-DRIVEN     SURGICAL CUTTING INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,210,411; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 12/249,117, entitled POWERED     SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING APPARATUS WITH MANUALLY RETRACTABLE     FIRING SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,608,045; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 12/647,100, entitled MOTOR-DRIVEN     SURGICAL CUTTING INSTRUMENT WITH ELECTRIC ACTUATOR DIRECTIONAL     CONTROL ASSEMBLY, filed Dec. 24, 2009; now U.S. Pat. No. 8,220,688; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 12/893,461, entitled STAPLE     CARTRIDGE, filed Sep. 29, 2012, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,733,613; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/036,647, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING INSTRUMENT, filed Feb. 28, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No.     8,561,870; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/118,241, entitled SURGICAL     STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE STAPLE DEPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS,     now U.S. Pat. No. 9,072,535; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/524,049, entitled ARTICULATABLE     SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A FIRING DRIVE, filed on Jun. 15,     2012; now U.S. Pat. No. 9,101,358; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/800,025, entitled STAPLE     CARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS SENSOR SYSTEM, filed on Mar. 13, 2013,     now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2014/0263551; -   U.S. Pat. Application Serial No. 13/800,067, entitled STAPLE     CARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS SENSOR SYSTEM, filed on Mar. 13, 2013,     now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2014/0263552; -   U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2007/0175955, entitled     SURGICAL CUTTING AND FASTENING INSTRUMENT WITH CLOSURE TRIGGER     LOCKING MECHANISM, filed Jan. 31, 2006; and -   U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. 2010/0264194, entitled     SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT WITH AN ARTICULATABLE END EFFECTOR,     filed Apr. 22, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,308,040, are hereby     incorporated by reference herein.

Although various devices have been described herein in connection with certain embodiments, modifications and variations to those embodiments may be implemented. Also, where materials are disclosed for certain components, other materials may be used. Furthermore, according to various embodiments, a single component may be replaced by multiple components, and multiple components may be replaced by a single component, to perform a given function or functions. The foregoing description and following claims are intended to cover all such modification and variations.

The devices disclosed herein can be designed to be disposed of after a single use, or they can be designed to be used multiple times. In either case, however, a device can be reconditioned for reuse after at least one use. Reconditioning can include any combination of the steps including, but not limited to, the disassembly of the device, followed by cleaning or replacement of particular pieces of the device, and subsequent reassembly of the device. In particular, a reconditioning facility and/or surgical team can disassemble a device and, after cleaning and/or replacing particular parts of the device, the device can be reassembled for subsequent use. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that reconditioning of a device can utilize a variety of techniques for disassembly, cleaning/replacement, and reassembly. Use of such techniques, and the resulting reconditioned device, are all within the scope of the present application.

The devices disclosed herein may be processed before surgery. First, a new or used instrument may be obtained and, when necessary, cleaned. The instrument may then be sterilized. In one sterilization technique, the instrument is placed in a closed and sealed container, such as a plastic or TYVEK bag. The container and instrument may then be placed in a field of radiation that can penetrate the container, such as gamma radiation, x-rays, and/or high-energy electrons. The radiation may kill bacteria on the instrument and in the container. The sterilized instrument may then be stored in the sterile container. The sealed container may keep the instrument sterile until it is opened in a medical facility. A device may also be sterilized using any other technique known in the art, including but not limited to beta radiation, gamma radiation, ethylene oxide, plasma peroxide, and/or steam.

While this invention has been described as having exemplary designs, the present invention may be further modified within the spirit and scope of the disclosure. This application is therefore intended to cover any variations, uses, or adaptations of the invention using its general principles.

Any patent, publication, or other disclosure material, in whole or in part, that is said to be incorporated by reference herein is incorporated herein only to the extent that the incorporated materials do not conflict with existing definitions, statements, or other disclosure material set forth in this disclosure. As such, and to the extent necessary, the disclosure as explicitly set forth herein supersedes any conflicting material incorporated herein by reference. Any material, or portion thereof, that is said to be incorporated by reference herein, but which conflicts with existing definitions, statements, or other disclosure material set forth herein will only be incorporated to the extent that no conflict arises between that incorporated material and the existing disclosure material. 

What is claimed is: 1-14. (canceled)
 15. A surgical instrument system, comprising: a staple cartridge assembly, comprising: a longitudinal slot; a first longitudinal row of staple cavities oriented at a first angle with respect to said longitudinal slot; a second longitudinal row of staple cavities oriented at a second angle relative to said longitudinal slot, wherein said second angle is different than said first angle; first staples removably stored in said first longitudinal row of staple cavities, wherein each said first staple comprises a first staple base and first staple legs extending from said first staple base; and second staples removably stored in said second longitudinal row of staple cavities, wherein each said second staple comprises a second staple base and second staple legs extending from said second staple base; and an anvil, comprising: a longitudinal row of first forming pockets, wherein each said first forming pocket comprises: a pair of first entry cups defining a first pocket axis, wherein each said first entry cup is configured to receive a said first staple leg; and a pair of first exit cups aligned with said first pocket axis, wherein each said first exit cup is configured to guide a said first staple leg along said first pocket axis and toward said staple cartridge assembly; and a longitudinal row of second forming pockets, wherein each said second forming pocket comprises: a pair of second entry cups defining a said second pocket axis, wherein each said second entry cup is configured to receive a said second staple leg; and a pair of second exit cups, wherein each said second exit cup is configured to guide a said second staple leg toward a side of said second pocket axis and toward said staple cartridge assembly.
 16. The surgical instrument system of claim 15, wherein said first forming pockets are configured to deform said first staples to a first formed height, wherein said second forming pockets are configured to deform said second staples to a second formed height, and wherein said second formed height is different than said first formed height.
 17. The surgical instrument system of claim 15, wherein the first staple legs of each said first staple comprise a proximal first staple leg and a distal first staple leg, and wherein said proximal first staple leg has a different shape than said distal first staple leg prior to being deformed by said first staple forming pockets.
 18. The surgical instrument system of claim 17, wherein the second staple legs of each said second staple comprise a proximal second staple leg and a distal second staple leg, and wherein said proximal second staple leg has a different shape than said distal second staple leg prior to being deformed by said second staple forming pockets.
 19. The surgical instrument system of claim 15, further comprising a distal end and a firing drive including an electric motor and a firing member advanceable toward said distal end during a staple firing stroke to eject said first staples and said second staples from said staple cartridge assembly.
 20. A staple cartridge assembly for use with a stapling instrument comprising an anvil, said staple cartridge assembly comprising: a cartridge body; a longitudinal slot defined in said cartridge body; a first longitudinal row of staple cavities defined in said cartridge body, wherein the staple cavities of said first longitudinal row of staple cavities are oriented at a first angle with respect to said longitudinal slot; a second longitudinal row of staple cavities defined in said cartridge body, wherein the staple cavities of said second longitudinal row of staple cavities are oriented at a second angle relative to said longitudinal slot, wherein said second angle is different than said first angle; first staples removably stored in said first longitudinal row of staple cavities, wherein each said first staple comprises a first staple base, a first proximal leg extending from said first staple base, and a first distal leg extending from said first staple base having a different shape than said first proximal leg prior to said first proximal leg and said first distal leg being deformed against the anvil; and second staples removably stored in said second longitudinal row of staple cavities, wherein each said second staple comprises a second staple base, a second proximal leg extending from said second staple base, and a second distal leg extending from said second staple base.
 21. The staple cartridge assembly of claim 20, wherein said second proximal leg has a different shape than said second distal leg prior to being deformed against the anvil.
 22. The staple cartridge assembly of claim 20, further comprising said anvil.
 23. The staple cartridge assembly of claim 22, wherein said anvil comprises: a longitudinal row of first forming pockets, wherein each said first forming pocket comprises: a pair of first entry cups configured to receive said first proximal leg and said first distal leg, wherein said first entry cups define a first pocket axis; and a pair of first exit cups configured to guide said first proximal leg and said first distal leg along said first pocket axis and toward said cartridge body; and a longitudinal row of second forming pockets, wherein each said second forming pocket comprises: a pair of second entry cups configured to receive said second proximal leg and said second distal leg, wherein said second entry cups define a second pocket axis; and a pair of second exit cups configured to guide said second proximal leg and said second distal leg laterally relative to said second pocket axis and toward said cartridge body.
 24. The staple cartridge assembly of claim 20, wherein said first proximal leg comprises a first bend prior to said first proximal leg being deformed against the anvil, wherein said first distal leg comprises a second bend prior to said first distal leg being deformed against the anvil, and wherein said first bend is at different height relative to said first staple base than said second bend.
 25. A surgical instrument system, comprising: a staple cartridge assembly, comprising: a longitudinal slot; a first longitudinal row of staple cavities oriented at a first angle with respect to said longitudinal slot; a second longitudinal row of staple cavities oriented at a second angle relative to said longitudinal slot, wherein said second angle is different than said first angle; first staples removably stored in said first longitudinal row of staple cavities, wherein each said first staple comprises a first staple base and first staple legs extending from said first staple base; and second staples removably stored in said second longitudinal row of staple cavities, wherein each said second staple comprises a second staple base and second staple legs extending from said second staple base; and an anvil, comprising: a longitudinal row of first forming pockets, wherein each said first forming pocket comprises: a pair of first landing zones defining a first pocket axis, wherein each said first landing zone is configured to receive a said first staple leg; and a pair of first exit zones aligned with said first pocket axis, wherein each said first exit zone is configured to guide a said first staple leg along said first pocket axis and toward said staple cartridge assembly; and a longitudinal row of second forming pockets, wherein each said second forming pocket comprises: a pair of second landing zones defining a said second pocket axis, wherein each said second landing zone is configured to receive a said second staple leg; and a pair of second exit zones, wherein each said second exit zone is configured to guide a said second staple leg toward a side of said second pocket axis and toward said staple cartridge assembly.
 26. The surgical instrument system of claim 25, wherein said first forming pockets are configured to deform said first staples to a first formed height, wherein said second forming pockets are configured to deform said second staples to a second formed height, and wherein said second formed height is different than said first formed height.
 27. The surgical instrument system of claim 25, wherein the first staple legs of each said first staple comprise a proximal first staple leg and a distal first staple leg, and wherein said proximal first staple leg has a different shape than said distal first staple leg prior to being deformed by said first staple forming pockets.
 28. The surgical instrument system of claim 27, wherein the second staple legs of each said second staple comprise a proximal second staple leg and a distal second staple leg, and wherein said proximal second staple leg has a different shape than said distal second staple leg prior to being deformed by said second staple forming pockets.
 29. The surgical instrument system of claim 25, further comprising a distal end and a firing drive including an electric motor and a firing member advanceable toward said distal end during a staple firing stroke to eject said first staples and said second staples from said staple cartridge assembly. 